Patent Application
20230036854
This invention relates to compounds which are AM2 receptor inhibitors and to the use of the compounds as therapeutic agents in the treatment of conditions mediated by AM2, for example in the treatment of proliferative disorders, including cancers such as pancreatic cancer. Also disclosed are pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds.
Adrenomedullin (AM) is a hormone with important physiological functions, including the regulation of blood pressure. However, AM is dysregulated in a number of diseases and is implicated in the development and progression of a wide range of cancers, for example pancreatic cancer (Adrenomedullin is induced by hypoxia and enhances pancreatic cancer cell invasion. Keleg S, Kayed H, Jiang X, Penzel R, Giese T, Buckler M W, Friess H, Kleeff J. Int. J. Cancer. 2007 Jul. 1; 121(1):21-32; Adrenomedullin and cancer. Zudaire E, Martinez A, Cuttitta F. Regulatory Peptides. 2003 Apr. 15; 112(1-3):175-183; Adrenomedullin, a Multifunctional Regulatory Peptide. Hinson J P, Kapas S, Smith D M. Endocrine reviews. 2000; 21(2):138-167).
There are two cell surface receptor complexes for adrenomedullin, adrenomedullin receptor subtype 1 (AM1) and adrenomedullin receptor subtype 2 (AM2). These receptors are heteromeric structures comprising a G-protein-coupled receptor (GPCR) and an accessory protein known as a Receptor Activity Modifying Protein (RAMP). More specifically the AM1 receptor is formed as a complex of the calcitonin like receptor (CLR) and RAMP2. The AM2 receptor is formed by CLR and RAMP3. The AM1 receptor has a high degree of selectivity for AM over the calcitonin gene related peptide (CGRP). By contrast, the AM2 receptor shows less specificity for AM1 having appreciable affinity for βCGRP (Hay et al. J. Mol. Neuroscience 2004; 22(1-2):105-113). The CLR/RAMP1 receptor CGRP, is a high-affinity receptor for calcitonin gene related peptide (CGRP), but it also binds AM with lower affinity (Hay et al. Pharmacological discrimination of calcitonin receptor: receptor activity-modifying protein complexes. Mol. Pharmacol. 2005; 67:1655-1665; Poyner et al. International Union of Pharmacology. XXXII. The mammalian calcitonin gene-related peptides, adrenomedullin, amylin, and calcitonin receptors. Pharmacol. Rev. 2002; 54:233-246).
Although AM1 and AM2 share the same GPCR, CLR, the effects of the two receptors are quite distinct. Adrenomedullin mediates important physiological functions through the AM1 receptor, including regulation of blood pressure (Biological action of Adrenomedullin. Horio T & Yoshihara F. In: Nishikimi T. (eds); Adrenomedullin in Cardiovascular Disease. Springer, 2005, ISBN-10 0-387-25404-8: DOLorg/10.1007/0-387-25405-6_5).
In contrast, the AM2 receptor is involved in numerous pro-tumourigenic actions through a number of different mechanisms including: stimulating cancer cell proliferation, protecting from stress induced apoptosis, promoting angiogenesis and increasing tumour invasiveness.
Adrenomedullin secreted by tumours leads to up-regulation of the AM2 receptor in host tissues surrounding tumours. Host tissue expression of AM2 is thought to be an important factor in the mechanism by which tumours promote angiogenesis and evade host defences. This has been demonstrated in pancreatic tumours where AM2 expression increases with tumour severity grade. Studies have shown that reduction in AM2 expression either in tumours or in the host, or antagonism of the receptors with peptides or antibodies leads to reduction in cancer cell growth in-vitro and in-vivo (Ishikawa T et al. Adrenomedullin antagonist suppresses in-vivo growth of human pancreatic cancer cells in SCID mice by suppressing angiogenesis. Oncogene. 2003 Feb. 27; 22(8):1238-1242; Antolino et al. Pancreatic Cancer Can be Detected by Adrenomedullin in New Onset Diabetes Patients (PaCANOD). https://clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/show/NCT02456051; Antolino et al. Adrenomedullin in pancreatic carcinoma: A case-control study of 22 patients. Faculty of Medicine and Psychology, Sapienza University of Rome, Rome, Italy: DOI 10.15761/ICST. 1000175).
Targeting of adrenomedullin and its receptors have been shown to be efficacious in animal xenograft experiments. Local injection of the AM peptide antagonist (AM22-52) directly into tumours in a pancreatic cancer model, reduced tumour size significantly compared to controls (Adrenomedullin antagonist suppresses in-vivo growth of human pancreatic cancer cells in SCID mice by suppressing angiogenesis. Ishikawa T et al. Oncogene. 2003; 22:1238-1242: DOI 10.1038/sj.onc.1206207).
Pancreatic cells overexpressing AM, implanted into mice produced significantly larger tumours, and cells whose native AM expression was knocked down, had smaller tumours. Furthermore, metastasis in animals with AM knockdown cells were almost absent (Ishikawa T et al. 2003).
In human cancers, AM2 receptors are upregulated in host tissues surrounding tumours. WO2008/132453 discloses a mouse monoclonal antibody to hRAMP3 reduced tumour volume in a mouse model, suggesting interference with the known mechanisms of action of AM in tumours.
In clinical trials, elevated levels of serum AM have been observed in pancreatic carcinoma patients compared to controls regardless of tumour stage, differentiation, operability and presence of diabetes (A Star of Connection Between Pancreatic Cancer and Diabetes: Adrenomedullin. Görgülü K et al. Journal of the Pancreas. 2015; 16(5):408-412). High serum AM is therefore generally regarded to be an indicator of poor prognosis in pancreatic cancer.
Elevated serum AM levels accompanied by atypical development of type 2 diabetes has also been shown to be predictive of early pancreatic cancer (Kaafarani I et al. Targeting adrenomedullin receptors with systemic delivery of neutralizing antibodies inhibits tumour angiogenesis and suppresses growth of human tumour xenografts in mice. FASEB J. 2009 June 22: D01:10.1096/fj.08-127852).
Accordingly, inhibition of the AM2 receptor is an attractive target for the treatment of proliferative conditions such as cancer, for example in the treatment of pancreatic cancer. The AM2 receptor may play a role in regulating cell proliferation and/or apoptosis and/or in mediating interactions with host tissues including cell migration and metastasis.
Pancreatic cancer is a devastating disease that kills most patients within 6 months of diagnosis. The one-year survival rate of less than 20% in pancreatic cancer is consistent with most patients being diagnosed at first presentation with advanced disease, at which point there is no effective life-extending therapy. Where diagnosis is early, surgical resection is the preferred treatment option and tumour resection is usually followed by chemotherapy (e.g. cytotoxic therapies, including gemcitabine or 5-fluorouracil and an EGF receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitor, erlotinib). However, due to difficulty in early diagnosis, the majority of the current therapies and management strategies focus on supportive chemotherapy with very limited expectation of life extension. Furthermore, pancreatic cancer is highly unusual from an immunological perspective meaning that current approaches to immuno-oncology therapies such as PDL-1 inhibitors are largely ineffective against pancreatic cancer (From bench to bedside a comprehensive review of pancreatic cancer immunotherapy. Kunk P R, Bauer T W, Slingluff C L, Rahma O E. Journal for ImmunoTherapy of Cancer. 2016; 4:14: DOI 10.1186/s40425-016-0119-z; Recent Advancements in Pancreatic Cancer Immunotherapy. Ma Y et al. Cancer Research Frontiers. 2016 May; 2(2):252-276: DOI 10.17980/2016.252). There is therefore a need for new treatments for pancreatic cancer.
WO 2008/127584 describes certain compounds that are stated to be CGRP (Calcitonin Gene-Related Peptide) antagonists useful in the treatment of migraines and headaches.
Certain peptide and antibody AM2 receptor inhibitors are known such as AM22-52 (Robinson et al. J. Pharmacology and Exp. Therapeutics. 2009; 331(2):513-521).
WO 2018/211275, published after the priority date of this application, describes compounds that are AM2 receptor inhibitors.
However, there remains a need for new agents that are AM2 receptor inhibitors. Suitably, an AM2 inhibitor will be selective for the AM2 receptor and in particular will exhibit little or no effects on the related AM1 receptor. A selective AM2 receptor is expected to provide a beneficial therapeutic effect, for example an anti-cancer effect, whilst having little or no effect on physiological effects mediated by the AM1 receptor.
In accordance with the present invention there is provided a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
wherein
X1 is N or CR11;
X2 and X3 are each independently N or CH, provided that no more than one of X1, X2 and X3 is N;
Z is selected from >N(-L1-R3) and —S(O)w—, wherein w is 0, 1 or 2;
HET is a 4 to 9 membered heterocyclyl containing 1 ring heteroatom represented by Z and optionally 1 additional ring heteroatom selected from O, S and N, wherein HET is bonded to the carbonyl group in formula (I) via a ring carbon atom in HET and that same ring carbon atom is substituted by R1;
R1 is selected from: halo, —CN, —OH, —OC1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl,
wherein said —OC1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl and C2-6 alkynyl is optionally substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from: halo, —CN, —ORA1, —NRA1RB1, —S(O)xRA1 (wherein x is 0, 1 or 2) and C3-6 cycloalkyl, and
wherein any C3-6 cycloalkyl in R1 is optionally substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from: halo, ═O, C1-4 alkyl and C1-4 haloalkyl; or
an R2 group forms a C1-6 alkylene bridge between the ring atom to which the R2 group is attached and another available ring atom in HET;
L1 is absent or is selected from: —CH2—, —C(═O)—, —S(O)2—, —NRA2C(═O)—*, —NRA2S(O)2—*, —OC(═O)—*, —C(═NRA2)—, —C(═O)CH2—*, —S(O)2CH2—*, —NRA2C(═O)CH2—*, —NRA2S(O)2CH2—*, —OC(═O)CH2—* and —C(═NRA2)CH2—*, wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the nitrogen atom represented by Z in HET;
R3 is selected from: H, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-12 cycloalkyl, C3-12 cycloalkenyl, 4 to 12 membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl and 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl,
wherein said C6-10 aryl and 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R12,
and wherein said C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-12 cycloalkyl, C3-12 cycloalkenyl and 4 to 12 membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted by one or more R13, or
R3 is Q1-L3- wherein
L3 is selected from: C1-6 alkylene, C2-6 alkenylene and C2-6 alkynylene, wherein said C1-6 alkylene, C2-6 alkenylene and C2-6 alkynylene is optionally substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from: halo, C1-6 alkyl, ═O, —CN, —ORA3, —NRA3RB3 and —S(O)xRA3 (wherein x is 0, 1 or 2), and
Q1 is selected from: C3-12 cycloalkyl, C3-12 cycloalkenyl, 4 to 12 membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl and 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl,
wherein said C6-10 aryl and 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R14,
and wherein said C3-12 cycloalkyl, C3-12 cycloalkenyl and 4 to 12 membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted by one or more R15;
R4 and R5 are each independently selected from: H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl-C1-3 alkyl, phenyl and benzyl or
R4 and R5 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 4 to 6 membered heterocyclyl, wherein said 4 to 6 membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected from: halo, ═O, C1-4 alkyl and C1-4 haloalkyl;
L2 is —(CRARB)p—, wherein
RA and RB are each independently selected from: H and C1-4 alkyl, and
p is an integer selected from: 1 and 2;
R6 is selected from: halo, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, —ORA4, —NRA4RB4, —S(O)xRA4 (wherein x is 0, 1 or 2) and —CN;
R7, R8, R9 and R19 are independently selected from: H, C1-4 alkyl and C1-4 haloalkyl, or
wherein said C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl is optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents selected from: halo —CN, —ORA6, —NRA6RB6, —S(O)xRA6 (wherein x is 0, 1 or 2);
R13 and R15 are at each occurrence independently selected from: halo, ═O, ═NRA7, ═NORA7, —CN, —NO2, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, -L5-Q3, —ORA7, —S(O)xRA7 (wherein x is 0, 1, or 2), —NRA7RB7, —C(O)RA7, —OC(O)RA7, —C(O)ORA7, —NRB7C(O)RA7, —NRB7C(O)ORA7, —C(O)NRA7RB7, —OC(O)NRA7RB7 —NRB7SO2RA7, —SO2NRA7RB7, —NRA7C(O)NRA7RB7, —NRA7C(═NRA7)RA7, —C(═NRA7)NRA7RB7, —NRA7C(═NRA7)NRA7RB7, —NRA7C(═NCN)NRA7RB7, —ONRA7RB7, —NRA7ORB7,—(O(CH2)g1)j1ORA7 and —C1-4 alkyl-(O(CH2)g1)j1ORA7 wherein each g1 may be the same or different and is selected from 2 and 3 and j1 is an integer from 1 to 20;
wherein said C1-6 alkyl, is optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents selected from: halo —CN, —ORA8, —NRA8RB8 and —S(O)xRA8 (wherein x is 0, 1 or 2);
Q2 and Cr are at each occurrence independently selected from: phenyl, phenyl-C1-3 alkyl, 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl-C1-3 alkyl-, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl-C1-3 alkyl-, 4 to 6-membered heterocyclyl and 4 to 6-membered heterocyclyl-C1-3 alkyl,
wherein Q2 and Q3 are each independently optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents selected from: C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, halo, ═O, —CN, —ORA11, —NRA11RB9, —SO2RA11;
L4 and L5 are independently absent or independently selected from: —O—, —NRA10—, —S(O)x— (wherein x is 0, 1 or 2), —C(═O)—, —NRA10C(═O)—, —C(═O)NRA10—, —S(O)2NRA10—, —NRA10S(O)2—, —OC(═O)— and —C(═O)O—;
RA1, RB1, RA2, RA3, RB3, RA4, RB4, RA5, RB5, RA6, RB6, RA7, RB7, RA8, RB8, RA10, RB9, RA11 and RA12 are each independently selected from: H, C1-4 alkyl and C1-4 haloalkyl, or any —NRA1RB1, —NRA3RB3, —NRA4RB4, —NRA5RB5, —NRA6RB6, —NRA7RB7, —NRA8RB8 or —NRA11RB9 within a substituent may form a 4 to 6 membered heterocyclyl, wherein said 4 to 6 membered heterocyclyl is optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected from: halo, ═O, C1-4 alkyl and C1-4 haloalkyl;
n is an integer selected from: 0, 1, 2, 3 and 4; and
q is an integer selected from: 0, 1, 2, 3 and 4.
Also provided is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
Also provided is a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use as a medicament. In some embodiments the compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is for use in the treatment of a disease or medical condition mediated by adrenomedullin receptor subtype 2 receptors (AM2).
Also provided is a method of treating a disease or medical condition mediated by AM2 in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In certain embodiments the compounds of the invention are for use in the treatment of proliferative diseases, for example cancer. In certain embodiments a compound of the invention is for use in the prevention or inhibition of cancer progression, for example by preventing or inhibiting cancer cell migration and/or preventing or inhibiting cancer metastasis.
Also provided is a compound of the invention for use in the treatment of a cancer in which AM and or AM2 is implicated in development or progression of the cancer. For example in some embodiments a compound of the invention may be for use in the treatment of a cancer selected from: pancreatic, colorectal, breast and lung cancer. In a particular embodiment a compound of the invention is for use in the treatment of pancreatic cancer.
In certain embodiments a compound of the invention is for use in the treatment of a patient with a cancer, for example pancreatic cancer, wherein the expression of AM, AM2, CLR and/or RAMP3 in the patient is elevated compared to controls. For example, the patient may have elevated serum levels of AM, AM2, CLR and/or RAMP3.
The compounds of the invention may be used alone or in combination with one or more anticancer agents and/or radiotherapy as described herein.
Unless otherwise stated, the following terms used in the specification and claims have the following meanings set out below.
The terms “treating” or “treatment” refers to any indicia of success in the treatment or amelioration of a disease, pathology or condition, including any objective or subjective parameter such as abatement; remission; diminishing of symptoms or making the pathology or condition more tolerable to the patient; slowing in the rate of degeneration or decline; making the final point of degeneration less debilitating; improving a patient's physical or mental well-being. For example, certain methods herein treat cancer by decreasing a symptom of cancer. Symptoms of cancer would be known or may be determined by a person of ordinary skill in the art. The term “treating” and conjugations thereof, include prevention of a pathology, condition, or disease (e.g. preventing the development of one or more symptoms of a cancer associated with AM2.
The term “associated” or “associated with” in the context of a substance or substance activity or function associated with a disease (e.g. cancer) means that the disease (e.g. cancer) is caused by (in whole or in part), or a symptom of the disease is caused by (in whole or in part) the substance or substance activity or function. For example, a symptom of a disease or condition associated with AM2 receptor pathway activity may be a symptom that results (entirely or partially) from an increase in the level of activity of AM2 protein pathway. As used herein, what is described as being associated with a disease, if a causative agent, could be a target for treatment of the disease. For example, a disease associated with an increase in the level of activity of AM2, may be treated with an agent (e.g. compound as described herein) effective for decreasing the level of activity of AM2.
As defined herein, the term “inhibition”, “inhibit”, “inhibiting” and the like in reference to a protein-inhibitor (e.g. antagonist) interaction means negatively affecting (e.g. decreasing) the level of activity or function of the protein (e.g. a component of the AM2) protein pathway relative to the level of activity or function of the protein pathway in the absence of the inhibitor). In some embodiments inhibition refers to reduction of a disease or symptoms of disease (e.g. cancer associated with an increased level of activity of AM2. In some embodiments, inhibition refers to a reduction in the level of activity of a signal transduction pathway or signalling pathway associated with AM2. Thus, inhibition may include, at least in part, partially or totally blocking stimulation, decreasing, preventing, or delaying activation, or inactivating, desensitizing, or down-regulating signal transduction or enzymatic activity or the amount of a protein (e.g. the AM2 receptor). Inhibition may include, at least in part, partially or totally decreasing stimulation, decreasing activation, or deactivating, desensitizing, or down-regulating signal transduction or enzymatic activity or the amount of a protein (e.g. a component of an AM2 protein pathway) that may modulate the level of another protein or modulate cell survival, cell proliferation or cell motility relative to a non-disease control.
Throughout the description and claims of this specification, the words “comprise” and “contain” and variations of them mean “including but not limited to”, and they are not intended to (and do not) exclude other moieties, additives, components, integers or steps. Throughout the description and claims of this specification, the singular encompasses the plural unless the context otherwise requires. In particular, where the indefinite article is used, the specification is to be understood as contemplating plurality as well as singularity, unless the context requires otherwise.
The term “halo” or “halogen” refers to one of the halogens, group 17 of the periodic table. In particular the term refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine. Preferably, the term refers to fluorine or chlorine.
The term Cm-n refers to a group with m to n carbon atoms.
The term “C1-6 alkyl” refers to a linear or branched hydrocarbon chain containing 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 carbon atoms, for example methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl and n-hexyl. “C1-4 alkyl” similarly refers to such groups containing up to 4 carbon atoms. Alkylene groups are divalent alkyl groups and may likewise be linear or branched and have two points of attachment to the remainder of the molecule. Furthermore, an alkylene group may, for example, correspond to one of those alkyl groups listed in this paragraph. For example, C1-6 alkylene may be —CH2—, —CH2CH2—, —CH2CH(CH3)—, —CH2CH2CH2— or —CH2CH(CH3)CH2—. The alkyl and alkylene groups may be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents. Possible substituents are described herein. For example, substituents for an alkyl or alkylene group may be halogen, e.g. fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine, OH, C1-C4 alkoxy, —NR′R″ amino, wherein R′ and R″ are independently H or alkyl. Other substituents for the alkyl group may alternatively be used.
The term “C1-6 haloalkyl”, e.g. “C1-4 haloalkyl”, refers to a hydrocarbon chain substituted with at least one halogen atom independently chosen at each occurrence, for example fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine. The halogen atom may be present at any position on the hydrocarbon chain. For example, C1-6 haloalkyl may refer to chloromethyl, fluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chloroethyl e.g. 1-chloromethyl and 2-chloroethyl, trichloroethyl e.g. 1,2,2-trichloroethyl, 2,2,2-trichloroethyl, fluoroethyl e.g. 1-fluoromethyl and 2-fluoroethyl, trifluoroethyl e.g. 1,2,2-trifluoroethyl and 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, chloropropyl, trichloropropyl, fluoropropyl, trifluoropropyl. A haloalkyl group may be, for example, —CX3, —CHX2, —CH2CX3, —CH2CHX2 or —CX(CH3)CH3 wherein X is a halo (e.g. F, Cl, Br or I). A fluoroalkyl group, i.e. a hydrocarbon chain substituted with at least one fluorine atom (e.g. —CF3, —CHF2, —CH2CF3 or —CH2CHF2).
The term “C2-6 alkenyl” includes a branched or linear hydrocarbon chain containing at least one double bond and having 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 carbon atoms. The double bond(s) may be present as the E or Z isomer. The double bond may be at any possible position of the hydrocarbon chain. For example, the “C2-6 alkenyl” may be ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, butadienyl, pentenyl, pentadienyl, hexenyl and hexadienyl. Alkenylene groups are divalent alkenyl groups and may likewise be linear or branched and have two points of attachment to the remainder of the molecule. Furthermore, an alkenylene group may, for example, correspond to one of those alkenyl groups listed in this paragraph. For example alkenylene may be CH═CH—, —CH2CH═CH—, —CH(CH3)CH═CH— or —CH2CH═CH—. Alkenyl and alkenylene groups may unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents. Possible substituents are described herein. For example, substituents may be those described above as substituents for alkyl groups.
The term “C2-6 alkynyl” includes a branched or linear hydrocarbon chain containing at least one triple bond and having 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 carbon atoms. The triple bond may be at any possible position of the hydrocarbon chain. For example, the “C2-6 alkynyl” may be ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl and hexynyl. Alkynylene groups are divalent alkynyl groups and may likewise be linear or branched and have two points of attachment to the remainder of the molecule. Furthermore, an alkynylene group may, for example, correspond to one of those alkynyl groups listed in this paragraph. For example alkynylene may be —C≡C—, —CH2C≡C—, —CH2C≡CCH2—, —CH(CH3)CH≡C— or —CH2C≡CCH3. Alkynyl and alkynylene groups may unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents. Possible substituents are described herein. For example, substituents may be those described above as substituents for alkyl groups.
The term “C3-12 cycloalkyl” includes a saturated hydrocarbon ring system containing 3 to 12 carbon atoms. The cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or a fused, bridged or spiro saturated hydrocarbon ring system. The term “C3-6 cycloalkyl” includes a saturated hydrocarbon ring system containing 3, 4, 5 or 6 carbon atoms. For example, the C3-C12 cycloalkyl may be cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, bicyclo[1.1.1]pentane, bicyclo[2.1.1]hexane, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane (norbornane), bicyclo[2.2.2]octane or tricyclo[3.3.1.1]decane (adamantyl). For example, the “C3-C6 cycloalkyl” may be cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, bicyclo[2.1.1]hexane or bicyclo[1.1.1]pentane. Suitably the “C3-C6 cycloalkyl” may be cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl.
The term “C3-12 cycloalkenyl” includes a hydrocarbon ring system containing 3 to 12 carbon atoms and at least one double bond (e.g. 1 or 2 double bonds). The cycloalkenyl group may be monocyclic or a fused, bridged or spiro hydrocarbon ring system. For example, C3-12 cycloalkenyl may be cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl,
The term “heterocyclyl”, “heterocyclic” or “heterocycle” includes a non-aromatic saturated or partially saturated monocyclic or fused, bridged, or spiro bicyclic heterocyclic ring system. Monocyclic heterocyclic rings may contain from about 3 to 12 (suitably from 3 to 7) ring atoms, with from 1 to 5 (suitably 1, 2 or 3) heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur in the ring. Bicyclic heterocycles may contain from 7 to 12-member atoms in the ring. Bicyclic heterocyclic(s) rings may be fused, spiro, or bridged ring systems. The heterocyclyl group may be a 3-12, for example, a 3- to 7-membered non-aromatic monocyclic or bicyclic saturated or partially saturated group comprising 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from O, S and N in the ring system (in other words 1, 2 or 3 of the atoms forming the ring system are selected from O, S and N). By partially saturated it is meant that the ring may comprise one or two double bonds. This applies particularly to monocyclic rings with from 5 to 7 members. The double bond will typically be between two carbon atoms but may be between a carbon atom and a nitrogen atom. Bicyclic systems may be spiro-fused, i.e. where the rings are linked to each other through a single carbon atom; vicinally fused, i.e. where the rings are linked to each other through two adjacent carbon or nitrogen atoms; or they may be share a bridgehead, i.e. the rings are linked to each other through two non-adjacent carbon or nitrogen atoms (a bridged ring system). Examples of heterocyclic groups include cyclic ethers such as oxiranyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxanyl, and substituted cyclic ethers. Heterocycles comprising at least one nitrogen in a ring position include, for example, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, tetrahydrotriazinyl, tetrahydropyrazolyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, homopiperidinyl, homopiperazinyl, 2,5-diaza-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl and the like. Typical sulfur containing heterocycles include tetrahydrothienyl, dihydro-1,3-dithiol, tetrahydro-2H-thiopyran, and hexahydrothiepine. Other heterocycles include dihydro oxathiolyl, tetrahydro oxazolyl, tetrahydro-oxadiazolyl, tetrahydrodioxazolyl, tetrahydrooxathiazolyl, hexahydrotriazinyl, tetrahydro oxazinyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, dioxolinyl, octahydrobenzofuranyl, octahydrobenzimidazolyl, and octahydrobenzothiazolyl. For heterocycles containing sulfur, the oxidized sulfur heterocycles containing SO or SO2 groups are also included. Examples include the sulfoxide and sulfone forms of tetrahydrothienyl and thiomorpholinyl such as tetrahydrothiene 1,1-dioxide and thiomorpholinyl 1,1-dioxide. A suitable value for a heterocyclyl group which bears 1 or 2 oxo (═O), for example, 2 oxopyrrolidinyl, 2-oxoimidazolidinyl, 2-oxopiperidinyl, 2,5-dioxopyrrolidinyl, 2,5-dioxoimidazolidinyl or 2,6-dioxopiperidinyl. Particular heterocyclyl groups are saturated monocyclic 3 to 7 membered heterocyclyls containing 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, for example azetidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrothienyl, tetrahydrothienyl 1,1-dioxide, thiomorpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl 1,1-dioxide, piperidinyl, homopiperidinyl, piperazinyl or homopiperazinyl. As the skilled person would appreciate, any heterocycle may be linked to another group via any suitable atom, such as via a carbon or nitrogen atom. For example, the term “piperidino” or “morpholino” refers to a piperidin-1-yl or morpholin-4-yl ring that is linked via the ring nitrogen.
The term “bridged ring systems” includes ring systems in which two rings share more than two atoms, see for example Advanced Organic Chemistry, by Jerry March, 4th Edition, Wiley Interscience, pages 131-133, 1992. Suitably the bridge is formed between two non-adjacent carbon or nitrogen atoms in the ring system. The bridge connecting the bridgehead atoms may be a bond or comprise one or more atoms. Examples of bridged heterocyclyl ring systems include, aza-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, aza-bicyclo[2.2.2]octane, aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]octane, and quinuclidine.
The term “Spiro bi-cyclic ring systems” includes ring systems in which two ring systems share one common spiro carbon atom, i.e. the heterocyclic ring is linked to a further carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring through a single common spiro carbon atom. Examples of spiro ring systems include 3,8-diaza-bicyclo[3.2.1]octane, 2,5-diaza-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 6-azaspiro[3.4]octane, 2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.4]octane, 2-azaspiro[3.3]heptane, 2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptane, 6-oxa-2-azaspiro[3.4]octane, 2,7-diaza-spiro[4.4]nonane, 2-azaspiro[3.5]nonane, 2-oxa-7-azaspiro[3.5]nonane and 2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.5]nonane.
“Heterocyclyl-Cm-n alkyl” includes a heterocyclyl group covalently attached to a Cm-n alkylene group, both of which are defined herein; and wherein the Heterocyclyl-Cm-n alkyl group is linked to the remainder of the molecule via a carbon atom in the alkylene group.
The groups “aryl-Cm-n alkyl”, “heteroaryl-Cm-n alkyl” and “cycloalkyl-Cm-n alkyl” are defined in the same way.
“—Cm-n alkyl substituted by —NRR” and “Cm-n alkyl substituted by —OR” similarly refer to an —NRR or —OR group covalently attached to a Cm-n alkylene group and wherein the group is linked to the remainder of the molecule via a carbon atom in the alkylene group.
The term “aromatic” when applied to a substituent as a whole includes a single ring or polycyclic ring system with 4n+2 electrons in a conjugated π system within the ring or ring system where all atoms contributing to the conjugated π system are in the same plane.
The term “aryl” includes an aromatic hydrocarbon ring system. The ring system has 4n+2 electrons in a conjugated π system within a ring where all atoms contributing to the conjugated π system are in the same plane. For example, the “aryl” may be phenyl and naphthyl. The aryl system itself may be substituted with other groups.
The term “heteroaryl” includes an aromatic mono- or bicyclic ring incorporating one or more (for example 1-4, particularly 1, 2 or 3) heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur. The ring or ring system has 4n+2 electrons in a conjugated π system where all atoms contributing to the conjugated π system are in the same plane.
Examples of heteroaryl groups are monocyclic and bicyclic groups containing from five to twelve ring members, and more usually from five to ten ring members. The heteroaryl group can be, for example, a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic ring or a 9- or 10-membered bicyclic ring, for example a bicyclic structure formed from fused five and six membered rings or two fused six membered rings. Each ring may contain up to about four heteroatoms typically selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen. Typically the heteroaryl ring will contain up to 3 heteroatoms, more usually up to 2, for example a single heteroatom. In one embodiment, the heteroaryl ring contains at least one ring nitrogen atom. The nitrogen atoms in the heteroaryl rings can be basic, as in the case of an imidazole or pyridine, or essentially non-basic as in the case of an indole or pyrrole nitrogen. In general the number of basic nitrogen atoms present in the heteroaryl group, including any amino group substituents of the ring, will be less than five.
Examples of heteroaryl include furyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, 1,3,5-triazenyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, benzothienyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, benzofurazanyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, naphthyridinyl, carbazolyl, phenazinyl, benzisoquinolinyl, pyridopyrazinyl, thieno[2,3-b]furanyl, 2H-furo[3,2-b]-pyranyl, 1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]-oxazolyl, 4H-imidazo[4,5-d]thiazolyl, pyrazino[2,3-d]pyridazinyl, imidazo[2,1-b]thiazolyl and imidazo[1,2-b][1,2,4]triazinyl. Examples of heteroaryl groups comprising at least one nitrogen in a ring position include pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, 1,3,5-triazenyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, benzofurazanyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, cinnolinyl and pteridinyl. “Heteroaryl” also covers partially aromatic bi- or polycyclic ring systems wherein at least one ring is an aromatic ring and one or more of the other ring(s) is a non-aromatic, saturated or partially saturated ring, provided at least one ring contains one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur. Examples of partially aromatic heteroaryl groups include for example, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, 2-oxo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolinyl, dihydrobenzthienyl, dihydrobenzfuranyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxinyl, benzo[1,3]dioxolyl, 2,2-dioxo-1,3-dihydro-2-benzothienyl, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzofuranyl, indolinyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridinyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-b]pyrazinyl and 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrido[3,2-b][1,4]oxazinyl.
Examples of five-membered heteroaryl groups include but are not limited to pyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, furazanyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxatriazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl and tetrazolyl groups.
Examples of six-membered heteroaryl groups include but are not limited to pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl and triazinyl.
Particular examples of bicyclic heteroaryl groups containing a six-membered ring fused to a five-membered ring include but are not limited to benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, purinyl (e.g., adeninyl, guaninyl), indazolyl, benzodioxolyl, pyrrolopyridine, and pyrazolopyridinyl groups.
Particular examples of bicyclic heteroaryl groups containing two fused six membered rings include but are not limited to quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, chromanyl, thiochromanyl, chromenyl, isochromenyl, chromanyl, isochromanyl, benzodioxanyl, quinolizinyl, benzoxazinyl, benzodiazinyl, pyridopyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl and pteridinyl groups.
The term “oxo,” or “═O” as used herein, means an oxygen that is double bonded to a carbon atom.
Reference to a “side-chain of an amino acid” refers the side-chain of any known α or β-amino acid, for example the side chain of a naturally occurring α-amino acid selected from alanine, asparagine, aspartate, cysteine, glutamate, glutamine, glycine, proline, serine, tyrosine, arginine, histidine, isoleucine, leucine, lysine, methionine, phenylalanine, threonine, tryptophan and valine. Reference to “side chain” means the group “R” in an α-amino acid NH2C(R)COOH, or a β-amino acid NH2C(R)C(R′R″)COOH, thus the side chain of alanine is methyl, sereine is hydroxymethyl and valine is isopropyl etc. Suitably the “side-chain of an amino acid” is the side-chain of a naturally occurring a amino acid.
The term “optionally substituted” includes either groups, structures, or molecules that are substituted and those that are not substituted.
Where optional substituents are chosen from “one or more” groups it is to be understood that this definition includes all substituents being chosen from one of the specified groups or the substituents being chosen from two or more of the specified groups.
Where a moiety is substituted, it may be substituted at any point on the moiety where chemically possible and consistent with atomic valency requirements. The moiety may be substituted by one or more substituents, e.g. 1, 2, 3 or 4 substituents; optionally there are 1 or 2 substituents on a group. Where there are two or more substituents, the substituents may be the same or different.
Substituents are only present at positions where they are chemically possible, the person skilled in the art being able to decide (either experimentally or theoretically) without undue effort which substitutions are chemically possible and which are not.
Ortho, meta and para substitution are well understood terms in the art. For the absence of doubt, “ortho” substitution is a substitution pattern where adjacent carbons possess a substituent, whether a simple group, for example the fluoro group in the example below, or other portions of the molecule, as indicated by the bond ending in “”.
“Meta” substitution is a substitution pattern where two substituents are on carbons one carbon removed from each other, i.e. with a single carbon atom between the substituted carbons. In other words there is a substituent on the second atom away from the atom with another substituent. For example the groups below are meta substituted:
“Para” substitution is a substitution pattern where two substituents are on carbons two carbons removed from each other, i.e. with two carbon atoms between the substituted carbons. In other words there is a substituent on the third atom away from the atom with another substituent. For example the groups below are para substituted:
Reference to a —NRR′ group forming a 4 to 6 membered heterocyclyl refers to R and R′ together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached forming a 4 to 6 membered heterocyclyl group. For example, an —NRR′ such as a —NRA1RB1, —NRA3RB3, —NRA4RB4, —NRA5RB5, —NRA6RB6, —NRA7RB7, —NRA8RB8 or —NRA11RB9 group may form:
Similarly an —NRR′ group within a substituent may form a carbonyl-linked 4 to 6 membered heterocyclyl, for example a —C(O)NRR′ or —S(O)2NRR′ group may form:
—NRR′ groups within substituents such as —OC(O)NRR′, —NRC(O)NRR′, —C(═NRA5)NRR′, —NRC(═NR)NRR′, and —NRC(═NCN)NRR′, may similarly form a 4 to 6 membered heterocyclyl within such substituents.
When Z in HET is >N(-L1-R3), the nitrogen atom of Z (>N) is a ring heteroatom in HET, which nitrogen is substituted by the group -L1-R3. Similarly, when Z is —S(O)W, the sulfur atom is a ring heteroatom in HET. Thus the group:
may be, for example:
Reference to R1 and the group -L1-R3 together forming a C1-6 alkylene bridge between the ring atoms to which they are attached refers to a bridged group formed by R1 and the -L1-R3 group attached to the nitrogen atom represented by Z in HET. Representative examples of such bridged groups include:
wherein A is C1-6 alkylene.
Reference to R1 forming a C1-6 alkylene bridge between the ring carbon atom to which R1 is attached and another available ring atom in HET refers to a bridged group wherein one end of the bridge is attached to the ring carbon atom bearing R1 and the other end of the bridge is attached to any other available ring atom in HET. Representative examples of such groups include:
wherein A is C1-6 alkylene.
Reference to an R2 group forming a C1-6 alkylene bridge between the ring atom to which the R2 group is attached and another available ring atom in HET is a reference to a bridged group of the formula:
wherein A is C1-6 alkylene.
The alkylene bridge (-A- above and hereafter) may be straight chained or branched, for example —CH2—, —CH2CH2—, —CH(CH3)— or —C(CH3)2—. Suitably A is methylene or ethylene. It may be that A is C2-4 alkylene, particularly when HET is a 7, 8 or 9 membered ring. Where the alkylene bridge is shown as -A- herein as in, for example:
the terminal carbon atom(s) of the alkylene are bonded to 2 different available ring atoms in HET. Preferably the alkylene is attached to non-adjacent ring atoms in HET. Unless stated otherwise, where an R2 group forms an alkylene bridge in HET, q remains an integer selected from: 0, 1, 2, 3 and 4 (i.e. HET in optionally substituted by up to 4 R2 groups in the bridged ring systems).
The phrase “compound of the invention” means those compounds which are disclosed herein, both generically and specifically. Accordingly compounds of the invention include compounds of the formulae (I) (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), (VII), (VIII), (IX), (X), (XI), (XII), (XIII), (XIV), (XV), (XVI), (XVII) and the compounds in the Examples.
A bond terminating in a “” or “*” represents that the bond is connected to another atom that is not shown in the structure. A bond terminating inside a cyclic structure and not terminating at an atom of the ring structure represents that the bond may be connected to any of the atoms in the ring structure where allowed by valency.
Features, integers, characteristics, compounds, chemical moieties or groups described in conjunction with a particular aspect, embodiment or example of the invention are to be understood to be applicable to any other aspect, embodiment or example described herein unless incompatible therewith. All of the features disclosed in this specification (including any accompanying claims, abstract and drawings), and/or all of the steps of any method or process so disclosed, may be combined in any combination, except combinations where at least some of such features and/or steps are mutually exclusive. The invention is not restricted to the details of any foregoing embodiments. The invention extends to any novel one, or any novel combination, of the features disclosed in this specification (including any accompanying claims, abstract and drawings), or to any novel one, or any novel combination, of the steps of any method or process so disclosed.
The reader's attention is directed to all papers and documents which are filed concurrently with or previous to this specification in connection with this application and which are open to public inspection with this specification, and the contents of all such papers and documents are incorporated herein by reference.
The various functional groups and substituents making up the compounds of the present invention are typically chosen such that the molecular weight of the compound does not exceed 1000. More usually, the molecular weight of the compound will be less than 750, for example less than 700, or less than 650, or less than 600, or less than 550. More preferably, the molecular weight is less than 585 and, for example, is 575 or less.
Suitable or preferred features of any compounds of the present invention may also be suitable features of any other aspect.
The invention contemplates pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of the invention. These may include the acid addition and base salts of the compounds. These may be acid addition and base salts of the compounds.
Suitable acid addition salts are formed from acids which form non-toxic salts. Examples include the acetate, aspartate, benzoate, besylate, bicarbonate/carbonate, bisulfate/sulfate, borate, camsylate, citrate, edisylate, esylate, formate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glucuronate, hexafluorophosphate, hibenzate, hydrochloride/chloride, hydrobromide/bromide, hydroiodide/iodide, isethionate, lactate, malate, maleate, malonate, mesylate, methylsulfate, naphthylate, 1,5-naphthalenedisulfonate, 2-napsylate, nicotinate, nitrate, orotate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, phosphate/hydrogen phosphate/dihydrogen phosphate, saccharate, stearate, succinate, tartrate, tosylate and trifluoroacetate salts.
Suitable base salts are formed from bases which form non-toxic salts. Examples include the aluminium, arginine, benzathine, calcium, choline, diethylamine, diolamine, glycine, lysine, magnesium, meglumine, olamine, potassium, sodium, tromethamine and zinc salts. Hemisalts of acids and bases may also be formed, for example, hemisulfate and hemicalcium salts. For a review on suitable salts, see “Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, Selection, and Use” by Stahl and Wermuth (VViley-VCH, Weinheim, Germany, 2002).
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds of the invention may be prepared by for example, one or more of the following methods:
(i) by reacting the compound of the invention with the desired acid or base;
(ii) by removing an acid- or base-labile protecting group from a suitable precursor of the compound of the invention or by ring-opening a suitable cyclic precursor, for example, a lactone or lactam, using the desired acid or base; or
(iii) by converting one salt of the compound of the invention to another by reaction with an appropriate acid or base or by means of a suitable ion exchange column.
These methods are typically carried out in solution. The resulting salt may precipitate out and be collected by filtration or may be recovered by evaporation of the solvent. The degree of ionisation in the resulting salt may vary from completely ionised to almost non-ionised.
Compounds that have the same molecular formula but differ in the nature or sequence of bonding of their atoms or the arrangement of their atoms in space are termed “isomers”. Isomers that differ in the arrangement of their atoms in space are termed “stereoisomers”. Stereoisomers that are not mirror images of one another are termed “diastereomers” and those that are non-superimposable mirror images of each other are termed “enantiomers”. When a compound has an asymmetric centre, for example, it is bonded to four different groups, a pair of enantiomers is possible. An enantiomer can be characterized by the absolute configuration of its asymmetric centre and is described by the R- and S-sequencing rules of Cahn and Prelog, or by the manner in which the molecule rotates the plane of polarized light and designated as dextrorotatory or levorotatory (i.e., as (+) or (−)-isomers respectively). A chiral compound can exist as either individual enantiomer or as a mixture thereof. A mixture containing equal proportions of the enantiomers is called a “racemic mixture”. Where a compound of the invention has two or more stereo centres any combination of (R) and (S) stereoisomers is contemplated. The combination of (R) and (S) stereoisomers may result in a diastereomeric mixture or a single diastereoisomer. The compounds of the invention may be present as a single stereoisomer or may be mixtures of stereoisomers, for example racemic mixtures and other enantiomeric mixtures, and diasteroemeric mixtures. Where the mixture is a mixture of enantiomers the enantiomeric excess may be any of those disclosed above. Where the compound is a single stereoisomer the compounds may still contain other diasteroisomers or enantiomers as impurities. Hence a single stereoisomer does not necessarily have an enantiomeric excess (e.e.) or diastereomeric excess (d.e.) of 100% but could have an e.e. or d.e. of about at least 85%, for example at least 90%, at least 95% or at least 99%.
The compounds of this invention may possess one or more asymmetric centres; such compounds can therefore be produced as individual (R)- or (S)-stereoisomers or as mixtures thereof. Unless indicated otherwise, the description or naming of a particular compound in the specification and claims is intended to include both individual enantiomers and mixtures, racemic or otherwise, thereof. The methods for the determination of stereochemistry and the separation of stereoisomers are well-known in the art (see discussion in Chapter 4 of “Advanced Organic Chemistry”, 4th edition J. March, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 2001), for example by synthesis from optically active starting materials or by resolution of a racemic form. Some of the compounds of the invention may have geometric isomeric centres (E- and Z-isomers). It is to be understood that the present invention encompasses all optical, diastereoisomers and geometric isomers and mixtures thereof that possess AM2 inhibitory activity.
Z/E (e.g. cis/trans) isomers may be separated by conventional techniques well known to those skilled in the art, for example, chromatography and fractional crystallisation.
Conventional techniques for the preparation/isolation of individual enantiomers when necessary include chiral synthesis from a suitable optically pure precursor or resolution of the racemate (or the racemate of a salt or derivative) using, for example, chiral high-pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC). Thus, chiral compounds of the invention (and chiral precursors thereof) may be obtained in enantiomerically-enriched form using chromatography, typically HPLC, on an asymmetric resin with a mobile phase consisting of a hydrocarbon, typically heptane or hexane, containing from 0 to 50% by volume of isopropanol, typically from 2% to 20%, and for specific examples, 0 to 5% by volume of an alkylamine e.g. 0.1% diethylamine. Concentration of the eluate affords the enriched mixture.
Alternatively, the racemate (or a racemic precursor) may be reacted with a suitable optically active compound, for example, an alcohol, or, in the case where the compound of the invention contains an acidic or basic moiety, a base or acid such as 1-phenylethylamine or tartaric acid. The resulting diastereomeric mixture may be separated by chromatography and/or fractional crystallization and one or both of the diastereoisomers converted to the corresponding pure enantiomer(s) by means well known to a skilled person.
When any racemate crystallises, crystals of two different types are possible. The first type is the racemic compound (true racemate) referred to above wherein one homogeneous form of crystal is produced containing both enantiomers in equimolar amounts. The second type is the racemic mixture or conglomerate wherein two forms of crystal are produced in equimolar amounts each comprising a single enantiomer.
While both of the crystal forms present in a racemic mixture have identical physical properties, they may have different physical properties compared to the true racemate.
Racemic mixtures may be separated by conventional techniques known to those skilled in the art—see, for example, “Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds” by E. L. Eliel and S. H. Wilen (Wiley, 1994).
Compounds and salts described in this specification may be isotopically-labelled (or “radio-labelled”). Accordingly, one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number typically found in nature. Examples of radionuclides that may be incorporated include 2H (also written as “D” for deuterium), 3H (also written as “T” for tritium), 11C, 13C, 14C, 15O, 17O, 18O, 13N, 15N, 36Cl, 123I, 25I, 32P, 35S and the like. The radionuclide that is used will depend on the specific application of that radio-labelled derivative. For example, for in-vitro competition assays, 3H or 14C are often useful. For radio-imaging applications, 11C or 18F are often useful. In some embodiments, the radionuclide is 3H. In some embodiments, the radionuclide is 14C. In some embodiments, the radionuclide is 11C. And in some embodiments, the radionuclide is 18F.
Isotopically-labelled compounds can generally be prepared by conventional techniques known to those skilled in the art or by processes analogous to those described using an appropriate isotopically-labelled reagent in place of the non-labelled reagent previously employed.
The selective replacement of hydrogen with deuterium in a compound may modulate the metabolism of the compound, the PK/PD properties of the compound and/or the toxicity of the compound. For example, deuteration may increase the half-life or reduce the clearance of the compound in-vivo. Deuteration may also inhibit the formation of toxic metabolites, thereby improving safety and tolerability. It is to be understood that the invention encompasses deuterated derivatives of compounds of formula (I). As used herein, the term deuterated derivative refers to compounds of the invention where in a particular position at least one hydrogen atom is replaced by deuterium. For example, one or more hydrogen atoms in a C1-4-alkyl group may be replaced by deuterium to form a deuterated C1-4-alkyl group. For example, R2 may be a deuterated C1-4-alkyl group, for example CD3. In another example the group L2-NR4R5 is —CHD-NH(CD3).
Certain compounds of the invention may exist in solvated as well as unsolvated forms such as, for example, hydrated forms. It is to be understood that the invention encompasses all such solvated forms that possess AM2 inhibitory activity.
It is also to be understood that certain compounds of the invention may exhibit polymorphism, and that the invention encompasses all such forms that possess AM2 inhibitory activity.
Compounds of the invention may exist in a number of different tautomeric forms and references to compounds of the invention include all such forms. For the avoidance of doubt, where a compound can exist in one of several tautomeric forms, and only one is specifically described or shown, all others are nevertheless embraced by compounds of the invention. Examples of tautomeric forms include keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms, as in, for example, the following tautomeric pairs: keto/enol (illustrated below), imine/enamine, amide/imino alcohol, amidine/amidine, nitroso/oxime, thioketone/enethiol, and nitro/aci-nitro.
The in-vivo effects of a compound of the invention may be exerted in part by one or more metabolites that are formed within the human or animal body after administration of a compound of the invention.
It is further to be understood that a suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable pro-drug of a compound of the formula (I) also forms an aspect of the present invention. Accordingly, the compounds of the invention encompass pro-drug forms of the compounds and the compounds of the invention may be administered in the form of a pro-drug (i.e. a compound that is broken down in the human or animal body to release a compound of the invention). A pro-drug may be used to alter the physical properties and/or the pharmacokinetic properties of a compound of the invention. A pro-drug can be formed when the compound of the invention contains a suitable group or substituent to which a property-modifying group can be attached. Examples of pro-drugs include in-vivo-cleavable ester derivatives that may be formed at a carboxy group or a hydroxy group in a compound of the invention and in-vivo-cleavable amide derivatives that may be formed at a carboxy group or an amino group in a compound of the invention.
Accordingly, the present invention includes those compounds of the invention as defined herein when made available by organic synthesis and when made available within the human or animal body by way of cleavage of a pro-drug thereof. Accordingly, the present invention includes those compounds of the formula (I) that are produced by organic synthetic means and also such compounds that are produced in the human or animal body by way of metabolism of a precursor compound, that is a compound of the formula (I) may be a synthetically-produced compound or a metabolically-produced compound.
A suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable pro-drug of a compound of the invention is one that is based on reasonable medical judgement as being suitable for administration to the human or animal body without undesirable pharmacological activities and without undue toxicity.
Various forms of pro-drug have been described, for example in the following documents:—
A suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable pro-drug of a compound of the formula I that possesses a carboxy group is, for example, an in-vivo-cleavable ester thereof. An in-vivo-cleavable ester of a compound of the invention containing a carboxy group is, for example, a pharmaceutically-acceptable ester which is cleaved in the human or animal body to produce the parent acid. Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable esters for carboxy include C1-6 alkyl esters such as methyl, ethyl and tert-butyl, C1-6 alkoxymethyl esters such as methoxymethyl esters, C1-6 alkanoyloxymethyl esters such as pivaloyloxymethyl esters, 3-phthalidyl esters, C3-8 cycloalkylcarbonyloxy- C1-6 alkyl esters such as cyclopentylcarbonyloxymethyl and 1-cyclohexylcarbonyloxyethyl esters, 2-oxo-1,3-dioxolenylmethyl esters such as 5-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-dioxolen-4-ylmethyl esters and C1-6 alkoxycarbonyloxy-C1-6 alkyl esters such as methoxycarbonyloxymethyl and 1-methoxycarbonyloxyethyl esters.
A suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable pro-drug of a compound of the invention that possesses a hydroxy group is, for example, an in-vivo-cleavable ester or ether thereof. An in-vivo-cleavable ester or ether of a compound of the invention containing a hydroxy group is, for example, a pharmaceutically-acceptable ester or ether which is cleaved in the human or animal body to produce the parent hydroxy compound. Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable ester forming groups for a hydroxy group include inorganic esters such as phosphate esters (including phosphoramidic cyclic esters). Further suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable ester forming groups for a hydroxy group include C1-10 alkanoyl groups such as acetyl, benzoyl, phenylacetyl and substituted benzoyl and phenylacetyl groups, C1-10 alkoxycarbonyl groups such as ethoxycarbonyl, N,N—(C1-6alkyl)2carbamoyl, 2-dialkylaminoacetyl and 2-carboxyacetyl groups. Examples of ring substituents on the phenylacetyl and benzoyl groups include aminomethyl, N-alkylaminomethyl, N,N-dialkylaminomethyl, morpholinomethyl, piperazin-1-ylmethyl and 4-(C1-4 alkyl)piperazin-1-ylmethyl. Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable ether forming groups for a hydroxy group include α-acyloxyalkyl groups such as acetoxymethyl and pivaloyloxymethyl groups.
A suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable pro-drug of a compound of the invention that possesses a carboxy group is, for example, an in-vivo-cleavable amide thereof, for example an amide formed with an amine such as ammonia, a C1-4 alkylamine such as methylamine, a (C1-4alkyl)2amine such as dimethylamine, N-ethyl-N-methylamine or diethylamine, a C1-4 alkoxy-C2-4 alkylamine such as 2-methoxyethylamine, a phenyl-C1-4 alkylamine such as benzylamine and amino acids such as glycine or an ester thereof.
A suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable pro-drug of a compound of the invention that possesses an amino group is, for example, an in-vivo-cleavable amide or carbamate derivative thereof. Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable amides from an amino group include, for example an amide formed with C1-10 alkanoyl groups such as an acetyl, benzoyl, phenylacetyl and substituted benzoyl and phenylacetyl groups. Examples of ring substituents on the phenylacetyl and benzoyl groups include aminomethyl, N-alkylaminomethyl, N,N-dialkylaminomethyl, morpholinomethyl, piperazin-1-ylmethyl and 4-(C1-4 alkyl)piperazin-1-ylmethyl. Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable carbamates from an amino group include, for example acyloxyalkoxycarbonyl and benzyloxycarbonyl groups.
The following paragraphs are applicable to the compounds of the invention.
In certain embodiments the compound of formula (I) is a compound according to formula (II), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
In certain embodiments the compound of formula (I) is a compound according to formula (III), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
In certain embodiments the compound of formula (I) is a compound according to formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
In certain embodiments the compound of formula (I) is a compound according to formula (V), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
In certain embodiments the compound of formula (I) is a compound according to formula (VI), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
In certain embodiments the compound of formula (I) is a compound according to formula (VII), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
In certain embodiments the compound of formula (I) is a compound according to formula (VIII), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
In certain embodiments the compound of formula (I) is a compound according to formula (IX), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
In certain embodiments the compound of formula (I) is a compound according to formula (X), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
wherein the NH group in HET is unsubstituted.
In certain embodiments the compound of formula (I) is a compound according to formula (X), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
In certain embodiments the compound of formula (I) is a compound according to formula (XII), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
In certain embodiments the compound of formula (I) is a compound according to formula (XIII), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
wherein R91 is C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 haloalkyl.
In certain embodiments the compound of formula (I) is a compound according to formula (XIV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
In certain embodiments the compound of formula (I) is a compound according to formula (XV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
In certain embodiments the compound of formula (I) is a compound according to formula (XVI), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
In certain embodiments the compound of formula (I) is a compound according to formula (XVII), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
In certain embodiments in any of the compounds of formula (I) (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), (VII), (VIII), (IX), (X), (XI), (XII), (XIII), (XIV), (XV), (XVI) or (XVII) R1 is selected from C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl and C3-5 cycloalkyl-C1-2 alkyl.
In certain embodiments in any of the compounds of formula (I) (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), (VII), (VIII), (IX), (X), (XI), (XII), (XIII), (XIV), (XV), (XVI) or (XVII) R7 and R8 are H.
In certain embodiments in any of the compounds of formula (I) (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), (VII), (VIII), (IX), (X), (XI), (XII), (XIV), (XV), (XVI) or (XVII) R9 is H or C1-3 alkyl and R10 is H.
In certain embodiments in any of the compounds of formula (I) (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), (VII), (VIII), (IX), (X), (XI), (XII), (XIV), (XV), (XVI) or (XVII) R7, R8 and R10 are H and R9 is H or C1-3 alkyl.
In certain embodiments in any of the compounds of formula (I) (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), (VII), (VIII), (IX), (X), (XI), (XII), (XIV), (XV), (XVI) or (XVII) R7, R8 and R10 are H and R9 is H or methyl.
In certain embodiments in any of the compounds of formula (I) (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), (VII), (VIII), (IX), (X), (XI), (XII), (XIV), (XV), (XVI) or (XVII) R7, R8 and R10 are H and R9 is C1-3 alkyl (e.g. R9 is methyl).
In certain embodiments in any of the compounds of formula (I) (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), (VII), (VIII), (IX), (X), (XI), (XV), (XVI) or (XVII) R7, R8, R9 and R10 are H.
In certain embodiments in any of the compounds of formula (I) (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), (VII), (VIII), (IX), (X), (XI), (XII), (XIII), (XIV), (XV), (XVI) or (XVII) n is 0 or 1 and R6 is selected from: halo, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl.
In certain embodiments in any of the compounds of formula (I) (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), (VII), (VIII), (IX), (X), (XI), (XII), (XIII), (XIV), (XV), (XVI) or (XVII) n is 0 or 1 and R6 is F.
In certain embodiments in any of the compounds of formula (I) (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), (VII), (VIII), (IX), (X), (XI), (XII), (XIII), (XIV), (XV), or (XVII) n is 0.
In certain embodiments in any of the compounds of formula (I) (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), (VII), (VIII), (IX), (X), (XI), (XII), (XIII), (XIV), (XV), (XVI) or (XVII) q is 0.
In certain embodiments in any of the compounds of formula (I) (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), (VII), (VIII), (IX), (X), (XI), (XII), (XIII), (XIV), (XV), (XVI) or (XVII) L2 is —CH2—.
In certain embodiments in any of the compounds of formula (I) (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), (VII), (VIII), (IX), (X), (XI), (XII), (XIII), (XIV), (XV) or (XVII) X2 and X3 are CH and X1 is CR11 or N.
In certain embodiments in any of the compounds of formula (I) (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), (VII), (VIII), (IX), (X), (XI), (XII), (XIII), (XIV), (XV) or (XVII) X1, X2 and X3 are CH.
In certain embodiments compounds of the invention include, for example, compounds of formulae (I) (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), (VII), (VIII), (IX), (X), (XI), (XII), (XIII), (XIV), (XV), (XVI) or (XVII), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein, unless otherwise stated, each of R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, X1, X2, X3, L1, L2, HET, Z, n and q has any of the meanings defined hereinbefore or in any of paragraphs (1) to (192) hereinafter:—
In certain embodiments there is provided a compound selected from a compound of the formula (I), (II), (III), (VII), (VIII), (IX), (X), (XIII) and (XV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as hereinbefore defined wherein the group of the formula HET(R1)— is as defined in any one of (19) to (43) above and R1 is C1-4 alkyl (e.g. R1 is methyl or ethyl).
In certain embodiments there is provided a compound selected from a compound of the formula (I), (II), (III), (VII), (VIII), (IX), (X), (XIII) and (XV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as hereinbefore defined wherein:
HET is selected from:
wherein * shows the point of attachment to R3-L1- and ** shows the point of attachment to the carbonyl group;
R1 is selected from: C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl and C3-6cycloalkyl-C1-3 alkyl-;
R3 has any of the values defined herein, for example R3 is selected from any of (67) to (88) above; and
R2, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, X1, X2, X3, L1, L2, n and q are as defined for formula (I).
Suitably in these embodiments R1 is C1-4 alkyl (e.g. R1 is methyl or ethyl).
Suitably in these embodiments n is 0.
Suitably in these embodiments q is 0
In certain embodiments there is provided a compound selected from a compound of the formula (I), (II), (III), (VII), (VIII), (IX), (X), (XIII) and (XV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as hereinbefore defined wherein:
HET is of the formula:
wherein * shows the point of attachment to R3-L1- and ** shows the point of attachment to the carbonyl group;
R1 is selected from: C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl and C3-6cycloalkyl-C1-3 alkyl-;
q is an integer selected from 0, 1 and 2 (preferably q is 0);
R2 is selected from: ═O, halo, C1-4 alkyl and C1-4 haloalkyl (e.g. R2 is selected from: halo and C1-4 alkyl;
n is 0;
R7, R8 and R19 are H;
R9 is selected from: H and C1-4 alkyl;
the group of the formula
L1 in the formulae (I), (II), (III), (XIII) and (XV) is absent or is selected from: —CH2—, —C(═O)—, —S(O)2—, —NHC(═O)—*, —NRA21C(═O)—*, —NHS(O)2—*, —NRA21S(O)2—*, —OC(═O)—*, —C(═NH)—, and —C(═NRA21)—, wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the nitrogen atom in HET; and RA21 is C1-4 alkyl;
R3 has any of the values defined herein, for example R3 is selected from any of (67) to (88) above; and
R4, R5, X1, X2, X3 and L2 are as defined for formula (I).
Suitably in this embodiment R1 is C1-4 alkyl (e.g. R1 is methyl or ethyl).
Suitably in this embodiment in the formulae (I), (II), (III), (X), (XIII) and (XV), L1 is absent or is —C(═O)—.
In certain embodiments there is provided a compound selected from a compound of the formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), (VII), (VIII), (IX), (X), (XIII), (XIV), (XV), (XVI) and (XVII), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as hereinbefore defined, wherein R1 is selected from: —CN, —OH, —OC1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl,
In certain embodiments there is provided a compound selected from a compound of the formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), (VII), (VIII), (IX), (X), (XIII), (XIV), (XV), (XVI) and (XVII), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as hereinbefore defined, wherein R1 has any of the values in (1) to (10).
In certain embodiments there is provided a compound selected from a compound of the formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), (VII), (VIII), (IX), (X), (XIII), (XIV), (XV), (XVI) and (XVII), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as hereinbefore defined, wherein R1 is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, —CH2C(CH3)2, cyclopropylmethyl and —CH2CF3.
In certain embodiments there is provided a compound selected from a compound of the formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), (XI), (XII), (XIII), (XIV), (XV) and (XVI), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as hereinbefore defined, wherein L1 is absent or is selected from: —C(═O)—, —S(O)2—, —NHC(═O)—*, N(C1-3 alkyl)C(═O)—* (e.g. N(Me)C(═O)—*) and —C(═NH)—, wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the nitrogen atom.
In certain embodiments there is provided a compound selected from a compound of the formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), (XI), (XII), (XIII), (XIV), (XV) and (XVI), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as hereinbefore defined, wherein L1 is absent or is selected from: —CH2—, —C(═O)—, —NHC(═O)—* and N(C1-3 alkyl)C(═O)—* (e.g. N(Me)C(═O)—*), wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the nitrogen atom.
In certain embodiments there is provided a compound selected from a compound of the formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), (XI), (XII), (XIII), (XIV), (XV) and (XVI), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as hereinbefore defined, wherein L1 is absent or is selected from: —C(═O)— and —NHC(═O)—*, wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the nitrogen atom.
In certain embodiments there is provided a compound selected from a compound of the formula (I), (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), (XIII), (XIV), (XV) and (XVI), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as hereinbefore defined, wherein R1 is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, —CH2C(CH3)2, cyclopropylmethyl and —CH2CF3; and
L1 is absent or is selected from —CH2—, —C(═O)—, —NHC(═O)—* and N(C1-3 alkyl)C(═O)—* (e.g. —N(Me)C(═O)—*), wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the nitrogen atom. Suitably in this embodiment L1 is absent or is selected from —CH2— and —C(═O)—.
In certain embodiments there is provided a compound selected from a compound of the formula (I), (II), (IV), (V), (VI), (VII), (VIII), (IX), (X), (XI), (XII), (XIII), (XV) and (XVII), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as hereinbefore defined, wherein
q and n are 0;
L2 is selected from: —CH2—, —CH(CH3)— and CH2CH2—;
—NR4R5 is selected from: NH2, —NH(Me), —NH(Et), —N(Me)2, —NH(cyclopropyl), —NH(CH2CH2F), azetidin-1-yl and pyrrolidin-1-yl (e.g. —NR4R5 is selected from —NH2, —NH(Me) and —NH(Et), preferably —NR4R5 is —NH(Me));
R7, R8 and R10 are H;
R9 is selected from: H and C1-4 alkyl; and
R1, R2, R3, R6, X1, X2, X3, L1 and HET are as defined in formula (I).
Suitably in these further embodiments R3 has any of the values defined herein, for example R3 is selected from any of (67) to (88) above.
Suitably in these embodiments L1 is absent or is selected from: —CH2—, —C(═O)— and —NHC(═O)—*, wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the nitrogen atom in HET.
Suitably in these embodiments L1 is selected from: —C(═O)—, —NHC(═O)—* and —N(C1-3 alkyl)C(═O)—*, wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the nitrogen atom in HET.
Suitably in these embodiments L1 is absent or is —C(═O)—.
In certain embodiments there is provided a compound of the formula (II) or formula (III) as hereinbefore defined, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
the group of the formula R3-L1-HET(R1)— is of the formula:
R1 is selected from: C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl and C3-6cycloalkyl-C1-3 alkyl-;
n is 0;
L1 is absent or is selected from: —CH2—, —C(═O)—, —S(O)2—, —NHC(═O)—*, —NRA21C(═O)—*, —NHS(O)2—*, —NR'S(O)2—*, —OC(═O)—*, —C(═NH)—, and —C(═NRA21)—, wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the nitrogen atom in the piperidine or pyrrolidine ring, and RA21 is C1-4 alkyl;
R3 has any of the values defined herein, for example R3 is selected from any of (67) to (88) above;
R7, R8 and R19 are H;
X1, X2, X3 are as defined in formula (I); and
R9 is selected from: H and C1-4 alkyl.
Suitably in this embodiment the group of the formula R3-L1-HET(R1)— in formula (II) and formula (III) is:
In certain embodiments the group of the formula R3-L1-HET(R1)— in formula (II) and formula (III) is selected from:
wherein R3 has any of the values in (67) to (88) (e.g. R3 is C1-4 alkyl such as methyl).
In certain embodiments there is provided a compound of the formula (II) or formula (III) as hereinbefore defined, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1 has any of the values in (1) to (10); R7 and R8 are H; and n and q are 0.
In certain embodiments there is provided a compound of the formula (II) or formula (III) as hereinbefore defined, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R4 is H or methyl and R5 is selected from: methyl, ethyl, propyl and isopropyl (e.g. R4 is H and R5 is methyl or ethyl).
In another embodiment there is provided a compound of the formula (IV), which is of the formula (IVa), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
wherein
R1 is selected from: C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl-C1-3 alkyl-;
L1 is absent or is selected from: —CH2—, —C(═O)—, —S(O)2—, —NHC(═O)—*, —NRA21C(═O)—*, —NHS(O)2—*, —NRA21S(O)2—*, —OC(═O)—*, —C(═NH)—, and —C(═NRA21—, wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the nitrogen atom in the piperidine ring, and RA21 is C1-4 alkyl;
R3 has any of the values defined herein, for example R3 is selected from any of (67) to (88) above;
L2 is selected from: CH2—, —CH(CH3)— and CH2CH2—;
—NR4R5 is selected from: NH2, —NH(Me), —NH(Et), —N(Me)2, —NH(cyclopropyl), —NH(CH2CH2F), azetidin-1-yl and pyrrolidin-1-yl (e.g. —NR4R5 is selected from —NH2, —NH(Me) and —NH(Et), preferably —NR4R5 is —NH(Me));
R6A is H or halo;
R9 is selected from H and C1-3 alkyl (e.g. R9 is H or methyl, preferably R9 is H);
X1 is N or CR11;
X2 and X3 are each independently N or CH, provided that no more than one of X1, X2 and X3 is N; and
R11 is selected from: H, halo, C1-4 alkyl and C1-4 haloalkyl (e.g. R11 is H).
In this embodiment it may be that R6A is F.
In this embodiment it may be that R6A is H.
Suitably in compounds of the formula (IV) and (IVa), L1 is absent or is selected from: —C(═O)—, —S(O)2—, —NHC(═O)—*, —NRA21C(═O)—*, and —C(═NH)—, wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the nitrogen atom in the piperidine ring, and RA21 is C1-4 alkyl; and
R3 has any of the values defined herein, for example R3 is selected from any of (67) to (88) above.
Suitably in compounds of the formula (IV) and (IVa), the group -L2- is —CH2— and the group —NR4R5 is —NH(Me).
In certain embodiments there is provided a compound of the formula (IV) or formula (IVa) as hereinbefore defined, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1 has any of the values in (1) to (10); L2 is —CH2—; R4 is H; and R5 is selected from H, methyl and ethyl.
In another embodiment there is provided a compound of the formula (V), which is of the formula (Va), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
wherein
R1 is selected from: C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl and C3-6cycloalkyl-C1-3 alkyl-;
L1 is absent or is selected from: —CH2—, —C(═O)—, —S(O)2—, —NHC(═O)—*, —NRA21C(═O)—*, —NHS(O)2—*, —NRA2S(O)2—*, —OC(═O)—*, —C(═NH)—, and —C(═NRA21)—, wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the nitrogen atom in the pyrrolidine ring, and RA21 is C1-4 alkyl;
R3 has any of the values defined herein, for example R3 is selected from any of (67) to (88) above;
L2 is selected from: CH2—, —CH(CH3)— and CH2CH2—;
—NR4R5 is selected from: —NH2, —NH(Me), —NH(Et), —N(Me)2, —NH(cyclopropyl), —NH(CH2CH2F), azetidin-1-yl and pyrrolidin-1-yl (e.g. —NR4R5 is selected from —NH2, —NH(Me) and —NH(Et), preferably —NR4R5 is —NH(Me));
R6A is H or halo (e.g. R6A is F, or R6A is H, preferably R6A is H);
R9 is selected from H and C1-3 alkyl (e.g. R9 is H or methyl, preferably R9 is H);
X1 is N or CR11;
X2 and X3 are each independently N or CH, provided that no more than one of X1, X2 and X3 is N; and
R11 is selected from: H, halo, C1-4 alkyl and C1-4 haloalkyl (e.g. R11 is H).
Suitably in compounds of the formula (V) and (Va), L1 is absent or is selected from: —CH2—, —C(═O)—, —S(O)2—, —NHC(═O)—*, —NRA21C(═O)—*, and —C(═NH)—, wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the nitrogen atom in the piperidine ring, and RA21 is C1-4 alkyl; and
R3 has any of the values defined herein, for example R3 is selected from any of (67) to (88) above.
Suitably in compounds of the formula (V) and (Va), the group L2- is —CH2— and the group —NR4R5 is —NH(Me).
In certain embodiments there is provided a compound of the formula (V) or formula (Va) as hereinbefore defined, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1 has any of the values in (1) to (10); L2 is —CH2—; R4 is H; and R5 is selected from H, methyl and ethyl.
In another embodiment there is provided a compound of the formula (VI) as hereinbefore defined, wherein:
q and n are 0;
R1 is selected from: C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl-C1-3 alkyl-;
L1 is absent or is selected from: —CH2—, —C(═O)—, —S(O)2—, —NHC(═O)—*, —NRA21C(═O)—*, —NHS(O)2—*, —NR'S(O)2—*, —OC(═O)—*, —C(═NH)—, and —C(═NRA21)—, wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the nitrogen atom in the azetidine ring, and RA21 C1-4 alkyl;
R3 has any of the values defined herein, for example R3 is selected from any of (67) to (88) above;
L2 is selected from: —CH2—, —CH(CH3)— and —CH2CH2—;
—NR4R5 is selected from: —NH2, —NH(Me), —NH(Et), —N(Me)2, —NH(cyclopropyl), —NH(CH2CH2F), azetidin-1-yl and pyrrolidin-1-yl (e.g. —NR4R5 is selected from NH2, —NH(Me) and —NH(Et), preferably —NR4R5 is —NH(Me));
R7, R8 and R10 are H; and
X1, X2, X3 are as defined in formula (I).
Suitably in this embodiment L1 is absent or is selected from: —C(═O)—, —S(O)2—, —NHC(═O)—*, —NRA21C(═O)—*, and —C(═NH)—, wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the nitrogen atom in the piperidine ring, and RA21 C1-4 alkyl; and
R3 has any of the values defined herein, for example R3 is selected from any of (67) to (88) above.
Suitably in this embodiment of compounds of the formula (VI) the group L2- is CH2— and the group —NR4R5 is —NH(Me).
In certain embodiments there is provided a compound of the formula (VI) as hereinbefore defined, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1 has any of the values in (1) to (10); L2 is —CH2—; R4 is H; and R5 is selected from H, methyl and ethyl.
In another embodiment there is provided a compound of the formula (VII) as hereinbefore defined, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
the group of the formula R3—C(O)-HET(R1)— is of the formula:
n is 0; and
R7, R8 and R10 are H;
R3 has any of the values defined herein, for example R3 is selected from any of (67) to (88) above; and
R1, R4, R5, L2, X1, X2 and X3 are as defined in formula (I).
Suitably in this embodiment of the compound of the formula (VII), the group of the formula R3—C(O)-HET(R1)— is of the formula:
Suitably in this embodiment of the compound of the formula (VII), R1 is selected from any of (1) to (10) above.
Suitably in this embodiment of the compound of the formula (VII), R1 is selected from: C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl-C1-3 alkyl-.
Suitably in this embodiment of the compound of the formula (VII), R1 is C1-4 alkyl (e.g. methyl or ethyl).
Suitably in this embodiment of the compound of the formula (VII), L2 is selected from: —CH2—, —CH(CH3)— and —CH2CH2— (e.g. L2 is —CH2—); and
—NR4R5 is selected from: —NH2, —NH(Me), —NH(Et), —N(Me)2, —NH(cyclopropyl), —NH(CH2CH2F), azetidin-1-yl and pyrrolidin-1-yl (e.g. —NR4R5 is selected from NH2, —NH(Me) and —NH(Et), preferably —NR4R5 is —NH(Me)).
In another embodiment there is provided a compound of the formula (VII) as hereinbefore defined, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
the group of the formula R3—C(O)-HET(R1)— is of the formula:
n is 0;
R7, R8 and R19 are H;
R9 is selected from: H and C1-3 alkyl;
R1, R4, R5, L2, X1, X2 and X3 are as defined in formula (I) are as defined in formula (I); and
R3 is selected from: H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkyl substituted by one or more (e.g. 1 or 2) R13,
Q4, Q4-C1-3 alkylene-, Q5, Q5-C1-3 alkylene-, Q6 and Q6-C1-3 alkylene-,
Suitably in this embodiment of the compound of the formula (VII), R1 is selected from any of (1) to (10) above.
Suitably in the embodiments of the compound of the formula (VII), R1 is selected from: C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl-C1-3 alkyl-.
Suitably in the embodiments of the compound of the formula (VII), R1 is C1-4 alkyl (e.g. methyl or ethyl).
Suitably in the embodiments of the compound of the formula (VII), L2 is selected from: —CH2—, —CH(CH3)— and —CH2CH2— (preferably L2 is —CH2—); and
—NR4R5 is selected from: —NH2, —NH(Me), —NH(Et), —N(Me)2, —NH(cyclopropyl), —NH(CH2CH2F), azetidin-1-yl and pyrrolidin-1-yl (e.g. —NR4R5 is selected from —NH2, —NH(Me) and —NH(Et) (preferably —NR4R5 is —NH(Me)).
Suitably in the embodiments of the compound of the formula (VII), R3 is selected from: H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 alkyl-NRA7RB7, —C1-4 alkyl-ORA7, —C1-4 alkyl-C(O)ORA7, Q4, Q4-CH2—, Q5, Q5-CH2—, Q6 and Q6-CH2—,
In the embodiments of the compound of formula (VII) it may be that R3 is not H.
In certain embodiments there is provided a compound of the formula (VII) as hereinbefore defined, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1 has any of the values in (1) to (10); L2 is —CH2—; R4 is H; and R5 is selected from H, methyl and ethyl.
In another embodiment there is provided a compound of the formula (VIII) as hereinbefore defined, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
the group of the formula R3—N(RA2)C(O)-HET(R1)— is of the formula:
n is 0;
R7, R8 and R19 are H;
R9 is selected from: H and C1-3 alkyl;
R3 has any of the values defined herein, for example R3 is selected from any of (67) to (88) above;
RA2 is selected from H and C1-4 alkyl; and
R1, R4, R5, L2, X1, X2 and X3 are as defined in formula (I).
Suitably in this embodiment of the compound of formula (VIII) the group of the formula R3—N(RA2)C(O)-HET(R1)— is of the formula:
Suitably in this embodiment of the compound of the formula (VIII), R1 is selected from any of (1) to (10) above
Suitably in this embodiment of the compound of the formula (VIII), R1 is selected from: C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl and C3-6cycloalkyl-C1-3 alkyl-.
Suitably in this embodiment of the compound of the formula (VIII), R1 is C1-4 alkyl (e.g. methyl or ethyl).
Suitably in this embodiment of the compound of the formula (VIII), L2 is selected from: CH2—, —CH(CH3)— and CH2CH2— (e.g. L2 is —CH2—); and
—NR4R5 is selected from: NH2, —NH(Me), —NH(Et), —N(Me)2, —NH(cyclopropyl), —NH(CH2CH2F), azetidin-1-yl and pyrrolidin-1-yl (e.g. —NR4R5 is selected from —NH2, —NH(Me) and —NH(Et) (preferably —NR4R5 is —NH(Me)).
In another embodiment of the compound of formula (VIII) the group of the formula R3—N(RA2)C(O)-HET(R1)— is of the formula:
n is 0;
R7, R8 and R19 are H;
R9 is selected from: H and C1-3 alkyl;
R1, R4, R5, L2, X1, X2 and X3 are as defined in formula (I); and
R3 is selected from: H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkyl substituted by one or more (e.g. 1 or 2) R13, Q4, Q4-C1-3 alkylene-, Q5, Q5-C1-3 alkylene-, Q6 and Q6-C1-3 alkylene-,
Suitably in this embodiment of the compound of the formula (VIII), R1 is selected from any of (1) to (10) above.
Suitably in the embodiments of the compound of the formula (VIII), R1 is selected from: C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl-C1-3 alkyl-.
Suitably in the embodiments of the compound of the formula (VIII), R1 is C1-4 alkyl (e.g. methyl or ethyl).
Suitably in the embodiments of the compound of the formula (VIII), L2 is selected from: —CH2—, —CH(CH3)— and —CH2CH2— (preferably L2 is —CH2—); and
—NR4R5 is selected from: —NH2, —NH(Me), —NH(Et), —N(Me)2, —NH(cyclopropyl), —NH(CH2CH2F), azetidin-1-yl and pyrrolidin-1-yl (e.g. —NR4R5 is selected from —NH2, —NH(Me) and —NH(Et) (preferably —NR4R5 is —NH(Me)).
Suitably in this embodiment of the compound of the formula (VIII), R3 is selected from: H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, C2-4 alkyl-NRA7RB7, —C2-4 alkyl-ORA7, —C1-4 alkyl-C(O)ORA7, Q4, Q4-CH2—, Q5, Q5-CH2—, Q6 and Q6-CH2—,
In the embodiments of the compound of formula (VIII) it may be that R3 is not H.
In the embodiments of the compound of formula (VIII) it may be that R3 is H.
In certain embodiments there is provided a compound of the formula (VIII) as hereinbefore defined, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1 has any of the values in (1) to (10); L2 is —CH2—; R4 is H; and R5 is selected from H, methyl and ethyl.
In another embodiment there is provided a compound of the formula (IX) as hereinbefore defined, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
the group of the formula R3-HET(R1)— is of the formula:
n is 0;
R7, R8 and R19 are H;
R9 is selected from: H and C1-3 alkyl;
R3 has any of the values defined herein, for example R3 is selected from any of (67) to (88) above; and
R1, R4, R5, L2, X1, X2 and X3 are as defined in formula (I).
Suitably in this embodiment of the compound of the formula (IX), the group of the formula R3-HET(R1)— is of the formula:
Suitably in this embodiment of the compound of the formula (IX), R1 has any of the values in (1) to (10).
Suitably in this embodiment of the compound of the formula (IX), R1 is selected from: C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl and C3-6cycloalkyl-C1-3 alkyl-.
Suitably in this embodiment of the compound of the formula (IX), R1 is C1-4 alkyl (e.g. methyl or ethyl).
Suitably in this embodiment of the compound of the formula (IX), L2 is selected from: —CH2—, —CH(CH3)— and CH2CH2— (e.g. L2 is —CH2—); and
—NR4R5 is selected from: —NH2, —NH(Me), —NH(Et), —N(Me)2, —NH(cyclopropyl), —NH(CH2CH2F), azetidin-1-yl and pyrrolidin-1-yl (e.g. —NR4R5 is selected from NH2, —NH(Me) and —NH(Et), preferably —NR4R5 is —NH(Me)).
Suitably in this embodiment of the compound of the formula (IX), R3 is selected from: H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkyl substituted by one or more (e.g. 1 or 2) R13, Q4, Q4-C1-3 alkylene-, Q5, Q5-C1-3 alkylene-, Q6 and Q6-C1-3 alkylene-,
RA5, RB5, RA7 and RB7 are each independently selected from: H, C1-4 alkyl and C1-4 haloalkyl, or any —NRA5RB5 and —NRA7RB7, within a substituent may form a 4 to 6 membered heterocyclyl selected from azetidin-1-yl, pyrrolidin-1-yl, piperidino-1-yl, piperazin-1-yl and morpholin-1-yl.
Suitably in this embodiment of the compound of the formula (IX), the group of the formula R3-HET(R1)— is of the formula:
R3 is selected from: H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, C2-4 alkyl-NRA7RB7, —C2-4 alkyl-ORA7, —C2-4 alkyl-C(O)ORA7, Q4, Q4-CH2—, Q5, Q5-CH2—, Q6 and Q6-CH2—,
In the embodiments of the compound of formula (IX) it may be that R3 is not H.
In the embodiments of the compound of formula (IX) it may be that R3 is H.
In certain embodiments there is provided a compound of the formula (IX) as hereinbefore defined, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1 has any of the values in (1) to (10); L2 is —CH2—; R4 is H; and R5 is selected from H, methyl and ethyl.
In another embodiment there is provided a compound of the formula (X) as hereinbefore defined, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
the group of the formula HET(R1)— is of the formula:
n is 0;
R7, R8 and R19 are H;
R9 is selected from: H and C1-3 alkyl; and
R1, R4, R5, L2, X1, X2 and X3 are as defined in formula (I).
Suitably in this embodiment of the compounds of formula (X), the group of the formula HET(R1)— is of the formula:
Suitably in this embodiment of the compound of the formula (X), R1 is selected from any of (1) to (10) above.
Suitably in this embodiment of the compounds of formula (X), R1 is selected from: C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl and C3-6cycloalkyl-C1-3 alkyl-.
Suitably in this embodiment of the compound of the formula (X), R1 is C1-4 alkyl (e.g. methyl or ethyl).
Suitably in this embodiment of the compound of the formula (X), L2 is selected from: —CH2—, —CH(CH3)— and CH2CH2— (e.g. L2 is —CH2—); and
—NR4R5 is selected from: —NH2, —NH(Me), —NH(Et), —N(Me)2, —NH(cyclopropyl), —NH(CH2CH2F), azetidin-1-yl and pyrrolidin-1-yl (e.g. —NR4R5 is selected from NH2, —NH(Me) and —NH(Et), preferably —NR4R5 is NH(Me)).
In certain embodiments there is provided a compound of the formula (X) as hereinbefore defined, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1 has any of the values in (1) to (10); L2 is —CH2—; R4 is H; and R5 is selected from H, methyl and ethyl.
In another embodiment there is provided a compound of the formula (XI) as hereinbefore defined of the formula (XIa), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
wherein: R3, R4, R5, R9, L1, L2, X1, X2 and X3 have any of the values defined herein.
Suitably in this embodiment in the compound of formula (XI) or (XIa) L1 has any of the values in (49) to (62).
Suitably in this embodiment in the compound of formula (XI) or (XIa) R3 has any of the values in (67) to (88).
Suitably in this embodiment in the compound of formula (XI) or (XIa) L1 has any of the values in (49) to (62); and R3 has any of the values in (67) to (88).
Suitably in this embodiment in the compound of formula (XI) or (XIa) L1 is absent or is selected from: —CH2—, —C(═O)—, —NHC(═O)—* and N(Me)C(═O)—*, wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the nitrogen atom in the piperidine ring; and R3 has any of the values in (67) to (88).
Suitably in this embodiment in the compound of formula (XI) or (XIa) Lis absent or is selected from: —CH2—, —C(═O)—, —NHC(═O)—*, N(C1-3 alkyl)C(═O)—* (e.g. N(Me)C(═O)— *) and —C(═NH)—, wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the nitrogen atom in the piperidine ring (e.g. L1 is absent or is C(═O)); and R3 is selected from: H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, —C1-4 alkyl-NRA7RB7, —C1-4 alkyl-ORA7, —C1-4 alkyl-C(O)ORA7, Q4, Q4-CH2—, Q5, Q5-CH2—, Q6 and Q6-CH2—,
Suitably in this embodiment in the compound of formula (XI) or (XIa), R9 is H or methyl, preferably H.
Suitably in this embodiment in the compound of formula (XI) or (XIa), L2 is selected from: —CH2—, —CH(CH3)— and CH2CH2— (e.g. L2 is —CH2—); and
—NR4R5 is selected from: —NH2, —NH(Me), —NH(Et), —N(Me)2, —NH(cyclopropyl), —NH(CH2CH2F), azetidin-1-yl and pyrrolidin-1-yl (e.g. —NR4R5 is selected from NH2, —NH(Me) and —NH(Et), preferably —NR4R5 is —NH(Me)).
In the embodiments of the compound of formula (XI) or (XIa) it may be that R3 is not H.
In the embodiments of the compound of formula (XI) or (XIa) it may be that R3 is H.
In the embodiments of the compound of formula (XI) or (XIa) it may be that R3 is H; and L1 is absent.
In another embodiment there is provided a compound of the formula (XII) as hereinbefore defined of the formula (XIIa), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
wherein: R3, R4, R5, R9, L1, L2, X1, X2 and X3 have any of the values defined herein.
Suitably in this embodiment in the compound of formula (XII) or (XIIa) L1 has any of the values in (49) to (62).
Suitably in this embodiment in the compound of formula (XII) or (XIIa) R3 has any of the values in (67) to (88).
Suitably in this embodiment in the compound of formula (XII) or (XIIa) L1 has any of the values in (49) to (62); and R3 has any of the values in (67) to (88).
Suitably in this embodiment in the compound of formula (XII) or (XIIa) L1 is absent or is selected from: —CH2—, —C(═O)—, —NHC(═O)—* and —N(Me)C(═O)—*, wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the nitrogen atom in the piperidine ring; and R3 has any of the values in (67) to (88).
Suitably in this embodiment in the compound of formula (XII) or (XIIa) Lis absent or is selected from: —C(═O)—, —NHC(═O)—*, —N(C1-3 alkyl)C(═O)—* (e.g. —N(Me)C(═O)—*) and —C(═NH)—, wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the nitrogen atom in the piperidine ring (e.g. L1 is absent or is —C(═O)); and R3 is selected from: H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, —C1-4 alkyl-NRA7RB7, —C1-4 alkyl-ORA7, —C1-4 alkyl-C(O)ORA7, Q4, Q4-CH2—, Q5, Q5-CH2—, Q6 and Q6-CH2—,
Suitably in this embodiment in the compound of formula (XII) or (XIIa), R9 is H or methyl, preferably H.
Suitably in this embodiment in the compound of formula (XII) or (XIIa), L2 is selected from: CH2—, —CH(CH3)— and CH2CH2— (e.g. L2 is —CH2—); and
—NR4R5 is selected from: NH2, —NH(Me), —NH(Et), —N(Me)2, —NH(cyclopropyl), —NH(CH2CH2F), azetidin-1-yl and pyrrolidin-1-yl (e.g. —NR4R5 is selected from NH2, —NH(Me) and —NH(Et), preferably —NR4R5 is —NH(Me)).
In the embodiments of the compound of formula (XII) or (XIIa) it may be that R3 is not H.
In the embodiments of the compound of formula (XII) or (XIIa) it may be that R3 is H.
In the embodiments of the compound of formula (XII) or (XIIa) it may be that R3 is H; and L1 is absent.
In another embodiment there is provided a compound of the formula (XIII) or (XV) as hereinbefore defined, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein:
n and q are 0;
the group of the formula R3-L1-HET(R1)— is of the formula
R7 and R8 are H; and
R1, R3, R4, R5, R9, R10, R91, L1, L2, X1, X2 and X3 have any of the values defined herein.
Suitably in this embodiment in the compound of formula (XIII) or (XV), R1 has any of the values in (1) to (10).
Suitably in this embodiment in the compound of formula (XIII) or (XV), L1 has any of the values in (49) to (62).
Suitably in this embodiment in the compound of formula (XIII) or (XV), R3 has any of the values in (67) to (88).
Suitably in this embodiment in the compound of formula (XIII) or (XV), L1 has any of the values in (49) to (62); and R3 has any of the values in (67) to (88).
Suitably in this embodiment in the compound of formula (XIII) or (XV), L1 is absent or is selected from: —CH2—, —C(═O)—, —NHC(═O)—* and N(Me)C(═O)—*, wherein * indicates the point of attachment to the nitrogen atom in HET; and R3 has any of the values in (67) to (88).
Suitably in this embodiment in the compound of formula (XIII) or (XV), the group of the formula R3-L1-HET(R1)— is of the formula
Suitably in this embodiment of the compounds of formula (XIII) or (XV), R1 is selected from: C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl-C1-3 alkyl-.
Suitably in this embodiment of the compound of the formula (XIII) or (XV), R1 is C1-4 alkyl (e.g. methyl or ethyl).
Suitably in this embodiment in the compound of formula (XIII) or (XV), L2 is selected from: CH2—, —CH(CH3)— and CH2CH2— (e.g. L2 is —CH2—); and
—NR4R5 is selected from: NH2, —NH(Me), —NH(Et), —N(Me)2, —NH(cyclopropyl), —NH(CH2CH2F), azetidin-1-yl and pyrrolidin-1-yl (e.g. —NR4R5 is selected from NH2, —NH(Me) and —NH(Et), preferably —NR4R5 is —NH(Me)).
Suitably in this embodiment in the compound of formula (XIII), R91 is C1-4 alkyl (e.g. methyl).
Suitably in this embodiment in the compound of formula (XV), R9 and R19 are H.
In the embodiments of the compound of formula (XIII) or (XV) it may be that R3 is not H.
In the embodiments of the compound of formula (XIII) or (XV) it may be that R3 is H.
In the embodiments of the compound of formula (XIII) or (XV) it may be that R3 is H; and L1 is absent.
In certain embodiments there is provided a compound of the formula (XIII) or (XV) as hereinbefore defined, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1 has any of the values in (1) to (10); L2 is —CH2—; R4 is H; and R5 is selected from H, methyl and ethyl.
In another embodiment there is provided a compound of the formula (XIV) or (XVI) as hereinbefore defined, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
n is 0;
R7, R8 and R19 are H;
R9 is selected from: H and C1-3 alkyl;
R11 is selected from: H, halo, C1-4 alkyl and C1-4 haloalkyl; and
R1, R3, R4, R5, X1, X2, X3, L1, L2 and q have any of the values defined herein have any of the values defined herein.
Suitably in this embodiment in the compound of formula (XIII) or (XV), R1 has any of the values in (1) to (10).
Suitably in this embodiment of the compound of the formula (XIII) or (XV), R1 is selected from: C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl-C1-3 alkyl-.
Suitably in this embodiment in the compound of formula (XVI), R11 is halo or C1-4 alkyl.
Suitably in this embodiment in the compound of formula (XVI), R11 is H.
Suitably in this embodiment in the compound of formula (XVI), R4 is H or methyl and R5 is selected from: methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, and cyclopropyl;
Suitably in this embodiment in the compound of formula (XVI), —NR4R5 is selected from: —NH2, —NH(Me), —NH(Et) and —N(Me)2. For example, —NR4R5 is —NH(Me).
Suitably in this embodiment in the compound of formula (XIV) and (XVI), L1 has any of the values in (49) to (62).
Suitably in this embodiment in the compound of formula (XIV) and (XVI), R3 has any of the values in (67) to (88).
Suitably in this embodiment in the compound of formula (XIV) and (XVI), L1 has any of the values in (49) to (62); and R3 has any of the values in (67) to (88).
Suitably in this embodiment in the compound of formula (XIV) and (XVI) L1 is absent or is —C(═O)—; and R3 has any of the values in (67) to (88).
Suitably in this embodiment in the compound of formula (XIV) or (XVI), Lis C(═O)—.
In the embodiments of the compound of formula (XIV) or (XVI) it may be that R3 is not H.
In the embodiments of the compound of formula (XIV) or (XVI) it may be that R3 is H.
In the embodiments of the compound of formula (XIV) or (XVI) it may be that R3 is H; and L1 is absent.
In certain embodiments there is provided a compound of the formula (XIV) or (XVI) as hereinbefore defined, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1 has any of the values in (1) to (10); L2 is —CH2—; R4 is H; and R5 is selected from H, methyl and ethyl.
In another embodiment there is provided a compound of the formula (XVII) as hereinbefore defined, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
n is 0;
q is 0;
R7, R8 and R19 are H;
R9 is selected from: H and C1-3 alkyl; and
R1, R4, R5, X1, X2, X3 and L2 have any of the values defined herein have any of the values defined herein.
Suitably in this embodiment in the compound of formula (XVII), R1 has any of the values in (1) to (10).
Suitably in this embodiment of the compound of the formula (XVII), R1 is selected from: C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl and C3-6 cycloalkyl-C1-3 alkyl-.
Suitably in this embodiment in the compound of formula (XVII), R4 is H or methyl and R5 is selected from: methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, and cyclopropyl; or
R4 and R5 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a heterocyclyl selected from: azetidinyl and pyrrolidinyl.
Suitably in this embodiment in the compound of formula (XVII), —NR4R5 is selected from: —NH2, —NH(Me), —NH(Et) and —N(Me)2; and L2 is —CH2—. For example, —NR4R5 is —NH(Me) and L2 is —CH2—.
Suitably in any of the embodiments of formulae (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), (V), (Va), (VI), (VII), (VIII), (IX), (X), (XI), (XIa), (XII), (XIIa), (XIII), (XIV) and (XVII) disclosed herein, the group of the formula:
is selected from:
Suitably in any of the embodiments of formulae (I), (II), (III), (IV), (IVa), (V), (Va), (VI), (VII), (VIII), (IX), (X), (XI), (XIa), (XII), (XIIa), (XIII), (XIV) and (XVII) disclosed herein, the group of the formula:
In another embodiment there is provided a compound selected from List 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or prodrug thereof:
In another embodiment there is provided a compound selected from any one of the Examples herein.
Particular compounds of the invention are those which have an pIC50 of greater than or equal to 8 (preferably greater than or equal to 8.5), when tested in the AM2 receptor cAMP/Agonist-Antagonist competition assay described in the Examples.
In accordance with another aspect, the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
Conventional procedures for the selection and preparation of suitable pharmaceutical compositions are described in, for example, “Pharmaceuticals—The Science of Dosage Form Designs”, M. E. Aulton, Churchill Livingstone, 1988.
The compositions of the invention may be in a form suitable for oral use (for example as tablets, lozenges, hard or soft capsules, aqueous or oily suspensions, emulsions, dispersible powders or granules, syrups or elixirs), for topical use (for example as creams, ointments, gels, or aqueous or oily solutions or suspensions), for administration by inhalation (for example as a finely divided powder or a liquid aerosol), for administration by insufflation (for example as a finely divided powder) or for parenteral administration (for example as a sterile aqueous or oily solution for intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular or intraperitoneal dosing or as a suppository for rectal dosing).
The compositions of the invention may be obtained by conventional procedures using conventional pharmaceutical excipients, well known in the art. Thus, compositions intended for oral use may contain, for example, one or more colouring, sweetening, flavouring and/or preservative agents.
An effective amount of a compound of the present invention for use in therapy of a condition is an amount sufficient to symptomatically relieve in a warm-blooded animal, particularly a human the symptoms of the condition or to slow the progression of the condition.
The amount of active ingredient that is combined with one or more excipients to produce a single dosage form will necessarily vary depending upon the host treated and the particular route of administration. For example, a formulation intended for oral administration to humans will generally contain, for example, from 0.1 mg to 0.5 g of active agent (more suitably from 0.5 to 100 mg, for example from 1 to 30 mg) compounded with an appropriate and convenient amount of excipients which may vary from about 5 to about 98 percent by weight of the total composition.
The size of the dose for therapeutic or prophylactic purposes of a compound of the invention will naturally vary according to the nature and severity of the conditions, the age and sex of the animal or patient and the route of administration, according to well- known principles of medicine.
In using a compound of the invention for therapeutic or prophylactic purposes it will generally be administered so that a daily dose in the range, for example, a daily dose selected from 0.1 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg to 750 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg to 600 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg to 550 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg to 75 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg to 50 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg to 20 mg/kg or 5 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg body weight is received, given if required in divided doses. In general, lower doses will be administered when a parenteral route is employed. Thus, for example, for intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular or intraperitoneal administration, a dose in the range, for example, 0.1 mg/kg to 30 mg/kg body weight will generally be used. In certain embodiments the compound of the invention is administered intravenously, for example in a daily dose of from 1 mg/kg to 750 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg to 600 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg to 550 mg/kg, or 5 mg/kg to 550 mg/kg, for example at about 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 125, 150, 175, 180, 200, 225, 250, 275, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 540, 550 or 575 mg/kg. Similarly, for administration by inhalation, a dose in the range, for example, 0.05 mg/kg to 25 mg/kg body weight will be used. Suitably the compound of the invention is administered orally, for example in the form of a tablet, or capsule dosage form. The daily dose administered orally may be, for example a total daily dose selected from 1 mg to 1000 mg, 5 mg to 1000 mg, 10 mg to 750 mg or 25 mg to 500 mg. Typically, unit dosage forms will contain about 0.5 mg to 0.5 g of a compound of this invention. In a particular embodiment the compound of the invention is administered parenterally, for example by intravenous administration. In another particular embodiment the compound of the invention is administered orally.
In accordance with another aspect, the present invention provides a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use as a medicament.
A further aspect of the invention provides a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in the treatment of a disease or medical condition mediated by adrenomedullin receptor subtype 2 receptors (AM2).
Also provided is the use of a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt therefor in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disease or medical condition mediated by AM2.
Also provided is a method of treating a disease or medical condition mediated by AM2 in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In the following sections of the application reference is made to a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use in the treatment of certain diseases or conditions. It is to be understood that any reference herein to a compound for a particular use is also intended to be a reference to (i) the use of the compound of the invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of that disease or condition; and (ii) a method of treating the disease or condition in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of the invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
The disease of medical condition mediated by AM2 may be any of the diseases or medical conditions listed in this application, for example a proliferative disease, particularly cancer.
The subject to which the compound of the invention is administered may be a warm-blooded mammal, for example human or animal. In particular embodiments the subject or patient is a human. In other embodiments the subject is an animal, for example a rat, mouse, dog, cat, a primate or a horse.
The association of AM and the AM2 receptor with diseases in humans and animals is set out in the Background of the Invention. This disclosure and the associated references provide further support for the therapeutic uses of the compounds of the invention. As such the supporting references linking AM, the AM2 receptor and its inhibition also form part of the disclosure of the utility of the compounds of the invention in the treatment and prevention of the medical conditions described herein.
The role of AM2 is has distinct roles in diseases such as cancer. Accordingly the inhibition of AM2 may be advantageous. The AM2 receptor is a complex formed by the GPCR, calcitonin-like receptor (CLR) and RAMP3. The related AM1 receptor is formed by CLR and RAMP2 and mediates a number of important physiological functions including blood pressure. Accordingly it is preferred that a compound of the invention selectively inhibits AM2 and has little or no effect on the function of AM1.
RAMP1 and RAMP3 also interact with the calcitonin receptor (CTR) to form two functional amylin receptors (AMY receptors). CTR and RAMP1 form the AMY1 receptor, whilst CTR and RAMP3 form the AMY3 receptor. Amylin has important roles in glycaemic control, by virtue of its co-secretion with insulin in response to changes in blood glucose, and its specific functions to slow rises in serum glucose by slowing gastric emptying, slowing of release of digestive enzymes and bile, and increasing feelings of satiety to reduce or inhibit further food intake. It also reduces secretion of glucagon, thereby reducing the production of new glucose and its release into the bloodstream. Amylin is also known to stimulate bone formation by direct anabolic effects on osteoblasts. These functions are achieved by Amylin's actions on the amylin receptors. Of these, it is believed that the AMY1R and AMY3R are responsible for these homeostatic functions. The AMY2 receptor (formed by CTR and RAMP2) is not known to have physiological functions of significance. Blockade of blood glucose control is not a desirable function, and in cancer patients, reductions in appetite and failure to maintain normal levels of blood glucose would be seen as undesirable effects in a drug. Accordingly, preferred compounds of the invention selectively inhibit AM2 over AMY1 and/or AMY3. Particular compounds of the invention are expected to provide potent AM2 antagonists suitable for therapeutic use, whilst having little or no antagonistic effects on the AM1 receptor because of its important role in blood pressure regulation. Suitably compounds of the invention have little or no effect on the CTR/RAMP3 AMY3 receptor that is involved in physiological regulation of energy metabolism.
In embodiments a compound of the invention is 10-fold, 50-fold or -100 fold more active against AM2 compared to one or more of AM1, AMY1 and/or AMY3. In certain embodiments the compound of the invention selectively inhibits AM2 compared to AM1 and/or AMY3. For example, the IC50 of a compound of the invention in the AM2 cell-based assay described in the Examples is 10-fold, 50-fold or 100-fold lower than the IC50 in one or more corresponding assay using cell lines which express AM1, AMY1 or AMY3 receptors.
Suitably the compounds of the invention selectively inhibit the AM2 receptor over other receptors to which AM binds, for example by exhibiting 5-fold, 10-fold, 50-fold or 100-fold selectivity for the AM2 receptor over other receptors to which AM binds.
A further aspect of the invention provides a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in the treatment of a proliferative disease. The proliferative disease may be malignant or non-malignant.
AM2 is upregulated and plays a critical role in primary cancer and metastasis. Accordingly in an embodiment there is provided a compound of the invention for use in the treatment of cancer, which may be non-metastatic or metastatic. The cancer is suitably a solid tumour, however, a compound of the invention may also be useful in the treatment of a haematological (“liquid”) cancers and effects associated with such cancers. There is evidence that haematological cancers express AM, and that its role in stimulating angiogenesis is important in disease progression (Kocemba K et al. The hypoxia target adrenomedullin is aberrantly expressed in multiple myeloma and promotes angiogenesis, Leukemia. 2013; 27:1729-1737: DOI 10.1038/leu.2013.76). Inhibiting AM2 in the microenvironment of a tumour may be beneficial in preventing or inhibiting angiogenesis and disease progression associated with a cancer such as multiple myeloma.
Compounds of the invention may useful in the treatment and/or prevention of, for example:
Carcinoma, including for example tumours derived from stratified squamous epithelia (squamous cell carcinomas) and tumours arising within organs or glands (adenocarcinomas). Examples include breast, colon, lung, prostate, ovary, esophageal carcinoma (including, but not limited to, esophageal adenocarcinoma and squamous cell carcinoma), basal-like breast carcinoma, basal cell carcinoma (a form of skin cancer), squamous cell carcinoma (various tissues), head and neck carcinoma (including, but not limited to, squamous cell carcinomas), stomach carcinoma (including, but not limited to, stomach adenocarcinoma, gastrointestinal stromal tumour), signet ring cell carcinoma, bladder carcinoma (including transitional cell carcinoma (a malignant neoplasm of the bladder)), bronchogenic carcinoma, colorectal carcinoma (including, but not limited to, colon carcinoma and rectal carcinoma), anal carcinoma, gastric carcinoma, lung carcinoma (including but not limited to small cell carcinoma and non-small cell carcinoma of the lung, lung adenocarcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma, large cell carcinoma, bronchioloalveolar carcinoma, and mesothelioma), neuroendocrine tumours (including but not limited to carcinoids of the gastrointestinal tract, breast, and other organs), adrenocortical carcinoma, thyroid carcinoma, pancreatic carcinoma, breast carcinoma (including, but not limited to, ductal carcinoma, lobular carcinoma, inflammatory breast cancer, clear cell carcinoma, mucinous carcinoma), ovarian carcinoma (including, but not limited to, ovarian epithelial carcinoma or surface epithelial-stromal tumour including serous tumour, endometrioid tumour and mucinous cystadenocarcinoma, sex-cord-stromal tumour), liver and bile duct carcinoma (including, but not limited to, hepatocellular carcinoma, cholangiocarcinoma and hemangioma), prostate carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, brain tumours (including, but not limited to glioma, glioblastoma and medulloblastoma), germ cell tumours, sweat gland carcinoma, sebaceous gland carcinoma, papillary carcinoma, papillary adenocarcinoma, cystadenocarcinoma, kidney carcinoma (including, but not limited to, renal cell carcinoma, clear cell carcinoma and Wilm's tumour), medullary carcinoma, ductal carcinoma in situ or bile duct carcinoma, choriocarcinoma, seminoma, embryonal carcinoma, cervical carcinoma, uterine carcinoma (including, but not limited to, endometrial adenocarcinoma, uterine papillary serous carcinoma, uterine clear-cell carcinoma, uterine sarcomas and leiomyosarcomas, mixed mullerian tumours), testicular carcinoma, osteogenic carcinoma, epithelial carcinoma, sarcomatoid carcinoma, nasopharyngeal carcinoma, laryngeal carcinoma; oral and oropharyngeal squamous carcinoma;
Sarcomas, including: osteosarcoma and osteogenic sarcoma (bone); chondrosarcoma (cartilage); leiomyosarcoma (smooth muscle); rhabdomyosarcoma (skeletal muscle); mesothelial sarcoma and mesothelioma (membranous lining of body cavities); fibrosarcoma (fibrous tissue); angiosarcoma and hemangioendothelioma (blood vessels); liposarcoma (adipose tissue); glioma and astrocytoma (neurogenic connective tissue found in the brain); myxosarcoma (primitive embryonic connective tissue); chordoma, endotheliosarcoma, lymphangiosarcoma, lymphangioendotheliosarcoma, synovioma, Ewing's sarcoma, mesenchymous and mixed mesodermal tumour (mixed connective tissue types) and other soft tissue sarcomas;
Solid tumours of the nervous system including medulloblastoma, craniopharyngioma, ependymoma, pinealoma, hemangioblastoma, acoustic neuroma, oligodendroglioma, meningioma, neuroblastoma and schwannoma;
Melanoma, uveal melanoma and retinoblastoma;
Myeloma and multiple myeloma;
Hematopoietic tumours, including: myelogenous and granulocytic leukaemia (malignancy of the myeloid and granulocytic white blood cell series); lymphatic, lymphocytic, and lymphoblastic leukaemia (malignancy of the lymphoid and lymphocytic blood cell series); polycythemia vera and erythremia (malignancy of various blood cell products, but with red cells predominating); myelofibrosis; and
Lymphomas, including: Hodgkin and Non-Hodgkin lymphomas.
In an embodiment a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is for use in the treatment of a solid tumour, for example any of the solid tumours listed above. In a particular embodiment a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is for use in the treatment of a cancer selected from: pancreatic, colorectal, breast, lung and bone cancer.
In another embodiment the compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is for use in the treatment of hormone dependent prostate cancer.
In another embodiment the compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is for use in the treatment of a breast cancer selected from Luminal
A breast cancer (hormone-receptor positive (estrogen-receptor and/or progesterone-receptor positive), HER2 negative and low levels of the protein Ki-67); Luminal B breast cancer (hormone-receptor positive (estrogen-receptor and/or progesterone-receptor positive), and either HER2 positive or HER2 negative with high levels of Ki-67); triple negative breast cancer (i.e. the tumour is estrogen receptor-negative, progesterone receptor-negative and HER2-negative); HER2 positive breast cancer or normal-like breast cancer (classifications as defined in Table 1 of Dai et al. Am. J. Cancer Research. 2015; 5(10):2929-2943).
In an embodiment a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is for use in the treatment of a cancer selected from: pancreatic cancer, triple negative breast cancer (i.e. the tumour is estrogen receptor-negative, progesterone receptor-negative and HER2-negative), hormone refractory prostate cancer and non-small cell lung cancer.
In embodiments the compounds of the invention provide an anti-cancer effect on a cancer (for example any of the cancers disclosed herein) selected from one or more of an anti-proliferative effect, a pro-apoptotic effect, an anti-mitotic effect an anti-angiogenic effect, inhibition of cell migration, inhibition or prevention of tumour invasion and/or preventing or inhibiting metastasis.
Compounds of the invention may be used to prevent or inhibit the progression of a cancer. A compound of the invention may be for use in slowing, delaying or stopping cancer progression. The progress of a cancer is typically determined by assigning a stage to the cancer. Staging is typically carried out by assigning a number from I to IV to the cancer, with I being an isolated cancer and IV being an advanced stage of the disease where the cancer that has spread to other organs. The stage generally takes into account the size of a tumour, whether it has invaded adjacent organs, the number of lymph nodes it has spread to, and whether the cancer has metastasised. Preventing or inhibiting progression of the cancer is particularly important for preventing the spread of the cancer, for example the progression from Stage I to Stage II where the cancer spreads locally, or the progression from Stage III to Stage IV where the cancer metastasises to other organs.
It may be that a compound of the invention is for use in the treatment of a cancer wherein the cancer is a primary cancer, which may be a second primary cancer.
It may be that a compound of the invention is for use in the prevention or inhibition of occurrence of a second primary cancer.
It may be that a compound of the invention is for use in the treatment of a cancer wherein the cancer is refractory (resistant) to chemotherapy and/or radio therapy. The cancer may be resistant at the beginning of treatment or it may become resistant during treatment.
It may be that a compound of the invention is for use in the treatment of a cancer wherein the cancer is a recurrent cancer, which may be local, regional or distant. A recurrent cancer is a cancer which returns after initial treatment and after a period of time during which the cancer cannot be detected. The same cancer may return in the same tissue or in a different part of the body.
It may be that a compound of the invention is for use in the prevention or inhibition of recurrence of a cancer.
It may be that a compound of the invention is for use in the treatment of a cancer wherein the cancer is a metastatic or secondary cancer.
It may be that a compound of the invention is for use in the prevention or inhibition of cancer metastasis. The treatment of a metastatic cancer may be the same or different to the therapy previously used to treat the primary tumour. For example, in certain embodiments, a primary tumour may be surgically resected and a compound of the invention is for use in preventing the spread of cancer cells that may remain following surgery, or which may have already escaped the primary tumour. In other embodiments, the primary tumour may be treated using radiotherapy. In yet other embodiments, the primary tumour may be treated by chemotherapy. Combination therapies are commonly used to treat cancer to improve the treatment and, typically, maximise the length and depth of the remission. Any of the combination therapies disclosed herein may be used with a compound of the invention.
When the primary tumour has already metastasised and a secondary tumour has established, a compound of the invention may be used to treat the secondary tumour. This may involve both treatment of the secondary tumour and prevention of that secondary tumour metastasising. Reference to metastasis herein is intended to encompass metastasis of any of the tumours disclosed herein. Generally, the secondary tumour will be in a different tissue to that of the primary tumour. For example the secondary tumour may be a secondary tumour in bone. In a particular embodiment a compound of the invention is for use in the treatment of a secondary tumour in bone, for example for use in the treatment of a secondary bone tumour, wherein the primary tumour is a breast or prostate tumour.
In an embodiment a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is for use in the treatment of a pancreatic tumour, especially a malignant pancreatic tumour. The term “pancreatic tumour” encompasses exocrine and endocrine tumours which may be benign or malignant. Exocrine tumours are the most prevalent forms of pancreatic cancer and account for about 95% of cases. Exocrine cancers include, for example ductal adenocarcinomas (PDAC), acinar cell carcinoma, papillary tumours (for example intraductal papillary-mucinous neoplasm (IPMN)), mucinous tumours (for example Mucinous cystadenocarcinoma), solid tumours and serous tumours. Pancreatic endocrine tumours are rare and develop as a result of abnormalities in islet cells within the pancreas. Examples of pancreatic endocrine tumours include gastrinoma (Zollinger-Ellison Syndrome), glucagonoma, insulinoma, somatostatinoma, VIPoma (Verner-Morrison Syndrome), nonfunctional islet cell tumour and multiple endocrine neoplasia type-1 (MEN1 also known as Wermer Syndrome). In a particular embodiment the compound is for use in the treatment of pancreatic cancer, particularly a pancreatic cancer selected from: pancreatic ductal adenocarcinoma, pancreatic adenocarcinoma, acinar cell carcinoma, intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasm with invasive carcinoma, mucinous cystic neoplasm with invasive carcinoma, islet cell carcinoma and neuroendocrine tumours. In another particular embodiment the pancreatic cancer is pancreatic adenocarcinoma.
It may be that the compound of the invention is for use in the treatment of pancreatic cancer in a patient wherein the tumour is resectable. In this embodiment a compound of the invention is administered to the patient as an adjunctive therapy following surgical resection of the tumour.
In some embodiments, the compounds of the invention are for use in the treatment of early stage pancreatic cancer. In some embodiments, the pancreatic cancer is late stage pancreatic cancer. In some embodiments, the pancreatic cancer is advanced pancreatic cancer. In some embodiments, the pancreatic cancer is locally advanced pancreatic cancer.
In some embodiments, the pancreatic cancer is recurrent pancreatic cancer. In some embodiments, the pancreatic cancer is non-metastatic pancreatic cancer. In some embodiments, the pancreatic cancer is metastatic pancreatic cancer. In some embodiments, the pancreatic cancer is a primary pancreatic cancer. In some embodiments, the primary pancreatic tumour has metastasized. In some embodiments, the pancreatic cancer has reoccurred after remission. In some embodiments, the pancreatic cancer is progressive pancreatic cancer. In some embodiments, the pancreatic cancer is pancreatic cancer in remission.
In some embodiments the treatment of pancreatic cancer is an adjuvant treatment. An adjuvant treatment may be one in which the patient has had a history of pancreatic cancer, and generally (but not necessarily) been responsive to a therapy, which includes, but is not limited to, surgical resection, radiotherapy and/or chemotherapy; however, because of their history of cancer, the patient is considered to be at risk of development of the disease. Treatment or administration in the adjuvant setting refers to a subsequent mode of treatment.
In some embodiments, the treatment of pancreatic cancer may be a neoadjuvant treatment. By “neo-adjuvant” is meant that a compound of the invention is for use in the treatment of the patient before a primary/definitive therapy for the pancreatic cancer. In some embodiments the compounds of the invention are for use in the treatment of pancreatic cancer in a patient, wherein the patient has not previously been treated for pancreatic cancer.
In some embodiments the compounds of the invention are for use in the treatment of pancreatic cancer in a patient who has previously been treated, or is being concurrently treated, for the pancreatic cancer. The prior or concurrent treatment may include a chemotherapy agent for example a treatment selected from: gemcitabine, gemcitabine with Nab-paclitaxel (Abraxanen™); 5-fluorouracil (5-FU), capecitabine, the combination treatment FOLFIRINOX (leucovorin, 5-FU, irinotecan and oxaliplatin), a combination of oxaliplatin and 5-FU (also known as FOLFOX) and a combination of gemcitabine and capecitabine. In some embodiments, the prior treatment comprises gemcitabine and/or erlotinib. In some embodiments, the prior treatment comprises 5-FU.
In some embodiments a compound of the invention is for use in the second or third-line treatment of a patient with pancreatic cancer. For example, wherein the patient has been prior treated with a first and/or second therapy that has failed or substantially failed.
It may be that the compound of the invention is for use in the treatment of pancreatic cancer which is refractory to conventional chemotherapy, for example in the treatment of pancreatic cancer refractory to gemcitabine and/or 5FU.
In some embodiments a compound of the invention is used in combination with another anti-cancer agent in the treatment of pancreatic cancer. Any of the combination treatments disclosed herein may be used.
In embodiments the compounds of the invention are for use in the treatment of pancreatic cancer in a patient, wherein the patient has developed atypical type 2 diabetes.
Sézary Syndrome
Sézary syndrome is a rare cutaneous T-cell lymphoma. It is an aggressive cancer characterized by skin lesions, including widespread pruritic erythroderma and the presence of cancerous T cells (Sezary cells) in the blood, skin and/or lymph nodes. Subjects with Sézary syndrome also have enlarged lymph nodes (lymphadenopathy). The prognosis for patients diagnosed with Sézary syndrome is poor, with a 5-year survival rate of 30 to 40% (Agar et al. J. Clin. Oncol., 2010; 28:4730e9).
Current treatments for Sézary syndrome are limited and include conventional chemotherapy agents (e.g. anti-metabolites such as gemcitabine, methotrexate or pentostatin; topoisomerase inhibitors such as doxorubicin and liposomal forms thereof such as doxil; angiogenesis inhibitors such as lenalidomide; and alkylating agents such as cyclophosphamide); retinoids (e.g. bexarotene); HDAC inhibitors (e.g. romidepsin or vorinostat); immunotherapies, including anti-CD52 antibodies (e.g. alemtuzumab); antibody-drug conjugates (e.g. brentuximab vedotin); interferon-α or interlukin-2 therapy (e.g. denileukin difitox); phototherapy or radio therapy. There remains a need for new treatments for Sézary syndrome.
Prasad et. al. (Journal of Investigative Dermatology, 2016, 136, 1490-1499) identified certain somatic point mutations and somatic copy number variations, including duplication of RAMP3. As discussed herein, RAMP3 is also a component of the AM2 receptor. The inventors have identified that compounds of the invention are effective in reducing the viability of Sézary cells and may provide a treatment for Sézary syndrome.
Accordingly also provided is a compound of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in the treatment or prevention of Sézary syndrome. Also provided is a method of treating or preventing Sézary syndrome in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In certain embodiments the compound of the invention is used as a monotherapy to treat Sézary syndrome. In certain other embodiments the compound of the invention is used in combination with another therapeutic agent, for example one or more of the anti-cancer agents and/or radiotherapies described herein. In particular embodiments the compound of the invention is used in combination with one or more of the existing treatments for Sézary syndrome, including one or more of the Sézary syndrome treatments described above.
A compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof the invention may be for use in the treatment of a benign proliferative disease. The benign disease may be a benign tumour, for example hemangiomas, hepatocellular adenoma, cavernous haemangioma, focal nodular hyperplasia, acoustic neuromas, neurofibroma, bile duct adenoma, bile duct cystanoma, fibroma, lipomas, leiomyomas, mesotheliomas, teratomas, myxomas, nodular regenerative hyperplasia, trachomas, pyogenic granulomas, moles, uterine fibroids, thyroid adenomas, adrenocortical adenomas or pituitary adenomas
Serum AM is up-regulated in a number of cancers, for example human pancreatic cancer. AM is also upregulated in tissue sections from pancreatic cancer patients, compared with normal tissue and pancreatitis. Additionally, the AM2 receptor, or components thereof (i.e. CLR and/or RAMP3) are expressed in the majority of pancreatic tumours (Keleg et al. 2007). Pancreatic cancer patients have increased numbers of secreted exosomes containing AM. Evidence suggests these AM containing exosomes cause the paraneoplastic β-cell dysfunction that is frequently associated with the development of pancreatic cancer (Javeed et al 2015). Accordingly, a compound of the invention is expected to be beneficial in the treatment of a cancer, for example pancreatic cancer, wherein AM is upregulated in a biological sample compared to a reference sample. The biological sample may be, for example, a serum sample or a tissue sample, for example a tumour biopsy.
A compound of the invention is expected to be beneficial in the treatment of a cancer, for example pancreatic cancer, wherein AM2 is upregulated in a biological sample compared to a reference sample. A compound of the invention is expected to be beneficial in the treatment of a cancer, for example pancreatic cancer, wherein components of AM2; namely CLR and/or RAMP3 are upregulated in a biological sample compared to a reference sample, whether independently or in concert. The biological sample may be, for example, a serum sample or a tissue sample, for example a tumour biopsy. Additionally, in the case of RAMP3, expression of which is elevated in the healthy tissue surrounding tumours (Brekhman, V et al., The FASEB Journal. 2011; 25(1): 55-65), the tissue sample may be from healthy tissue immediately surrounding tumour tissue. This tissue may display no other signs of cancerous or pre-cancerous condition, other than elevation of RAMP3 expression relative to a reference sample.
Since elevated expression of AM, AM2, CLR, and/or RAMP3 when compared with controls may be indicative of a cancer, particularly early-stage pancreatic cancer, patients can be subdivided into distinct, clinically useful groups based on their gene expression profiles. In particular, elevated expression of one or more of these biomarkers is predictive of therapeutic responsiveness to compounds of the invention. An ability to determine the patients which will respond well to treatment with compounds of the invention enables the appropriate treatment to be administered to each patient in an efficient manner, without the necessity for lengthy trial and error and the associated side effects of unnecessary, inappropriate or untimely treatment.
Accordingly, the invention provides a method of predicting or determining therapeutic responsiveness to treatment with compounds of the invention, comprising the steps of:
(a) analysing a biological sample obtained from a subject to determine the expression levels of one or more biomarkers, wherein the biomarkers are selected from AM and/or AM2 and/or CLR and/or RAMP3; and
(b) comparing the expression levels of the biomarkers determined in (a) with one or more reference values, wherein an increase in the expression levels of the one or more biomarkers in the sample(s) from the subject compared to the one or more reference values is indicative of therapeutic responsiveness to treatment with compounds of the invention and/or is indicative of the presence of a cancer, for example early-stage pancreatic cancer.
It will be appreciated that any of the biomarkers indicative of a cancer, for example early stage pancreatic cancer, that is AM and/or AM2 and/or CLR and/or RAMP3 may be selected for analysis, whether independently or in combination, to determine therapeutic responsiveness to compounds of the invention.
Normally, the expression level of AM in a sample (for example a serum sample or a tumour sample) will be analysed and compared with one or more reference values. Preferably, the expression level of AM and/or AM2 in a sample (for example a serum sample or a tumour sample) will be analysed and compared with one or more reference values. Preferably, the expression level of AM in a serum sample will be analysed and compared with one or more reference values.
Equally, the expression level of AM2 receptor components, CLR or RAMP3 in a sample, (for example a tumour sample or circulating tumour cells) will be analysed and compared with one or more reference values. Additionally, circulating tumour cell free tumour DNA may be analysed in order to determine the presence of circulating tumour cell free tumour DNA coding for AM, AM2, CLR or RAMP3, which may reveal or provide advance indication of potential expression of the one or more biomarkers.
An increase in the expression levels of the one or more biomarkers in the sample(s) from the subject compared to the one or more reference values is predictive of sensitivity to and/or therapeutic responsiveness to compounds of the invention. Preferably, an increase in the expression levels of AM in a serum sample from a subject compared to one or more reference values is predictive of sensitivity to and/or therapeutic responsiveness to compounds of the invention. Preferably, an increase in the expression levels of AM2 in a serum sample from a subject compared to one or more reference values is predictive of sensitivity to and/or therapeutic responsiveness to compounds of the invention. More preferably, an increase in the expression levels of AM and AM2 in a serum sample or a tumour sample from a subject compared to one or more reference values is predictive of sensitivity to and/or therapeutic responsiveness to compounds of the invention.
Throughout, biomarkers in the biological sample(s) from the subject are said to be differentially expressed and indicative of for example, early stage pancreatic cancer, where their expression levels are significantly up-regulated compared with one or more reference values. Depending on the individual biomarker, early stage pancreatic cancer may be diagnosed in a biological sample by an increase in expression level, scaled in relation to sample mean and sample variance, relative to those of one or more control samples or one or more reference values. Clearly, variation in the sensitivity of individual biomarkers, subject and samples means that different levels of confidence are attached to each biomarker. Biomarkers of the invention may be said to be significantly up-regulated (or elevated) when after scaling of biomarker expression levels in relation to sample mean and sample variance, they exhibit a 2-fold change compared with one or more control samples or one or more reference values. Preferably, said biomarkers will exhibit a 3-fold change or more compared with one or more control samples or one or more reference values. More preferably biomarkers of the invention will exhibit a 4-fold change or more compared with one or more control samples or one or more reference values. That is to say, in the case of increased expression level (up-regulation relative to reference values), the biomarker level will be more than double that of the reference value or that observed in the one or more control samples. Preferably, the biomarker level will be more than 3 times the level of the one or more reference values or that in the one or more control samples. More preferably, the biomarker level will be more than 4 times the level of the one or more reference values or that in the one or more control samples.
As used herein “AM” designates “adrenomedullin”. A reference sequence of full-length human AM mRNA transcript is available from the GenBank database under accession number NM_001124, version NM_001124.2.
As used herein “AM2” designates the “adrenomedullin receptor subtype 2”. A reference sequence of full-length human AM2 mRNA transcript is available from the GenBank database under accession number NM_001253845, version NM_001253845.1.
As used herein “CLR” designates the “calcitonin-like receptor”. A reference sequence of full-length human CLR mRNA transcript variant 1 is available from the NCBI-GenBank database under accession number NM_005795, version NM_005795.5. A reference sequence of full-length human CLR mRNA transcript variant 2 is available from the GenBank database under accession number NM_214095, version NM_214095.1.
As used herein “RAMP3” designates the “receptor activity modifying protein 3”. A reference sequence of full-length human RAMP3 mRNA transcript is available from the NCBI-GenBank database under accession number NM_005856, version NM_005856.2.
All accession and version numbers of the reference sequences of biomarkers disclosed herein were obtained from the NCBI-GenBank database (Flat File Release 218.0) available at https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.govigenbank/.
Throughout, the term “reference value” may refer to a pre-determined reference value, for instance specifying a confidence interval or threshold value for the diagnosis or prediction of the susceptibility of a subject to early stage pancreatic cancer. Preferably, “reference value” may refer to a pre-determined reference value, specifying a confidence interval or threshold value for the prediction of sensitivity to and/or therapeutic responsiveness to a compound of the invention. Alternatively, the reference value may be derived from the expression level of a corresponding biomarker or biomarkers in a ‘control’ biological sample, for example a positive (e.g. cancerous or known pre-cancerous) or negative (e.g. healthy) control. Furthermore, the reference value may be an ‘internal’ standard or range of internal standards, for example a known concentration of a protein, transcript, label or compound. Alternatively, the reference value may be an internal technical control for the calibration of expression values or to validate the quality of the sample or measurement techniques. This may involve a measurement of one or several transcripts within the sample which are known to be constitutively expressed or expressed at a known level. Accordingly, it would be routine for the skilled person to apply these known techniques alone or in combination in order to quantify the level of biomarker in a sample relative to standards or other transcripts or proteins or in order to validate the quality of the biological sample, the assay or statistical analysis.
Typically, the biological sample of the invention will be selected from a serum sample, a tissue sample or a tumour tissue sample. Normally, the biological sample of the invention will be a serum sample. Elevated levels of AM and/or AM2 expression may be detectable in the serum of a subject with early-stage pancreatic cancer. Elevated expression levels of AM and/or AM2 and/or CLR and/or RAMP3 expression may be detectable in the cells of a tumour sample of a subject with a cancer, for example early-stage pancreatic cancer. These cells may be, for example derived from a biopsy of a tumour or may be circulating tumour cells. Similarly, circulating tumour cell free tumour DNA may usefully be analysed for the presence of DNA encoding any of the one or more biomarkers, in particular that of the AM2 receptor components, CLR and/or RAMP3, which may indicate or foreshadow the potential expression of the one or more biomarkers. In the case of RAMP3 expression, elevated levels of RAMP3, indicative of a cancer, for example early-stage pancreatic cancer, may be detectable in a sample of tissue taken from the area surrounding tumour tissue of a subject with early-stage pancreatic cancer. Such tissue may be otherwise asymptomatic.
Suitably, methods of the invention may make use of a range of biological samples taken from a subject to determine the expression level of a biomarker selected from AM and/or AM2 and/or CLR and/or RAMP3.
Elevated levels of AM and/or AM2 expression in serum and/or tissue and/or tumour tissue samples when compared with one or more reference values or reference serum and/or tissue and/or tumour tissue samples is indicative of early-stage pancreatic cancer. Elevated levels of CLR and/or RAMP3 expression in tumour tissue samples when compared with one or more reference values or reference tumour tissue samples is indicative of early-stage pancreatic cancer. Elevated levels of AM and/or AM2 and/or CLR and/or RAMP3 expression in a biological sample when compared with one or more reference values or reference biological samples may suitably be discerned at the transcript (mRNA) and/or protein level. Most conveniently, elevated levels of AM and/or AM2 and/or CLR and/or RAMP3 expression in biological samples when compared with one or more reference values or control biological samples are detectable at the transcript (mRNA) level.
Suitably, the biomarkers are selected from the group consisting of: biomarker protein; and nucleic acid molecule encoding the biomarker protein. It is preferred that the biomarker is a nucleic acid molecule, and particularly preferred that it is an mRNA molecule.
It is preferred that the levels of the biomarkers in the biological sample are investigated using specific binding partners. Suitably the binding partners may be selected from the group consisting of: complementary nucleic acids; aptamers; antibodies or antibody fragments. Suitable classes of binding partners for any given biomarker will be apparent to the skilled person.
Suitably, the levels of the biomarkers in the biological sample may be detected by direct assessment of binding between the target molecules and binding partners.
Conveniently, the levels of the biomarkers in the biological sample are detected using a reporter moiety attached to a binding partner. Preferably, the reporter moiety is selected from the group consisting of: fluorophores; chromogenic substrates; and chromogenic enzymes.
Expression levels of the biomarkers in a biological sample may be investigated using binding partners which bind or hybridize specifically to the biomarkers or a fragment thereof. In relation to the present invention the term ‘binding partners’ may include any ligands, which are capable of binding specifically to the relevant biomarker and/or nucleotide or peptide variants thereof with high affinity. Said ligands include, but are not limited to, nucleic acids (DNA or RNA), proteins, peptides, antibodies, antibody-conjugates, synthetic affinity probes, carbohydrates, lipids, artificial molecules or small organic molecules such as drugs. In certain embodiments the binding partners may be selected from the group comprising: complementary nucleic acids; aptamers; antibodies or antibody fragments. In the case of detecting mRNAs, nucleic acids represent highly suitable binding partners.
In the context of the invention, a binding partner which binds specifically to a biomarker should be taken as requiring that the binding partner should be capable of binding to at least one such biomarker in a manner that can be distinguished from non-specific binding to molecules that are not biomarkers. A suitable distinction may, for example, be based on distinguishable differences in the magnitude of such binding.
In preferred embodiments of the methods of the invention, the biomarker is a nucleic acid, preferably an mRNA molecule, and the binding partner is selected from the group comprising; complementary nucleic acids or aptamers.
Suitably, the binding partner may be a nucleic acid molecule (typically DNA, but it can be RNA) having a sequence which is complementary to the sequence the relevant mRNA or cDNA against which it is targeted. Such a nucleic acid is often referred to as a ‘probe’ (or a reporter or an oligo) and the complementary sequence to which it binds is often referred to as the ‘target’. Probe-target hybridization is usually detected and quantified by detection of fluorophore-, silver-, or chemiluminescence-labelled targets to determine relative abundance of nucleic acid sequences in the target.
Probes can be from 25 to 1000 nucleotides in length. However, lengths of 30 to 100 nucleotides are preferred, and probes of around 50 nucleotides in length are commonly used with success in complete transcriptome analysis.
Whilst the determination of suitable probes can be difficult, e.g. in very complex arrays, there are many commercial sources of complete transcriptome arrays available, and it is routine to develop bespoke arrays to detect any given set of specific mRNAs using publicly available sequence information. Commercial sources of microarrays for transciptome analysis include Illumina and Affymetrix.
It will be appreciated that effective nucleotide probe sequences may be routinely designed to any sequence region of the biomarker transcripts of AM (NM_001124.2), AM2 (NM_001253845.1), CLR (CLR variant 1: NM_005795.5, CLR variant 2: NM_214095.1) or RAMP3 (NM_005856.2) or a variant thereof in order to specifically detect, and measure expression thereof. The person skilled in the art will appreciate that the effectiveness of the particular probes chosen will vary, amongst other things, according to the platform used to measure transcript abundance, the sequence region that the probe binds to and the hybridization conditions employed.
Alternatively, the biomarker may be a protein, and the binding partner may suitably be selected from the group comprising; antibodies, antibody-conjugates, antibody fragments or aptamers. Such a binding partner will be capable of specifically binding to an AM, AM2, CLR or RAMP3 protein in order to detect and measure the expression thereof.
Polynucleotides encoding any of the specific binding partners of biomarkers of the invention recited above may be isolated and/or purified nucleic acid molecules and may be RNA or DNA molecules.
Throughout, the term “polynucleotide” as used herein refers to a deoxyribonucleotide or ribonucleotide polymer in single- or double-stranded form, or sense or anti-sense, and encompasses analogues of naturally occurring nucleotides that hybridize to nucleic acids in a manner similar to naturally occurring nucleotides. Such polynucleotides may be derived from Homo sapiens, or may be synthetic or may be derived from any other organism.
Commonly, polypeptide sequences and polynucleotides used as binding partners in the present invention may be isolated or purified. By “purified” is meant that they are substantially free from other cellular components or material, or culture medium. “Isolated” means that they may also be free of naturally occurring sequences which flank the native sequence, for example in the case of nucleic acid molecule, isolated may mean that it is free of 5′ and 3′ regulatory sequences.
In preferred embodiments of methods of the invention, the nucleic acid is mRNA. There are numerous suitable techniques known in the art for the quantitative measurement of mRNA transcript levels in a given biological sample. These techniques include but are not limited to; “Northern” RNA blotting, Real Time Polymerase Chain Reaction (RTPCR), Quantitative Polymerase Chain Reaction (qPCR), digital PCR (dPCR), multiplex PCR, Reverse Transcription Quantitative Polymerase Chain Reaction (RT-qPCR) or by high-throughput analysis such as hybridization microarray, Next Generation Sequencing (NGS) or by direct mRNA quantification, for example by “Nanopore” sequencing. Alternatively, “tag based” technologies may be used, which include but are not limited to Serial Analysis of Gene Expression (SAGE). Commonly, the levels of biomarker mRNA transcript in a given biological sample may be determined by hybridization to specific complementary nucleotide probes on a hybridization microarray or “chip”, by Bead Array Microarray technology or by RNA-Seq where sequence data is matched to a reference genome or reference sequences.
In a preferred embodiment, where the nucleic acid is mRNA, the present invention provides a method of predicting or determining therapeutic responsiveness to treatment with compounds of the invention, wherein the levels of biomarker transcript(s) are determined by PCR. A variety of suitable PCR amplification-based technologies are well known in the art. PCR applications are routine in the art and the skilled person will be able to select appropriate polymerases, buffers, reporter moieties and reaction conditions. Preferably mRNA transcript abundance will be determined by qPCR, dPCR or multiplex PCR. Nucleotide primer sequences may routinely be designed to any sequence region of the biomarker transcripts of AM (NM_001124.2), AM2 (NM_001253845.1), CLR (CLR variant 1: NM_005795.5, CLR variant 2: NM_214095.1) or RAMP3 (NM_005856.2) or a variant thereof, by methods which are well-known in the art. Consequently, the person skilled in the art will appreciate that effective primers can be designed to different regions of the transcript or cDNA of biomarkers selected from AM, AM2, CLR or RAMP3, and that the effectiveness of the particular primers chosen will vary, amongst other things, according to the region selected, the platform used to measure transcript abundance, the biological sample and the hybridization conditions employed. It will therefore be appreciated that providing they allow specific amplification of the relevant cDNA, in principle primers targeting any region of the transcript may be used in accordance with the present invention. However, the person skilled in the art will recognise that in designing appropriate primer sequences to detect biomarker expression, it is required that the primer sequences be capable of binding selectively and specifically to the cDNA sequences of biomarkers corresponding to AM (NM_001124.2), AM2 (NM_001253845.1), CLR (CLR variant 1: NM_005795.5, CLR variant 2: NM_214095.1) or RAMP3 (NM_005856.2) or fragments or variants thereof. Suitable binding partners are preferably nucleic acid primers adapted to bind specifically to the cDNA transcripts of biomarkers, as discussed above. Depending on the sample involved, preferably primers will be provided that specifically target either AM, AM2, CLR or RAMP3.
Many different techniques known in the art are suitable for detecting binding of the target sequence and for high-throughput screening and analysis of protein interactions. According to the present invention, appropriate techniques include (either independently or in combination), but are not limited to; co-immunoprecipitation, bimolecular fluorescence complementation (BiFC), dual expression recombinase based (DERB) single vector system, affinity electrophoresis, pull-down assays, label transfer, yeast two-hybrid screens, phage display, in-vivo crosslinking, tandem affinity purification (TAP), ChIP assays, chemical cross-linking followed by high mass MALDI mass spectrometry, strep-protein interaction experiment (SPINE), quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with knock-down (QUICK), proximity ligation assay (PLA), bio-layer interferometry, dual polarisation interferometry (DPI), static light scattering (SLS), dynamic light scattering (DLS), surface plasmon resonance (SPR), fluorescence correlation spectroscopy, fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET), isothermal titration calorimetry (ITC), microscale thermophoresis (MST), chromatin immunoprecipitation assay, electrophoretic mobility shift assay, pull-down assay, microplate capture and detection assay, reporter assay, RNase protection assay, FISH/ISH co-localization, microarrays, microsphere arrays or silicon nanowire (SiNVV)-based detection. Where biomarker protein levels are to be quantified, preferably the interactions between the binding partner and biomarker protein will be analysed using antibodies with a fluorescent reporter attached.
In certain embodiments of the invention, the expression level of a particular biomarker may be detected by direct assessment of binding of the biomarker to its binding partner. Suitable examples of such methods in accordance with this embodiment of the invention may utilise techniques such as electro-impedance spectroscopy (EIS) to directly assess binding of binding partners (e.g. antibodies) to target biomarkers (e.g. biomarker proteins).
In certain embodiments of the invention, the binding partner may be an antibody, antibody-conjugate or antibody fragment, and the detection of the target molecules utilises an immunological method. In certain embodiments of the methods or devices, the immunological method may be an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) or utilise a lateral flow device.
A method of the invention may further comprise quantification of the amount of the target molecule indicative of expression of the biomarkers present in the biological sample from a subject. Suitable methods of the invention, in which the amount of the target molecule present has been quantified, and the volume of the patient sample is known, may further comprise determination of the concentration of the target molecules present in the patient sample which may be used as the basis of a qualitative assessment of the subject's condition, which may, in turn, be used to suggest a suitable course of treatment for the subject, for example, treatment with one or more of the compounds of the invention.
In certain embodiments of the present invention the expression levels of the protein in a biological sample may be determined. In some instances, it may be possible to directly determine expression, e.g. as with GFP or by enzymatic action of the protein of interest (POI) to generate a detectable optical signal. However, in some instances it may be chosen to determine physical expression, e.g. by antibody probing, and rely on separate test to verify that physical expression is accompanied by the required function.
In certain embodiments of the invention, the expression levels of a particular biomarker will be detectable in a biological sample by a high-throughput screening method, for example, relying on detection of an optical signal, for instance using reporter moieties. For this purpose, it may be necessary for the specific binding partner to incorporate a tag, or be labelled with a removable tag, which permits detection of expression. Such a tag may be, for example, a fluorescence reporter molecule. Such a tag may provide a suitable marker for visualisation of biomarker expression since its expression can be simply and directly assayed by fluorescence measurement in-vitro or on an array. Alternatively, it may be an enzyme which can be used to generate an optical signal. Tags used for detection of expression may also be antigen peptide tags. Similarly, reporter moieties may be selected from the group consisting of fluorophores; chromogenic substrates; and chromogenic enzymes. Other kinds of label may be used to mark a nucleic acid binding partner including organic dye molecules, radiolabels and spin labels which may be small molecules.
Conveniently, the levels of a biomarker or several biomarkers may be quantified by measuring the specific hybridization of a complementary nucleotide probe to the biomarker of interest under high-stringency or very high-stringency conditions.
Conveniently, probe-biomarker hybridization may be detected and quantified by detection of fluorophore-, silver-, or chemiluminescence-labelled probes to determine relative abundance of biomarker nucleic acid sequences in the sample. Alternatively, levels of biomarker mRNA transcript abundance can be determined directly by RNA sequencing or nanopore sequencing technologies.
The methods of the invention may make use of molecules selected from the group consisting of: the biomarker protein; and nucleic acid encoding the biomarker protein.
Throughout, the term “polynucleotide” as used herein refers to a deoxyribonucleotide or ribonucleotide polymer in single- or double-stranded form, or sense or anti-sense, and encompasses analogues of naturally occurring nucleotides that hybridize to nucleic acids in a manner similar to naturally occurring nucleotides.
The person skilled in the art would regard it as routine to design nucleotide probe sequences to any sequence region of the biomarker transcripts or cDNA sequences corresponding to AM (NM_001124.2), AM2 (NM_001253845.1), CLR (CLR variant 1: NM_005795.5, CLR variant 2: NM_214095.1) or RAMP3 (NM_005856.2) or a fragment or variant thereof. This is also the case with nucleotide primers used where detection of expression levels is determined by PCR-based technology.
Of course the person skilled in the art will recognise that in designing appropriate probe sequences to detect biomarker expression, it is required that the probe sequences be capable of binding selectively and specifically to the transcripts or cDNA sequences of biomarkers corresponding to AM (NM_001124.2), AM2 (NM_001253845.1), CLR (CLR variant 1: NM_005795.5, CLR variant 2: NM_214095.1) or RAMP3 (NM_005856.2) or fragments or variants thereof. The probe sequence will therefore be hybridizable to that nucleotide sequence, preferably under stringent conditions, more preferably very high stringency conditions. The term “stringent conditions” may be understood to describe a set of conditions for hybridization and washing and a variety of stringent hybridization conditions will be familiar to the skilled reader. Hybridization of a nucleic acid molecule occurs when two complementary nucleic acid molecules undergo an amount of hydrogen bonding to each other known as Watson-Crick base pairing. The stringency of hybridization can vary according to the environmental (i.e. chemical/physical/biological) conditions surrounding the nucleic acids, temperature, the nature of the hybridization method, and the composition and length of the nucleic acid molecules used. Calculations regarding hybridization conditions required for attaining particular degrees of stringency are discussed in Sambrook et al. (2001, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.); and Tijssen (1993, Laboratory Techniques in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology—Hybridization with Nucleic Acid Probes Part I, Chapter 2, Elsevier, N.Y.). The Tm is the temperature at which 50% of a given strand of a nucleic acid molecule is hybridized to its complementary strand.
In any of the references herein to hybridization conditions, the following are exemplary and not limiting:
Very High Stringency (allows sequences that share at least 90% identity to hybridize)
High Stringency (allows sequences that share at least 80% identity to hybridize)
Low Stringency (allows sequences that share at least 50% identity to hybridize)
In a further aspect, the present invention relates to a method of treating or preventing cancer in a subject, said method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of an AM2 inhibitor, for example a compound of the invention, to said subject, wherein said subject has a cancer associated with expression of AM and/or CLR and/or RAMP3. Without wishing to be bound by theory it is possible that expression of AM by a tumour may interact with AM2 receptors in healthy tissue resulting in, for example metastasis and/or angiogenesis and progression of the cancer. Accordingly the expression of AM and/or CLR and/or RAMP3 may be in the tumour or in healthy tissues, for example in healthy tissues surrounding a tumour.
Optionally, the method may comprise determining the levels of AM and/or CLR and/or RAMP3 in a biological sample of said subject, and administering a compound of the invention to said subject when the level AM and/or CLR and/or RAMP3 is determined to be expressed or expressed at increased levels in the biological sample relative to one or more reference values.
In a further aspect, the present invention relates to a method of identifying a subject having increased likelihood of responsiveness or sensitivity to an AM2 inhibitor, for example a compound of the invention, comprising determining the level of one or more of AM, CLR and RAMP3 in a biological sample of the subject;
wherein increased levels of AM, CLR and/or RAMP3 compared to one or more reference values indicates an increased likelihood of responsiveness or sensitivity to an AM2 inhibitor in the subject.
The compounds of the invention may be used alone to provide a therapeutic effect. The compounds of the invention may also be used in combination with one or more additional anti-cancer agent and/or radiotherapy.
Such chemotherapy may include one or more of the following categories of anti-cancer agents:
(i) antiproliferative/antineoplastic drugs and combinations thereof, such as alkylating agents (for example cis-platin, oxaliplatin, carboplatin, cyclophosphamide, nitrogen mustard, uracil mustard, bendamustin, melphalan, chlorambucil, chlormethine, busulphan, temozolamide, nitrosoureas, ifosamide, melphalan, pipobroman, triethylene-melamine, triethylenethiophoporamine, carmustine, lomustine, stroptozocin and dacarbazine); antimetabolites (for example gemcitabine and antifolates such as fluoropyrimidines like 5-fluorouracil and tegafur, raltitrexed, methotrexate, pemetrexed, cytosine arabinoside, floxuridine, cytarabine, 6-mercaptopurine, 6-thioguanine, fludarabine phosphate, pentostatine, and gemcitabine and hydroxyurea); antibiotics (for example anthracyclines like adriamycin, bleomycin, doxorubicin, daunomycin, epirubicin, idarubicin, mitomycin-C, dactinomycin and mithramycin); antimitotic agents (for example vinca alkaloids like vincristine, vinblastine, vindesine and vinorelbine and taxoids like taxol and taxotere and polokinase inhibitors); proteasome inhibitors, for example carfilzomib and bortezomib; interferon therapy; and topoisomerase inhibitors (for example epipodophyllotoxins like etoposide and teniposide, amsacrine, topotecan, irinotecan, mitoxantrone and camptothecin); bleomcin, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, doxorubicin, epirubicin, idarubicin, ara-C, paclitaxel (Taxol™), nab paclitaxel (albumin-bound paclitaxel), docetaxel, mithramycin, deoxyco-formycin, mitomycin-C, L-asparaginase, interferons (especially IFN-alpha), etoposide, teniposide, DNA-demethylating agents, (for example, azacitidine or decitabine); and histone de-acetylase (HDAC) inhibitors (for example vorinostat, MS-275, panobinostat, romidepsin, valproic acid, mocetinostat (MGCD0103) and pracinostat SB939);
(ii) cytostatic agents such as antiestrogens (for example tamoxifen, fulvestrant, toremifene, raloxifene, droloxifene and iodoxyfene), antiandrogens (for example bicalutamide, flutamide, nilutamide and cyproterone acetate), LHRH antagonists or LHRH agonists (for example goserelin, leuprorelin and buserelin), progestogens (for example megestrol acetate), aromatase inhibitors (for example as anastrozole, letrozole, vorazole and exemestane) and inhibitors of 5α-reductase such as finasteride; and navelbene, CPT-II, anastrazole, letrazole, capecitabine, reloxafme, cyclophosphamide, ifosamide, and droloxafine;
(iii) anti-invasion agents, for example dasatinib and bosutinib (SKI-606), and metalloproteinase inhibitors, inhibitors of urokinase plasminogen activator receptor function or antibodies to Heparanase;
(iv) inhibitors of growth factor function: for example such inhibitors include growth factor antibodies and growth factor receptor antibodies, for example the anti-erbB2 antibody trastuzumab [Herceptin™], the anti-EGFR antibody panitumumab, the anti-erbB1 antibody cetuximab, tyrosine kinase inhibitors, for example inhibitors of the epidermal growth factor family (for example EGFR family tyrosine kinase inhibitors such as gefitinib, erlotinib, 6-acrylamido-N-(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-7-(3-morpholinopropoxy)-quinazolin-4-amine (CI 1033), afatinib, vandetanib, osimertinib and rociletinib) erbB2 tyrosine kinase inhibitors such as lapatinib) and antibodies to costimulatory molecules such as CTLA-4, 4-IBB and PD-I, or antibodies to cytokines (IL-10, TGF-beta); inhibitors of the hepatocyte growth factor family; inhibitors of the insulin growth factor family; modulators of protein regulators of cell apoptosis (for example Bcl-2 inhibitors); inhibitors of the platelet-derived growth factor family such as imatinib and/or nilotinib (AMN107); inhibitors of serine/threonine kinases (for example Ras/Raf signalling inhibitors such as farnesyl transferase inhibitors, sorafenib, tipifarnib and lonafarnib), inhibitors of cell signalling through MEK and/or AKT kinases, c-kit inhibitors, abl kinase inhibitors, PI3 kinase inhibitors, Plt3 kinase inhibitors, CSF-1R kinase inhibitors, IGF receptor, kinase inhibitors, for example dalotuzumab; aurora kinase inhibitors and cyclin dependent kinase inhibitors such as CDK2 and/or CDK4 inhibitors; CCR2, CCR4 or CCR6 antagonists; RAF kinase inhibitors such as those described in WO2006043090, WO2009077766, WO2011092469 or WO2015075483; and Hedgehog inhibitors, for example vismodegib.
(v) antiangiogenic agents such as those which inhibit the effects of vascular endothelial growth factor, [for example the anti-vascular endothelial cell growth factor antibody bevacizumab (Avastin™)]; thalidomide; lenalidomide; and for example, a VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitor such as vandetanib, vatalanib, sunitinib, axitinib, pazopanib and cabozantinib;
(vi) gene therapy approaches, including for example approaches to replace aberrant genes such as aberrant p53 or aberrant BRCA1 or BRCA2;
(vii) immunotherapy approaches, including for example antibody therapy such as alemtuzumab, rituximab, ibritumomab tiuxetan (Zevalin®) and ofatumumab; interferons such as interferon α; interleukins such as IL-2 (aldesleukin); interleukin inhibitors for example IRAK4 inhibitors; cancer vaccines including prophylactic and treatment vaccines such as HPV vaccines, for example Gardasil, Cervarix, Oncophage and Sipuleucel-T (Provenge); gp100; dendritic cell-based vaccines (such as Ad.p53 DC); toll-like receptor modulators for example TLR-7 or TLR-9 agonists; PD-1, PD-L1, PD-L2 and CTL4-A modulators (for example Nivolumab), antibodies and vaccines; other IDO inhibitors (such as indoximod); anti-PD-1 monoclonal antibodies (such as MK-3475 and nivolumab); anti-PDL1 monoclonal antibodies (such as MEDI-4736 and RG-7446); anti-PDL2 monoclonal antibodies; and anti-CTLA-4 antibodies (such as ipilumumab), CAR-T cell therapies; and
(viii) cytotoxic agents for example fludaribine (fludara), cladribine, pentostatin (Nipent™);
(ix) targeted therapies, for example PI3K inhibitors, for example idelalisib and perifosine; SMAC (second mitochondriaderived activator of caspases) mimetics, also known as Inhibitor of Apoptosis Proteins (IAP) antagonists (IAP antagonists). These agents act to supress IAPs, for example XIAP, clAP1 and clAP2, and thereby re-establish cellular apoptotic pathways. Particular SMAC mimetics include Birinapant (TL32711, TetraLogic Pharmaceuticals), LCL161 (Novartis), AEG40730 (Aegera Therapeutics), SM-164 (University of Michigan), LBW242 (Novartis), ML101 (Sanford-Burnham Medical Research Institute), AT-406 (Ascenta Therapeutics/University of Michigan), GDC-0917 (Genentech), AEG35156 (Aegera Therapeutic), and HGS1029 (Human Genome Sciences); and agents which target ubiquitin proteasome system (UPS), for example, bortezomib, carfilzomib, marizomib (NPI-0052) and MLN9708; a CXCR4 antagonist, for example plerixafor or BL-8040;
(x) PARP inhibitors, for example niraparib (MK-4827), talazoparib (BMN-673), veliparib (ABT-888); olaparib, CEP 9722, and BGB-290
(xi) chimeric antigen receptors, anticancer vaccines and arginase inhibitors;
(xii) agents which degrade hyaluronan, for example the hyaluronidase enzyme PEGPH20
The additional anti-cancer agent may be a single agent or one or more of the additional agents listed herein.
Particular anti-cancer agents which may be used together with a compound of the invention include for example erlotinib, cabozantinib, bevacizumab, dalotuzumab, olaparib, PEGPH20, vismodegib, paclitaxel (including nab paclitaxel), gemcitabine, oxaliplatin, irinotecan, leucovorin and 5-fluorouracil. In some embodiments the additional anti-cancer agent selected from capecitabine, gemcitabine and 5-fluorouracil (5FU).
Such combination treatment may be achieved by way of the simultaneous, sequential or separate dosing of the individual components of the treatment. Such combination products employ the compounds of this invention within a therapeutically effective dosage range described hereinbefore and the other pharmaceutically-active agent within its approved dosage range.
Herein, where the term “combination” is used it is to be understood that this refers to simultaneous, separate or sequential administration. In one aspect of the invention “combination” refers to simultaneous administration. In another aspect of the invention “combination” refers to separate administration. In a further aspect of the invention “combination” refers to sequential administration. Where the administration is sequential or separate, the delay in administering the second component should not be such as to lose the beneficial effect of the combination.
In some embodiments in which a combination treatment is used, the amount of the compound of the invention and the amount of the other pharmaceutically active agent(s) are, when combined, therapeutically effective to treat a targeted disorder in the patient. In this context, the combined amounts are “therapeutically effective amount” if they are, when combined, sufficient to reduce or completely alleviate symptoms or other detrimental effects of the disorder; cure the disorder; reverse, completely stop, or slow the progress of the disorder; or reduce the risk of the disorder getting worse. Typically, such amounts may be determined by one skilled in the art by, for example, starting with the dosage range described in this specification for the compound of the invention and an approved or otherwise published dosage range(s) of the other pharmaceutically active compound(s).
According to a further aspect of the invention there is provided a compound of the invention as defined hereinbefore and an additional anti-cancer agent as defined hereinbefore, for use in the conjoint treatment of cancer.
According to a further aspect of the invention there is provided a pharmaceutical product comprising a compound of the invention as defined hereinbefore and an additional anti-cancer agent as defined hereinbefore for the conjoint treatment of cancer.
According to a further aspect of the invention there is provided a method of treatment of a human or animal subject suffering from a cancer comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof simultaneously, sequentially or separately with an additional anti-cancer agent as defined hereinbefore.
According to a further aspect of the invention there is provided a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use simultaneously, sequentially or separately with an additional anti-cancer agent as defined hereinbefore, in the treatment of a cancer.
The compound of the invention may also be used be used in combination with radiotherapy. Suitable radiotherapy treatments include, for example X-ray therapy, proton beam therapy or electron beam therapies. Radiotherapy may also encompass the use of radionuclide agents, for example 131I, 32P, 90Y, 89Sr, 153Sm or 223Ra. Such radionuclide therapies are well known and commercially available.
According to a further aspect of the invention there is provided a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as defined hereinbefore for use in the treatment of cancer conjointly with radiotherapy.
According to a further aspect of the invention there is provided a method of treatment of a human or animal subject suffering from a cancer comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof simultaneously, sequentially or separately with radiotherapy.
The biological effects of the compounds may be assessed using one of more of the assays described herein in the Examples.
In the description of the synthetic methods described below and in the referenced synthetic methods that are used to prepare the staring materials, it is to be understood that all proposed reaction conditions, including choice of solvent, reaction atmosphere, reaction temperature, duration of the experiment and workup procedures, can be selected by a person skilled in the art.
It is understood by one skilled in the art of organic synthesis that the functionality present on various portions of the molecule must be compatible with the reagents and reaction conditions utilised.
Necessary starting materials may be obtained by standard procedures of organic chemistry. The preparation of such starting materials is described in conjunction with the following representative process variants and within the accompanying Examples. Alternatively, necessary starting materials are obtainable by analogous procedures to those illustrated which are within the ordinary skill of an organic chemist.
It will be appreciated that during the synthesis of the compounds of the invention in the processes defined below, or during the synthesis of certain starting materials, it may be desirable to protect certain substituent groups to prevent their undesired reaction. The skilled chemist will appreciate when such protection is required, and how such protecting groups may be put in place, and later removed.
For examples of protecting groups see one of the many general texts on the subject, for example, ‘Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis’ by Theodora Green (publisher: John Wiley & Sons). Protecting groups may be removed by any convenient method described in the literature or known to the skilled chemist as appropriate for the removal of the protecting group in question, such methods being chosen so as to effect removal of the protecting group with the minimum disturbance of groups elsewhere in the molecule.
Thus, if reactants include, for example, groups such as amino, carboxy or hydroxy it may be desirable to protect the group in some of the reactions mentioned herein.
By way of example, a suitable protecting group for an amino or alkylamino group is, for example, an acyl group, for example an alkanoyl group such as acetyl or trifluoroacetyl, an alkoxycarbonyl group, for example a methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl or t-butoxycarbonyl group, an arylmethoxycarbonyl group, for example benzyloxycarbonyl, or an aroyl group, for example benzoyl. The deprotection conditions for the above protecting groups necessarily vary with the choice of protecting group. Thus, for example, an acyl group such as an alkanoyl or alkoxycarbonyl group or an aroyl group may be removed by, for example, hydrolysis with a suitable base such as an alkali metal hydroxide, for example lithium or sodium hydroxide. Alternatively, an acyl group such as a tert-butoxycarbonyl group may be removed, for example, by treatment with a suitable acid as hydrochloric, sulfuric or phosphoric acid or trifluoroacetic acid and an arylmethoxycarbonyl group such as a benzyloxycarbonyl group may be removed, for example, by hydrogenation over a catalyst such as palladium-on-carbon, or by treatment with a Lewis acid for example BF3.OEt2. A suitable alternative protecting group for a primary amino group is, for example, a phthaloyl group which may be removed by treatment with an alkylamine, for example dimethylaminopropylamine, or with hydrazine.
A suitable protecting group for a hydroxy group is, for example, an acyl group, for example an alkanoyl group such as acetyl, an aroyl group, for example benzoyl, or an arylmethyl group, for example benzyl. The deprotection conditions for the above protecting groups will necessarily vary with the choice of protecting group. Thus, for example, an acyl group such as an alkanoyl or an aroyl group may be removed, for example, by hydrolysis with a suitable base such as an alkali metal hydroxide, for example lithium, or sodium hydroxide, or ammonia. Alternatively, an arylmethyl group such as a benzyl group may be removed, for example, by hydrogenation over a catalyst such as palladium-on-carbon.
A suitable protecting group for a carboxy group is, for example, an esterifying group, for example a methyl or an ethyl group which may be removed, for example, by hydrolysis with a base such as sodium hydroxide, or for example a t-butyl group which may be removed, for example, by treatment with an acid, for example an organic acid such as trifluoroacetic acid, or for example a benzyl group which may be removed, for example, by hydrogenation over a catalyst such as palladium-on-carbon.
Resins may also be used as a protecting group.
Also provided is a process for the preparation of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, the process comprising coupling a compound of the formula (XVIII), or a salt thereof:
wherein R2, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, Z, L2, HET, n and q have any of the meanings defined herein, except that any functional group is protected if necessary, with a compound of the formula (XIX), or a salt thereof:
wherein X1, X2 and X3 have any of the meanings defined herein, except that any functional group is protected if necessary;
and optionally thereafter carrying out one or more of the following procedures:
In one embodiment in the compound of formula (XVIII), X2 and X3 are CH; and X1 is CR11, wherein R11 has any of the meanings defined herein (e.g. R11 is H), except that any functional group is protected if necessary.
The coupling reaction may be performed using well-known methods, for example by reacting the acid of formula (XVIII), or an activated derivative thereof, with the amine of formula (XIX) in the presence of a suitable coupling agent, for example: a carbodiimide (e.g. dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC), or N-ethyl-N′-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDCI)) optionally in combination with an additive such as hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBt) or 1-hydroxy7-azabenzotriazole (HOAt); or a uronium or aminium salt e.g. 1-[bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1H-1,2,3-triazolo[4,5-b]pyridinium 3-oxid hexafluorophosphate, (HATU), 2-(1H-benzotriazol-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) or 2-(1H-benzotriazole-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethylaminium tetrafluoroborate (TBTU).
The acid of the formula (XIX) may be activated by, for example, forming an acid halide. When the compound of formula (XVIII) is in the form of an acid halide it may be possible to react the compound directly with amine of formula (XIX) without the need for a coupling agent.
The reaction is suitably performed in a suitable solvent (e.g. DMF) and in the presence of a base, preferably a tertiary amine such as N,N-diisopropylethylamine.
Compounds of the formula (XVIII) and (XIX) may be prepared using analogous methods to those described in the Examples.
Also provided is a process for the preparation of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, the process comprising coupling a compound of the formula (XX), or a salt thereof:
wherein R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, X1, X2, X3, L2 and n have any of the meanings defined herein, except that any functional group is protected if necessary, with a compound of the formula (XXI) or an activated derivative thereof (e.g. an acid halide)
wherein R1, R2, Z, and q have any of the meanings defined herein, except that any functional group is protected if necessary; and thereafter carrying out one or more of the following procedures:
The coupling may be carried out using analogous methods to those described above for the coupling of the compounds of formulae (XVIII) and (XIX).
The reaction is suitably performed in the presence of a solvent, for example a polar protic solvent such as N,N-dimethylformamide. The reaction is suitably performed in the presence of a tertiary organic amine base such as N,N-diisopropylethylamine. Compounds of the formula (XX) and (XXI) may be prepared using analogous conditions to those compounds described in the Examples.
Compounds of the formula (I) wherein R4 is H may be prepared by deprotecting a compound of the formula (XXII), or a salt thereof:
wherein R1, R2, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, X1, X2, X3, Z, L2, HET, n and q have any of the meanings defined herein; and Pg is an amino protecting group.
Suitable amino protecting groups include, for example, those disclosed herein such as tert-butoxycarbonyl (BOC), benzyloxycarbonyl (CBz), and 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc). Preferably Pg is BOC. The amino protecting group can be removed by conventional methods, for example treatment with a suitable acid or base.
Certain intermediates described herein are novel and form a further aspect of the invention. Accordingly, also provided is a compound of the formula (XVIII), (XX) or (XXII).
In some embodiments the compound of the formula (XVIII) is of the formula (XVIIIa), (XVIIIb), (XVIIIc) or (XVIIId):
wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, L1, L2, HET, Z, n and q have any of the meanings defined herein, except that any functional group is protected if necessary; and Pg is an amino protecting group. The amino protecting group may be, for example one of the amino protecting groups disclosed herein, e.g. BOC.
In some embodiments the compound of the formula (XX) is of the formula (XXa) or (XXB):
wherein R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, L2, X1, X2, X3 and n have any of the meanings defined herein; and Pg is an amino protecting group. The amino protecting group may be, for example one of the amino protecting groups disclosed herein, e.g. BOC.
In some embodiments the compound of the formula (XXII) is of the formula (XXIIa) or (XXIIb):
wherein R1, R2, R3, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, X1, X2, X3, L1, L2, n and q have any of the meanings defined herein; and Pg is an amino protecting group.
In some embodiments in the compound of formula (XXII) and (XXIIa) n is 0 and the group -L2-NPgR5 is —CH2—N(Me)Pg.
In some embodiments in a compound of the formula (XVIII), (XVIIIa), (XVIIIb), (XVIIIc), (XVIIId), (XX), (XXII) and (XXIIa) L1 is as defined in any one of (49) to (62) above (e.g. L1 is absent or is selected from —C(═O)—, —NHC(═O)—, —N(Me)C(═O)— and —CH2—).
In some embodiments in a compound of the formula (XVI), (XVIa), (XVIb), (XIX), (XX) and (XXa) R3 is as defined in any one of (67) to (88) above.
In some embodiments in a compound of the formula (XVIII), (XVIIIa), (XVIIIb), (XVIIIb), (XXI), (XXII) and (XXIIa) and (XXIIb) R3 is as defined in any one of (67) to (88) above; and L1 is absent or is selected from —C(═O)—, —NHC(O)— or —N(C1-3 alkyl)C(O)—.
In some embodiments in a compound of the compound of the formula (XVIII), (XX), (XXIIa) and (XXIIb), the group
Further specific novel compounds of the formulae (XVIII), (XIX), (XX), (XXI) and (XXII) disclosed in the Examples form a further aspect of the invention.
Ac—acetyl
BINAP—2,2′-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1′-binaphthyl
Bn—benzyl
Boc—tert-butoxycarbonyl
CBz—benzyloxycarbonyl
CPME—cyclopentyl methyl ether
dba—dibenzylideneacetone
DCM—dichloromethane
DIPA—diisopropylamine
DMAc—dimethylacetamide
DMSO—dimethylsulfoxide
EDCI—1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride salt
ee—enantiomeric excess
eq. —equivalents
Ghosez's Reagent—1-chloro-N,N-2-trimethyl-1-propenylamine
HATU—1-[bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1H-1,2,3-triazolo[4,5-b]pyridinium 3-oxide hexafluorophosphate
HOAt—1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole
HPLC—high performance liquid chromatography
IPA—isopropanol
KHMDS—potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide
LC-MS—liquid chromatograph-mass spectrometer
LDA—lithium diisopropylamide
mCPBA—3-chloroperbenzoic acid
MeCN—acetonitrile
MS—mass spectrometry
Ms—mesyl
MTBE—methyl tert-butyl ether
MW—microwave
NMP—N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone
NMR—nuclear magnetic resonance
o/n—overnight
Pd/C—palladium-on-carbon
Piv—pivaloyl
Prep—preparative
pTSA—p-toluene sulfonic acid
Py—pyridine
rt—retention time
RT—room temperature
SFC—supercritical fluid chromatography
SEM—trimethylsilylethoxymethyl
SPE—solid phase extraction
Su—succinimide
TBAB—tetrabutylammonium bromide
TEA—triethylamine
TFA—trifluoroacetic acid
TFAA—trifluoroacetic anhydride
THF—tetrahydrofuran
TLC—Thin-layer chromatography
Reagents and Conditions
Unless syntheses are given, reagents and starting materials were obtained from commercial sources. All reactions, unless otherwise stated, were carried out under an inert atmosphere of either nitrogen or argon.
Compound Names
New compounds were named using ChemDraw Ultra 12.0 from CambridgeSoft. Other compounds, particularly commercial reagents, either use names generated by ChemDraw Ultra 12.0 or names commonly found in online databases and catalogues.
Analytical Methods
Method 1: (5-95AB_R_220 &254): Instrument: SHIMADZU LC-MS-2020; Column: Kinetex® 30×2.1 mm, 5 μm S/N: H17-247175; Run Time: 1.55 min; Solvents A) 0.0375% TFA in water (v/v) B) 0.01875% TFA in acetonitrile (v/v). The gradient runs with 5% B. Gradient: 5-95% B with A 0.8 min, hold at 95% B to 1.21 min; 5% B at 1.21 min and hold at 5% B to 1.55 min at 1.5 mL/min, 50° C.
Method 2: (5-95AB_R_220 &254.M): Instrument: Agilent 1200\G6110A; Column: Chromolith® Flash RP-18e 25×2.0 mm; Run Time: 1.50 min; Solvents A) 0.0375% TFA in water (v/v) B) 0.01875% TFA in acetonitrile (v/v). The gradient runs with 5% B. Gradient: 5-95% B with A 0.8 min, hold at 95% B to 1.20 min; 5% B at 1.21 min and hold at 5% B to 1.50 min at 1.5 mL/min, 50° C.
Method 3: (WUXIAB00.M): Instrument: Agilent 1200 LC & Agilent 6110 MSD; Column: Agilent ZORBAX 5 μm SB-Aq, 2.1×50 mm; Run Time: 4.50 min; Solvents A) 0.0375% TFA in water (v/v) B) 0.01875% TFA in acetonitrile (v/v). The gradient runs with 0% B to 0.4 min. Gradient: 0-80% B with A 3.4 min. Gradient: 80-100% B with A 3.9 min; 0% B at 3.91 min and hold at 0% B to 4.50 min at 0-3.91 min, flow rate: 1.5 mL/min; 3.91-4.5 min, flow rate: 0.6 mL/min; 50° C.
Method 4: (0-60AB_4 MIN_220 &254.1 cm): Instrument: SHIMADZU LC-MS-2020; Column: Kinetex® 30×2.1 mm, 5 μm S/N: H17-247175; Run Time: 1.55 min; Solvents A) 0.0375% TFA in water (v/v) B) 0.01875% TFA in acetonitrile (v/v). The gradient runs with 0% B. Gradient: 0-60% B with A 3 min, hold at 60% B to 3.5 min; 0% B at 3.51 min and hold at 0% B to 4.00 min at 0.8 mL/min, 50° C.
Method 5: (0-60AB_0_R_220 &254.1 cm): Instrument: SHIMADZU LC-MS-2020; Column: Kinetex® 30×2.1 mm, 5 μm S/N: H17-247175; Run Time: 1.55 min; Solvents A) 0.0375% TFA in water (v/v) B) 0.01875% TFA in acetonitrile (v/v). The gradient runs with 0% B. Gradient: 0-60% B with A 0.6 min, hold at 60% B to 1.21 min; 0% B at 1.21 min and hold at 0% B to 1.55 min at 1.5 mL/min, 50° C.
Method 6: (5-95AB_4 min_220 &254): Instrument: SHIMADZU LC-MS-2020; Column: Kinetex® 30×2.1 mm, 5 μm S/N: H17-247175; Run Time: 1.55 min; Solvents A) 0.0375% TFA in water (v/v) B) 0.01875% TFA in acetonitrile (v/v). The gradient runs with 5% B. Gradient: 5-95% B with A 3.0 min, hold at 95% B to 3.5 min; 5% B at 3.51 min and hold at 5% B to 4.00 min at 0.8 mL/min, 50° C.
Method 7: (5-95AB_R_220 &254_50): Instrument: SHIMADZU LC-MS-2020; Column: Chromolith® Flash RP-18E 25-2 MM; Run Time: 1.55 min; Solvents A) 0.0375% TFA in water (v/v) B) 0.01875% TFA in acetonitrile (v/v). The gradient runs with 5% B. Gradient: 5-95% B with A 0.8 min, hold at 95% B to 1.21 min; 5% B at 1.21 min and hold at 5% B to 1.55 min at 1.5 mL/min, 50° C.
Method 8: (WUXIAB10.M): Instrument: Agilent 1200 LC & Agilent 6110 MSD; Column: Agilent ZORBAX 5 μm SB-Aq, 2.1×50 mm; Run Time: 4.50 min; Solvents A) 0.0375% TFA in water (v/v) B) 0.01875% TFA in acetonitrile (v/v). The gradient runs with 10% B to 0.4 min. Gradient: 10-100% B with A 3.4 min, hold at 100% B to 3.9 min; 10% B at 3.91 min and hold at 10% B to 4.50 min at 0-3.91 min, flow rate: 0.8 mL/min; 3.91-4.5 min, flow rate: 1.0 mL/min; 50° C.
Method 9: (WUXIAB01.M): Instrument: Agilent 1200 LC & Agilent 6110 MSD; Column: Agilent ZORBAX 5 μm SB-Aq, 2.1×50 mm; Run Time: 4.50 min; Solvents A) 0.0375% TFA in water (v/v) B) 0.01875% TFA in acetonitrile (v/v). The gradient runs with 1% B to 0.4 min. Gradient: 1-90% B with A 3.4 min. Gradient: 90-100% B with A 3.9 min; 1% B at 3.91 min and hold at 1% B to 4.50 min at 0-3.91 min, flow rate: 0.8 mL/min; 3.91-4.5 min, flow rate: 1.0 mL/min; 50° C.
Method 10: (5-95CD_R_220 &254_POS): Instrument: SHIMADZU LC-MS-2020; Column: Xbridge C18 30×3.0 mm, 5 μm; Run Time: 1.50 min; Solvents A) 0.025% ammonium hydroxidein water (v/v) B) acetonitrile. The gradient runs with 5% B. Gradient: 5-95% B with A 1.2 min, hold at 95% B to 1.60 min; 5% B at 1.61 min and hold at 5% B to 2.0 min at 2.0 mL/min, 40° C.
Method 11: (5-95AB_R_220 &254_50): Instrument: Agilent 1200\G6110A; Column: Kinetexat 5 μm EVO C18 30×2.1 mm; Run Time: 1.50 min; Solvents A) 0.0375% TFA in water (v/v) B) 0.01875% TFA in acetonitrile (v/v). The gradient runs with 5% B. Gradient: 5-95% B with A 0.8 min, hold at 95% B to 1.20 min; 5% B at 1.21 min and hold at 5% B to 1.50 min at 1.5 mL/min, 50° C.
Method 12: (0-60AB_R_220 &254): Instrument: SHIMADZU LC-MS-2020; Column: Chromolith® Flash RP-18E 25-2 MM; Run Time: 1.5 min; Solvents A) 0.0375% TFA in water (v/v) B) 0.01875% TFA in acetonitrile (v/v). The gradient runs with 0% B. Gradient: 0-60% B with A 0.8 min, hold at 60% B to 1.21 min; 5% B at 1.21 min and hold at 5% B to 1.55 min at 1.5 mL/min, 50° C.
Method 13: (0-60AB_0_R_220 &254): Instrument: Agilent 1100\G1956A; Column: Kinetex® 5 μm EVO C18 30×2.1 mm; Run Time: 1.5 min; Solvents A) 0.0375% TFA in water (v/v) B) 0.01875% TFA in acetonitrile (v/v). The gradient runs with 0% B. Gradient: 0-60% B with A 0.8 min, hold at 60% B to 1.21 min; 5% B at 1.21 min and hold at 5% B to 1.5 min at 1.5 mL/min, 50° C.
Method 14: (5-95AB_4 MIN_220 &254): Instrument: Agilent 1200\G6110A; Column: Kinetex© 5 μm EVO C18 30×2.1 mm; Run Time: 4.0 min; Solvents A) 0.0375% TFA in water (v/v) B) 0.01875% TFA in acetonitrile (v/v). The gradient runs with 5% B. Gradient: 5-95% B with A 3.0 min, hold at 95% B to 3.5 min; 5% B at 3.51 min and hold at 5% B to 4.00 min at 0.8 mL/min, 50° C.
Method 15: (0-60AB_4 MIN_220 &254): Instrument: Agilent 1200\G6410B; Column: Zorbax Extend C-18, 2.1×50 mm, 5 μm; Run Time: 4.0 min; Solvents A) 0.0375% TFA in water (v/v) B) 0.0188% TFA in acetonitrile (v/v). The gradient runs with 10% B. Gradient: 10-80% B with A 4.2 min. Gradient: 80-90% B with A 5.3 min; 10% B at 5.31 min and hold at 10% B to 7 min at 1 mL/min, 40° C.
Method 16: (5-95CD_4 MIN_220 &254_POS): Instrument: SHIMADZU LC-MS-2020; Column: Kinetex® EVO C18 2.1×30 mm, 5 μm; Run Time: 4.0 min; Solvents A) 0.025% ammonium hydroxide in water (v/v) B) acetonitrile. The gradient runs with 5% B. Gradient: 5-95% B with A 3.0 min, hold at 95% B to 3.5 min; 5% B at 3.51 min and hold at 5% B to 4.0 min at 0.8 mL/min, 40° C.
Method 17: (10-80CD_2 MIN_220 &254): Instrument: Agilent 1200\G6110A; Column: XBridge C18 2.1×50 mm, 5 μm; Run Time: 2.0 min; Solvents A) 0.025% ammonium hydroxide in water (v/v) B) acetonitrile. The gradient runs with 10% B. Gradient: 10-80% B with A 1.2 min, hold at 95% B to 1.6 min; 10% B at 1.61 min and hold at 10% B to 2.0 min at 1.2 mL/min, 40° C.
Supercritical fluid chromatography (SFC) analysis was performed on a Shimadzu LC-30AD instrument. Column: kromasil 3-Cellucoat 50×4.6 mm, particle size 3 μm. Method: mobile phase: A: carbon dioxide, phase B: methanol (0.05% diethylamine), B in A from 0% to 95%, flow rate: 3.0 mL/min; wavelength: 220 nm
NMR
All NMR spectra were obtained using Bruker Avance 400 MHz spectrometers running ACD/Spectrus Processor.
Synthesis of Intermediate A
A solution of 7-azaindole 1.1 (95 g, 804 mmol) in dimethylformamide (500 mL) was cooled to 0° C., and then sodium hydride (38.6 g, 965 mmol) was added in several small portions, maintaining internal temperature below 10° C. The suspension was stirred at 0-5° C. for 1 h. 2-(Trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl chloride (171 mL, 965 mmol) was then added dropwise at 5-10° C. After addition was complete, the yellow suspension was then stirred at room temperature for 18 h. The mixture was quenched by slow addition of water until effervescence ceased, then diluted up to a total of 1.5 L with further water. This mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×1.5 L). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (2×1 L) and brine (2×1 L), dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated to provide compound 1.2 as an amber-coloured oil (199 g, 99% yield, 96% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ −0.08 (s, 1H), 0.89 (m, 2H), 3.52 (m, 2H), 5.68 (s, 2H), 6.50 (dd, 1H), 7.08 (dd, 1H), 7.34 (d, 1H), 7.90 (dd, 1H), 8.33 (dd, 1H).
A mechanically-stirred suspension of pyridinium tribromide (646 g, 2.02 mol) in 1,4-dioxane (900 mL) was cooled to 10-15° C. using an ice/water bath, and a solution of 1.2 (100 g, 403 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (500 mL) was added dropwise (NOTE: no significant exotherm is observed, but the reaction is kept cool to minimise formation of polymeric by-products). After stirring for 2 h at 10-15° C., the mixture was partitioned between water (1.5 L) and ethyl acetate (1.5 L). The ethyl acetate layer was collected and washed with water (2×1 L), saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (1 L), sodium thiosulfate solution (1M solution, 1 L) and brine (2×1 L). The ethyl acetate layer was dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated to provide compound 1.3 (144 g, 85% yield, 89% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ −0.03 (s, 9H), 0.97 (dd, 2H), 3.70 (dd, 2H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 7.87 (dd, 1H), 8.30 (dd, 1H).
To a mechanically-stirred solution of 1.3 (144 g, 341 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (2 L) was added saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (0.5 L). The suspension was cooled in an ice/salt/water bath to 5-10° C., and zinc powder (223 g, 3.41 mol) was added in portions. After half of the zinc had been added, the internal temperature peaked at 24° C., and no further significant exotherm was noted upon addition of the remaining zinc. After stirring for 2h at room temperature, the mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite® to remove excess zinc, washing with ethyl acetate (1 L). The filtrate was diluted with water (1.2 L), effecting precipitation of zinc bromide salts. This suspension was filtered through a further pad of Celite®. The organic layer was separated from the filtrate and washed with water (0.8 L) and brine (2×0.8 L), dried over magnesium sulfate, and evaporated to give a dark red oil. The crude material was purified by dry-flash chromatography (0-30% ethyl acetate in heptane) to provide compound 1.4 (53.7 g, 55% yield, 88% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ −0.03 (s, 9H), 0.98 (dd, 2H), 3.59 (s, 2H), 3.69 (dd, 2H), 5.25 (s, 2H), 6.97 (dd, 1H), 7.50 (dd, 1H), 8.22 (d, 1H).
A mechanically-stirred solution of borane-tetrahydrofuran complex (1M in THF, 1.23 L, 1.23 mol) was cooled to 0° C. A solution of 4-nitrophthalic acid (100 g, 472 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (1 L) was added dropwise over a period of 45 min, maintaining the internal temperature below 10° C. The cooling bath was then removed, and the mixture stirred overnight at room temperature. The stirred mixture was then once again cooled to 0° C., and methanol added slowly to destroy excess borane (until effervescence was no longer observed). The mixture was concentrated to 25-30% volume, and then diluted to 1 L with water. The mixture was adjusted to pH10 with 2M aqueous sodium hydroxide and extracted with ethyl acetate (5×1 L). The organic extracts were combined, dried over magnesium sulfate, and evaporated to provide compound 1.8 (85.5 g, 98% yield, 98% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ 4.60 (m, 4H), 5.44 (q, 2H), 7.67 (d, 1H), 8.09 (dd, 1H), 8.23 (dd, 1H).
A suspension of the diol 1.8 (95.5 g, 522 mmol) in dioxane (2 L) was cooled to 0° C., and phosphorous tribromide (54 mL, 573.7 mmol) added dropwise. Cooling was removed, and the mixture allowed to stir overnight at room temperature. The mixture was then poured carefully into a stirred 1.5 L solution of saturated sodium bicarbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×1 L). The organic extracts were dried over magnesium sulfate, and evaporated to provide compound 1.9 (153.9 g, 96% yield, 98% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ 4.66 (s, 2H), 4.67 (s, 2H), 7.56 (d, 1H), 8.16 (dd, 1H), 8.25 (d, 1H).
To a mechanically-stirred solution of compound 1.4 (55.0 g, 208 mmol) in dimethylformamide (1.65 L) was added 1.9 (70.8 g, 229 mmol). Caesium carbonate (238 g, 729 mmol) was then added in one portion. This suspension was stirred for 16 h at room temperature, then filtered through a Celite® pad, washing the filter cake with ethyl acetate (2 L). The filtrate was washed with water (3×1 L) and brine (1 L), then dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated to a deep red oil (96 g). This was purified by dry flash chromatography (eluting with 9:1 heptane/ethyl acetate, followed by 17:3 heptane/ethyl acetate, 8:2 heptane/ethyl acetate, 3:1 heptane/ethyl acetate, 7:3 heptane/ethyl acetate, and 13:7 heptane/ethyl acetate) to give a yellow/orange powder (60.1 g), which was triturated with diethyl ether to afford compound 1.5 (45 g, 53% yield, 97% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ −0.01 (s, 9H), 0.99 (dd, 2H), 3.18 (dd, 2H), 3.71 (m, 4H), 5.30 (s, 2H), 6.88 (dd, 2H), 7.08 (dd, 1H), 7.43 (d, 1H), 8.09 (m, 2H), 8.23 (dd, 1H).
To a mechanically-stirred solution of 1.5 (70 g, 170.3 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (1.1 L) was added saturated ammonium chloride solution (300 mL), followed by zinc powder (111 g, 1.70 mol), added in three portions. Internal temperature rose initially from 22° C. to 33° C., then cooling slowly over 1 h to ambient temperature. LC-MS analysis after 2.5 h indicated a mixture of product and hydroxylamine/nitroso intermediates. An additional 35 g zinc powder and 100 mL saturated ammonium chloride solution were added. After an additional 3.5 h, reduction was complete. The mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite®, washing the filter cake with ethyl acetate (1 L). The filtrate was washed with water (3×1 L), dried over magnesium sulfate, and evaporated to give an orange solid, which was triturated with diethyl ether to provide compound 1.6 as a pale-yellow powder (48.8 g). Repurification of the residue from the ethereal washings by flash chromatography (eluting 1:1 heptane/ethyl acetate), and further trituration with diethyl ether gave an additional 3 g of 1.6, giving a total of 51.8 g of 1.6 (80% yield, 95% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ −0.02 (s, 9H), 0.98 (m, 2H), 2.91 (d, 2H), 3.56 (dd, 2H), 3.69 (m, 2H), 5.29 (s, 2H), 6.59 (m, 2H), 6.82 (dd, 1H), 7.02 (d, 1H), 7.09 (dd, 1H), 8.18 (dd, 1H). UPLC-MS (short basic) rt 0.92 (382 [M+H]+).
Intermediate A
A solution of 1.6 (51.8 g, 136 mmol) in freshly-prepared hydrogen chloride in methanol [prepared to approximately 15% concentration (w/v)] was heated to reflux for 6 h. Once reaction was complete, heating was stopped, and the solution allowed to cool to room temperature overnight. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to a thick orange liquid, then diluted with water (300 mL), and the pH adjusted to 9 with saturated sodium carbonate solution. The aqueous mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3×500 mL), and 9:1 dichloromethane/methanol (3×500 mL). The combined organics were dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated to an orange solid, which was triturated with 2:1 dichloromethane/ethyl acetate (ca. 60 mL) to provide Intermediate A as a pale orange powder (21.5 g, 63% yield, 97% purity). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, 300 MHz): δ 2.84 (dd, 2H), 3.18 (dd, 2H), 4.94 (s, NH2), 6.41 (m, 2H), 6.81 (dd, 1H), 6.86 (d, 1H), 7.08 (dd, 1H), 8.01 (dd, 1H), 11.03 (s, NH). LC-MS Method 10: rt 0.751 (252 [M+H]+).
Synthesis of Intermediate B
2-Bromobenzaldehyde 2.1 (3.15 g, 17.0 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (20 mL) and p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (310 mg, 1.70 mmol) was added. The solution was warmed to 50° C. then trimethyl orthoformate (10 mL) was added slowly down the condenser. The reaction was then heated to reflux for 4 h. The mixture was cooled on ice water then triethylamine (3 mL) was added. The volatiles were removed then the mixture diluted with diethyl ether and water. The aqueous layer was extracted twice with diethyl ether. The organic extracts were combined, washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and the evaporated. The residue was purified via column chromatography (250 mL silica, 10-15% diethyl ether in hexane) to provide compound 2.2 as a colourless oil (3.45 g, 88%). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 3.39 (s, 6H), 5.56 (s, 1H), 7.20 (t, 1H), 7.33 (t, 1H), 7.57 (m, 2H).
Compound 2.2 (3.60 g, 15.6 mmol) was dissolved in dry tetrahydrofuran (35 mL) then cooled on dry ice/acetone. To this was added a solution of n-butyllithium (2.5 M in hexanes, 9.35 mL, 23.4 mmol) dropwise so that the internal temperature stayed below −60° C. (10 min addition). The reaction was stirred on dry ice/acetone for 70 min. To this was added N,N-dimethylformamide (2.43 mL, 31.2 mmol) in one portion. The mixture was stirred on dry ice/acetone for 60 min before being allowed to warm to room temperature over 1.5 h. Water was added then the mixture was extracted three times with diethyl ether. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate evaporated to provide compound 2.3 (2.92 g, quant.) as a straw-coloured oil, which was used without further purification. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 3.39 (s, 6H), 5.87 (s, 1H), 7.49 (t, 1H), 7.59 (t, 1H), 7.66 (d, 1H), 7.91 (d, 1H), 10.43 (s, 1H).
Compound 2.3 (8.0 g, 44.4 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (110 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (40 mL, 222 mmol) was added followed by methylamine hydrochloride (9.04 g, 133 mmol) and stirred for 5 min at room temperature. Magnesium sulfate was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 h. The mixture was filtered and washed with dichloromethane. The filtrate was washed twice with saturated sodium bicarbonate then the aqueous extracted twice with dichloromethane. The organic layers were combined, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to provide a colourless oil, which was dissolved in methanol (100 mL) and cooled in a water batch containing a little ice. Sodium borohydride (2.01 g, 53.3 mmol) was added in several small portions over 20 min then the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated to about quarter of its volume then poured into saturated sodium bicarbonate and extracted three times with ethyl acetate. The organics were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to provide compound 2.4 as a colourless oil (8.14 g, approximately 70% purity, with the remainder being ethyl acetate). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 2.45 (s, 3H), 3.33 (s, 6H), 3.80 (s, 2H), 5.58 (s, 1H), 7.31 (m, 3H), 7.53 (dd, 1H).
Compound 2.4 (8.14 g, -30.0 mmol) was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (100 mL) then saturated sodium bicarbonate (70 mL) was added followed by di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (7.85 g, 36.0 mmol) and the mixture was stirred rapidly at room temperature for 72 h. The reaction mixture was poured into saturated sodium bicarbonate and extracted three times with ethyl acetate. The organics were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated. The crude was purified via flash chromatography (250 mL silica, 2:1 to 1:2 heptane/ethyl acetate) to provide compound 2.5 as a colourless gum (7.20 g, 81%). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 1.45 (s, 9H), 2.85 (m, 3H), 3.31 (s, 6H), 4.58 (s, 2H), 5.42 (s, 1H), 7.19 (dd, 1H), 7.29 (m, 2H), 7.54 (dd, 1H)—a mixture of rotamers.
Compound 2.5 (0.43 g, 1.46 mmol) was dissolved in acetone (35 mL) then cooled on ice/water. p-Toluene sulfonic acid monohydrate (267 mg, 1.53 mmol) was added and the reaction stirred for 5 min before warming to room temperature for 15 min. The mixture was poured into saturated sodium bicarbonate and extracted three times with ethyl acetate. The combined organics were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to provide compound 2.6 as a colourless gum (0.35 g, 97%). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 1.41 (m, 9H), 2.90 (br s, 3H), 4.90 (s, 2H), 7.32 (d, 1H), 7.47 (t, 1H), 7.58 (t, 1H), 7.84 (d, 1H), 10.20 (s, 1H)—a mixture of rotamers.
Compound 2.6 (0.35 g, 1.42 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (12 mL) then N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.76 mL, 4.38 mmol) and glycine methyl ester hydrochloride (365 mg, 2.9 mmol) were added followed by magnesium sulfate. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 h. The mixture was poured into saturated sodium bicarbonate then the aqueous extracted three times with dichloromethane. The organic layers were combined, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated. The residue was dissolved in methanol (8 mL) under argon then sodium borohydride (71 mg, 1.9 mmol) was added in portions over 2 min, and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The reaction mixture was poured into saturated sodium bicarbonate and extracted three times with ethyl acetate. The combined organics were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to provide compound 2.7 as a colourless gum (0.44 g, 94%). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 1.46 (m, 9H), 2.82 (br s, 3H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 4.58 (s, 2H), 7.18 (m, 2H), 7.30 (m, 2H)—a mixture of rotamers.
Compound 2.7 (0.44 g, 1.37 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (12 mL) then N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.6 mL, 3.42 mmol) was added and the mixture was cooled on ice /water. Trifluoroacetic anhydride (211 mL, 1.51 mmol) was added dropwise, and the mixture was stirred on ice/water for 1.5 h. The mixture was poured into saturated sodium bicarbonate and extracted three times with dichloromethane. The organics were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to provide compound 2.8 as a colourless gum (595 mg, quant.). The material was used directly without purification or characterisation.
Compound 2.8 (595 mg, 1.37 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (10 mL) and 2.5 M sodium hydroxide (0.55 mL, 1.37 mmol) was added and the reaction stirred at room temperature for 22 h. The mixture was poured into water and extracted three times with ethyl acetate. The organics were washed with brine. The aqueous was saturated with sodium chloride and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organics were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to provide compound 2.9 as a colourless glass (433 mg, 78%). The material was used directly without purification or characterisation.
Compound 2.9 (45 mg, 0.11 mmol) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (48 μl, 0.27 mmol) was added followed by EDCI (28 mg, 0.13 mmol) and HOAt (18 mg, 0.13 mmol). Intermediate A (33 mg, 0.13 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 76 h. The mixture was poured into saturated sodium bicarbonate and extracted three times with ethyl acetate. The organics were washed three times with water, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (5 g SiO2, 2:1 to 1:1 heptane/ethyl acetate) to provide compound 2.10 (42 mg, 59%) as a colourless glass.
Intermediate B
Compound 2.10 (42 mg, 0.064 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (1 mL) and a solution of potassium carbonate (11.4 mg, 0.075 mmol) in water (0.15 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 h, and extra 2 drops of water added at 1 h. The mixture was poured into saturated sodium bicarbonate and extracted three times with ethyl acetate. The organics were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to provide Intermediate B as a colourless glass (40 mg, quant.). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.45 (s, 9H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 3.08 (dd, 2H), 3.45 (s, 2H), 3.52 (dd, 2H), 3.87 (s, 2H), 4.65 (s, 2H), 6.89 (dd, 1H), 7.13-7.29 (m, 5H), 7.38-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 8.05 (dd, 1H).
Synthesis of Intermediate C
A solution of 3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl bromide (5.00 g, 17.0 mmol) and cinchonidine (5.50 g, 17.8 mmol) in isopropanol was heated at reflux for 3.5 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was slowly poured into diethyl ether (250 mL) with stirring. The precipitated solids were collected by filtration and washed with diethyl ether (150 mL) and pentane (100 mL) to afford compound 3.1 (8.60 g, 84%). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.48 (m, 1H), 1.91 (m, 1H), 2.12 (m, 1H), 2.31 (m, 2H), 2.76 (s, br, 1H), 3.41 (t, 1H), 3.50 (dd, 1H), 3.71 (m, 1H), 4.02 (t, 1H), 4.58 (m, 1H), 5.03 (d, 1H), 5.19 (m, 2H), 5.37 (d, 1H), 5.71 (ddd, 1H), 6.67 (s, 1H), 7.98 (dddd, 2H), 8.15 (dd, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.34 (d, 1H), 8.98 (d, 1H); [α]D23=−139.5° (c 8.9, MeOH).
A mixture of compound 4.1 (20.00 g, 116 mmol) and sodium tert-butoxide (22.35 g, 232 mmol) in toluene (200 mL) was degassed under vacuum and purged with nitrogen three times. 2-Methylpropan-2-amine (12.75 g, 174 mmol), Pd2(dba)3 (266 mg, 0.29 mmol) and BINAP (434 mg, 0.70 mmol) were added at 25° C., and the mixture was degassed under vacuum and purged with nitrogen three times. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 10 min and then heated to 100° C. with stirring for 16 h under nitrogen. The mixture was poured into water (400 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×400 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (2×400 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was dissolved with ethyl acetate (200 mL) and poured into water (200 mL). The mixture was adjusted to pH3 by adding 1M hydrochloric acid and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×200 mL). The organic phases were discarded, and the aqueous phase adjusted to pH9 with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×200 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (200 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography, diluted with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=1:0 to 50:1 to provide compound 4.2 as a yellow oil (28.30 g, 73% yield, 98.9% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.50 (s, 9H), 2.04 (s, 3H), 4.00 (br. s, 1H), 6.44-6.48 (m, 1H), 7.17 (dd, 1H), 8.00 (d, 1H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.214 min, (165.2 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 4.2 (27.5 g, 167 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (150 mL) was added 2.5 M n-BuLi (73.67 mL, 184 mmol) dropwise under nitrogen at −40° C. The mixture was stirred at -10° C. for 0.5 h. Then methyl chloroformate (17.40 g, 184 mmol) was added slowly to the mixture at −40° C. The mixture was stirred at 10° C. for 1.5 h. The temperature was kept at −40° C. and 2.5 M n-BuLi (46.88 mL, 117 mmol) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred at −40° C. for 0.5 h. Diisopropylamine (23.72 g, 234 mmol) was added to the mixture under nitrogen at −40° C., followed by 2.5 M n-BuLi (107.16 mL, 267 mmol). The mixture was stirred at −40° C. for 0.5 h, and then at 20° C. for another 10 h. After the reaction completed, the mixture was cooled to 0° C. and methyl chloroformate (20.57 g, 218 mmol) added. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h. The mixture was adjusted to pH 3˜4 with 1 M hydrochloric acid. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×200 mL). The extracts were combined, washed with brine (100 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, diluted with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=100:1 to 50:1 to afford compound 4.3 as a red solid (36 g, 78% yield, 97% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.92 (s, 9H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 7.08 (dd, 1H), 7.89 (d, 1H), 8.14 (dd, 1H), 11.80 (br. s, 1H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.887 min, (249.1 [M+H]+).
To a solution of 4-nitrophthalic acid (50.0 g, 237 mmol) in methanol (500 mL) was added methanesulfonic acid (34.14 g, 355 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 16 h. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (500 mL). The solution was washed with saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate (2×500 mL), brine (500 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, compound 5.1 was obtained as a yellow solid (102.00 g, crude). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 3.97 (d, 6H), 7.86 (d, 2H), 8.41 (dd, 1H), 6.64 (d, 1H).
To a solution of compound 5.1 (37 g, 155 mmol) in methanol (500 mL) was added 10% Pd/C (2 g) under nitrogen. Then the mixture was degassed under vacuum and purged three times with hydrogen. The resulting mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 10 h. The catalyst was removed by filtration, and the filtrate concentrated in vacuum to provide compound 5.2 as a yellow solid (30 g, crude). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 6.66-6.70 (m, 2H), 7.62 (d, 1H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.723 min, (178.1, [M−OMe+H]+; 232.1 (M+Na)+).
To a solution of compound 5.2 (90.0 g, 430 mmol) in dimethylacetamide (500 mL) was added sodium iodide (12.9 g, 86.0 mmol), potassium carbonate (208.1 g, 1.51 mol) and benzyl chloride (163.4 g, 1.29 mol). The mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 15 h. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate poured into water (1 L). The mixture extracted with ethyl acetate (3×1 L). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (3×1 L) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, triturated with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=50:1-25:1 to provide compound 5.3 as a yellow oil (180.0 g, 97% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 4.62 (s, 4H), 6.74 (dd, 1H), 6.83 (d, 1H), 7.20 (d, 4H), 7.28-7.35 (m, 4H), 7.36-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.74 (d, 1H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 1.038 min, (390.3 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 5.3 (44.0 g, 113 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (500 mL) was added lithium aluminium hydride (7.74 g, 204 mmol) in portions over 1 h at −20° C. and the mixture stirred at 10° C. for 16 h. The reaction was quenched by cooling the mixture to 0° C. and adding water (10 mL), 10% aqueous sodium hydroxide (10 mL), water (10 mL) and sodium sulfate (50 g). The mixture was filtered, and the filtrate collected. The filter cake was washed with tetrahydrofuran (5×100 mL). The organic phases were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide compound 5.4 as a light-yellow solid (35.2 g, 93% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 2.97 (br. s, 2H), 4.57 (s, 2H), 4.59 (s, 2H), 4.69 (s, 4H), 6.65 (dd, 1H), 6.77 (d, 1H), 7.12 (d, 1H), 7.24-7.27 (d, 2H), 7.28-7.29 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.39 (m, 6H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.855 min, (334.1 [M+H]+).
A solution of thionyl chloride (83.1 g, 698 mmol) in acetonitrile (228 mL) was cooled to 0° C., and compound 5.4 (76.0 g, 228 mmol) was added in portions while keeping the internal temperature below 18° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 10 min. The mixture was diluted with MTBE (1 L), and left to stand for 2 h at 0° C. The crystals were collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to give compound 5.5 as a solid (68.0 g, 74% yield, HCl salt). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, 400 MHz) δ 4.43-4.77 (m, 8H), 6.62-6.63 (m, 1H), 6.87 (s, 1H), 7.22-7.32 (m, 11H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 1.012 min, (352.2 [M+H]+).
To a solution of NaOH (72 g, 1.80 mol) in water (60 mL) at room temperature was added toluene (130 mL) and compound 5.5 (4.7 g, 12.08 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature while bubbling argon through the solution for 5 min. Compound 4.3 (3.00 g, 12.1 mmol) was added in three portions over 10 min. Argon continued to be bubbled through the stirring solution for 15 min and compound 3.1 (700 mg, 1.2 mmol) was added in one portion at room temperature. This mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h under bubbling argon. Water (˜300 mL) was added [note: exothermic reaction] and the mixture stirred for ˜15 min while warming to room temperature. The two layers were separated, and the aqueous layer extracted with EtOAc. The combined extracts were washed with water, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to give the crude product of ˜90% purity, 83% ee. This product was dissolved in toluene (60 mL) at 60° C. Once totally dissolved, the mixture was warmed to room temperature and MeOH (180 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h, and the resulting crystals were collected by filtration and washed with MeOH to give the product (61%, 96% ee). The product was recrystallised using toluene (50 mL) and MeOH (120 mL) to give compound 6.1 (3.1 g, 52% yield, >99% ee). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 8.14 (m, 1H), 7.30 (m, 10H), 7.05 (m, 2H), 6.78 (m, 1H), 6.67 (s, br, 2H), 4.67 (s, br, 4H), 3.48 (d, 2H), 2.87 (dd, 2H), 1.82 (s, 9H); LC-MS Method 1: rt 1.215 min, (488.27 [M+H]+); Chiral HPLC: Phenomenex® Lux 3 μm Cellulose-1 column; nhexane:isopropanol/95:5; flow rate=1.0 mL/min; detection at 254 nm.
Compound 6.1 (26.8 g, 55.0 mmol) was dissolved with methanesulfonic acid (67 mL) at 20° C. and toluene (10 mL) added. The resulting mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 3 h, poured into water (100 mL) and adjusted to pH10 with sodium carbonate. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×100 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (100 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, triturated with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=5:1 to 0:1 to provide compound 6.2 as a yellow solid (20 g, 83% yield). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, 400 MHz) δ 2.96 (d, 2H), 3.22 (d, 2H), 4.67 (s, 4H), 6.54 (dd, 1H), 6.63 (s, 1H), 6.68 (dd, 1H), 6.98 (d, 1H), 7.19-7.35 (m, 11H), 8.09 (d, 1H), 11.03 (s, 1H). LC-MS Method 2: rt 0.884 min, (432.2 [M+H]+).
Intermediate C
To a solution of compound 6.2 (20 g, 46.35 mmol) in methanol (200 mL) was added 10% Pd/C (1.5 g) and methanesulfonic acid (7.15 g, 74.42 mmol). The mixture was degassed under vacuum and purged three times with hydrogen. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 16 h under a hydrogen-filled balloon. The catalyst was removed by filtration and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved with tetrahydrofuran (100 mL), and saturated aqueous sodium carbonate added until pH=8. The mixture was filtered to give a pink solid. The solid was dissolved was tetrahydrofuran (100 mL), dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, Intermediate C was obtained as a light-yellow solid (10.8 g, 83% yield, 90.2% purity). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, 400 MHz) δ 2.92 (dd, 2H), 3.33 (dd, 2H), 4.95 (s, 2H), 6.44-6.48 (m, 2H), 6.84-6.92 (m, 2H), 7.13 (d, 1H), 8.05 (d, 1H), 11.04 (s, 1H). LC-MS Method 10: rt 0.751 min, (252.11 [M+H]+); chiral HPLC: Phenomenex® Lux 3 μm Cellulose-1 column; nhexane:isopropanol/40:60; flow rate=0.5 mL/min; detection at 220 nm.
Synthesis of Intermediate D
To a solution of compound 2.9 (4.50 g, 11.1 mmol) and Intermediate C (2.80 g, 11.1 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was added EDCI (2.56 g, 13.3 mmol), DIEA (3.60 g, 27.8 mmol) and HOAt (1.82 g, 13.3 mmol), and the mixture stirred at 25° C. for 2 h. Water (100 mL) was added, and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate (3×100 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with 0.5 M hydrochloric acid (2×100 mL) then saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (100 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, compound 7.1 was obtained as a yellow solid (6.1 g, 83% yield, 96% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.44-1.47 (m, 9H), 2.82-2.91 (m, 3H), 3.04 (d, 2H), 3.57-3.63 (m, 2H), 4.02-4.12 (m, 2H), 4.44-4.49 (m, 2H), 4.85-4.88 (m, 2H), 6.83 (t, 1H), 7.07 (dd, 1H), 7.17-7.23 (m, 4H), 7.30-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.44-7.52 (m, 1H), 8.00 (br. s, 1H), 8.13 (d, 1H).
Intermediate D
To a solution of compound 7.1 (6.10 g, 9.57 mmol) in methanol (60 mL) and water (15 mL) was added potassium carbonate (2.64 g, 19.1 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 h and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (200 mL) and extracted with 0.5 M hydrochloric acid (2×100 mL). The organic phase was discarded. The aqueous phase was adjusted to pH9 with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×100 mL). The organic phases were combined and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, Intermediate D was obtained as a yellow solid (4.50 g, 86% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.48 (s, 9H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 3.05 (dd, 2H), 3.47 (s, 2H), 3.64 (dd, 2H), 3.89 (s, 2H), 4.64 (s, 2H), 6.81 (dd, 1H), 7.07 (dd, 1H), 7.19-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.30-7.34 (m, 4H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 8.13 (dd, 1H), 8.49 (br. s, 1H), 9.26 (br. s, 1H).
Compound 8A.1 (0.49 g, 2.00 mmol) was dissolved in 3.0 M hydrochloric acid in CPME (5 ml), and the mixture stirred at room temperature overnight. Volatiles were removed (azeotropic distillation from toluene) to provide compound 8A.2 as a colourless solid (350 mg, 97%). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 300 MHz) δ 1.28 (s, 3H), 1.65 (dt, 2H), 2.36 (d, 2H), 3.05 (dt, 2H), 3.30 (m, 2H).
Compound 8A.2 (347 mg, 1.93 mmol) was dissolved in pyridine (2 mL) and acetic anhydride (0.23 mL, 2.32 mol) was added, and the mixture stirred at room temperature overnight. Volatiles were removed, and ethyl acetate (-15 mL) and 2.0 M HCl solution (4 mL) were added. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to provide compound 8A.3 as a colourless solid (204 mg, 57%). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 300 MHz) δ 1.28 (s, 3H), 1.40 (dt, 2H), 2.10 (s, 3H), 2.14 (m, 2H), 2.92 (dt, 1H), 3.26 (dt, 1H), 3.62 (m, 1H), 4.24 (m, 1H).
Compound 8A.3 (100 mg, 0.54 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (4 mL) and 1-chloro-N,N-2-trimethyl-1-propenylamine (78 μL, 0.59 mmol) was added under argon. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. A further portion of 1-chloro-N,N-2-trimethyl-1-propenylamine (78 μL, 0.59 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for 2 h. Volatiles were removed to provide the crude product in quantitative yield, which was used immediately without purification. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.54 (dt, 2H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.21 (m, 2H), 3.16 (br, m, 2H), 3.62 (br, 1H), 4.19 (br, s, 1H).
A mixture of compound 8B.1 (5.00 g, 19.4 mmol) in 4M HCl/dioxane (50 mL) was stirred at 20° C. for 30 min and concentrated in vacuum to provide compound 8B.2 as a yellow solid (3.76 g, HCl salt). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.29 (s, 3H), 1.64-1.72 (m, 2H), 2.30 (d, 2H), 3.02 (td, 2H), 3.28-3.32 (m, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H).
To a solution of compound 8B.2 (3.0 g, 15.5 mmol, HCl salt) in DMF (30 mL) was added triethylamine (7.84 g, 77.4 mmol) and CbzOSu (5.79 g, 23.2 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 24 h, quenched with water (30 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×50 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=30:1˜20:1, to provide compound 8B.3 as a yellow oil (3.8 g, 40% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.22 (s, 3H), 1.34-1.43 (m, 2H), 2.11 (d, 2H), 2.99-3.15 (m, 2H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.84-3.91 (m, 2H), 5.13 (s, 2H), 7.31-7.37 (m, 5H).
To a solution of compound 8B.3 (3.8 g, 13.0 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (30 mL) and methanol (5 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide (2.61 g, 65.2 mmol) in water (10 mL). The mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 12 h, added to water (30 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×30 mL). The organic phases were discarded. The aqueous phase was acidified with 1M hydrochloric acid (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×30 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (3×30 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by reverse phase flash chromatography (MeCN:H2O=0˜95%, 0.1% HCl). After extraction, compound 86.4 was obtained as a yellow oil (2.5 g, 69% yield, 100% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.28 (s, 3H), 1.41-1.49 (m, 2H), 2.11 (d, 2H), 3.11-3.23 (m, 2H), 3.82-4.01 (m, 2H), 5.13 (s, 2H), 7.32-7.39 (m, 5H).
Compound 8A.1 (200 mg, 0.82 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (5 mL) and 1-chloro-N,N-2-trimethyl-1-propenylamine (120 μL, 0.91 mol) was added under argon. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 h. Volatiles were removed to provide the crude product in quantitative yield and it was used immediately without further purification. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 1.35 (s, 3H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.50 (dt, 2H), 3.07 (dt, 2H), 3.74 (m, 2H).
To a solution of Intermediate B (50 mg, 0.092 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL) under an argon atmosphere was added N,N-diisopropylethylamine (44 μL, 0.28 mmol) and compound 8A.4 (73 mg, 0.18 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 h, poured into saturated sodium bicarbonate and extracted three times with dichloromethane. The organic extracts were combined, dried over magnesium sulfate and filtered, and the filtrate evaporated. The residue was purified via flash silica chromatography (5 g SiO2, 3-12% MeOH in ethyl acetate) to provide compound 9.1 as a colourless glass (64 mg, 98%).
To a solution of compound 9.1 (14 mg, 0.020 mmol) in methanol (0.4 mL) and ethyl acetate (0.4 mL) was added 1M hydrochloric acid (60 μL), and the mixture stirred at room temperature overnight. Volatiles were removed under vacuum, and the crude material was purified by HPLC (HP C18, ID 22 mm, length 150 mm, flow 16 mL/min: 5-55% acetonitrile water/acetonitrile 0.1% TFA over 20 min), then freeze-dried to provide Example 1 as a white solid (9 mg, 59%, TFA salt, 99% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.40 (s, 3H), 1.54 (m, 2H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 2.24 (m, 2H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 3.13 (dd, 2H), 3.18 (m, br, 1H), 3.45 (m, br, 1H), 3.53 (m, 2H), 3.67 (m, 1H), 3.97 (m, 1H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.60 (s, br, 2H), 4.61 (s, br, 2H), 6.97 (dd, 1H), 7.25 (m, 2H), 7.44 (m, 5H), 7.56 (d, 1H), 8.09 (dd, 1H); 19F NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ −77.3.
Compound 10.1 was prepared according to the procedure for compound 9.1 using Intermediate B (50 mg, 0.092 mmol) and 8C.1 (73 mg, 0.180 mmol). Purification by flash silica chromatography (5 g SiO2, ethyl acetate) provided compound 10.1 (quantitative) as a colourless glass.
To a solution of compound 10.1 (16 mg, 0.021 mmol) in methanol (0.4 mL) and ethyl acetate (0.4 mL) was added 1M hydrochloric acid (60 μL). The mixture stirred at room temperature overnight. Volatiles were removed under vacuum and the crude material was purified by prep-HPLC (HP C18, ID 22 mm, length 150 mm, flow 16 mL/min: 5-55% acetonitrile water /acetonitrile 0.1% TFA over 20 min) then freeze-dried to provide compound Example 2 as a white solid (9 mg, 51% yield, bis-TFA salt, 99% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.44 (s, 3H), 1.75 (m, 2H), 2.45 (m, 2H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 3.12 (m, 3H), 3.30 (m, br, 3H), 3.53 (m, 2H), 4.34 (s, br, 2H), 4.63 (s, br, 2H), 4.77 (s, br, 2H), 6.96 (dd, 1H), 7.23 (m, 2H), 7.45 (m, 6H), 8.08 (dd, 1H); 19F NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ −77.2; MS (567 [M+H]+).
Synthesis of Intermediate E
To a solution of compound 8B.4 (1.23 g, 4.43 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added thionyl chloride (2.64 g, 22.2 mmol) and dimethyl formamide (8.10 mg, 0.112 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was dissolved with dichloromethane (10 mL) and added to a solution of Intermediate B (1.20 g, 2.22 mmol) and triethylamine (897 mg, 8.86 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL). The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 2 h, poured into water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (20 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=5:1 to 1:1, to provide 1.10 g of impure desired product, which was purified with prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi Max-RP 250×50 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 45-75%, 20-50 min). The fractions were extracted with ethyl acetate (3×80 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, compound 11.1 (700 mg, 40% yield) was obtained as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.36 (s, 3H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.60-1.66 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.21 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.02 (dd, 2H), 3.23-3.42 (m, 2H), 3.61 (dd, 2H), 3.65 (d, 2H), 3.92-4.12 (m, 2H), 4.46 (s, 2H), 4.90 (s, 2H), 5.11 (s, 2H), 6.81 (dd, 1H), 7.06 (d, 1H), 7.13-7.23 (m, 4H), 7.29-7.37 (m, 7H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 8.12 (dd, 1H), 8.35 (br. s, 1H), 8.79 (s, 1H).
Intermediate E
To a solution of compound 11.1 (300 mg, 0.37 mmol) in methanol (3 mL) was added 10% Pd/C (20 mg) and trifluoroacetic acid (42.7 mg, 0.37 mmol). The mixture was degassed and purged with hydrogen three times and stirred at 25° C. under a hydrogen-filled balloon for 16 h. The suspension was filtered, and the filtrate adjusted to pH10 with ammonium hydroxide. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the residue was dissolved with methanol (3 mL) and diluted with water (10 mL). The suspension was filtered to give compound Intermediate E as a white solid (200 mg, 80% yield). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.38 (d, 3H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.46-1.51 (m, 2H), 2.20-2.24 (m, 2H), 2.69-2.79 (m, 4H), 2.95-3.04 (m, 3H), 3.08 (d, 2H), 3.50 (dd, 2H), 3.97-4.11 (m, 2H), 4.49 (s, 2H), 4.85-4.88 (m, 2H), 6.86 (dd, 1H), 7.12 (dd, 1H), 7.21-7.37 (m, 6H), 7.57 (s, 1H), 8.04 (dd, 1H).
Synthesis of Intermediate F
To a solution of compound 8B.4 (1.02 g, 3.69 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added thionyl chloride (2.20 g, 18.5 mmol) and dimethyl formamide (6.75 mg, 0.092 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 0.5 h and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was dissolved with dichloromethane (10 mL) and added to a solution of Intermediate D (1.00 g, 1.85 mmol) and triethylamine (1.12 g, 11.1 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL). The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 12 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with water (30 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (3×30 mL). The organic phases were combined and dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate 5:1 to 0:1, to provide compound 12.1 as a yellow solid (1.30 g, 80% yield, 91.0% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 6.1.37 (s, 3H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.58-1.63 (m, 2H), 2.11-2.17 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.02-3.08 (dd, 2H), 3.26-3.38 (m, 2H), 3.60-3.65 (dd, 2H), 3.69-3.72 (m, 2H), 3.98-4.10 (br. s, 2H), 4.46 (s, 2H), 4.83-4.95 (s, 2H), 5.11 (s, 2H), 6.82 (dd, 1H), 7.07 (dd, 1H), 7.13-7.24 (m, 4H), 7.31-7.37 (m, 7H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 8.03 (br. s, 1H), 8.10 (dd, 1H), 8.28 (br. s, 1H).
Intermediate F
To a solution of compound 12.1 (1.42 g, 1.77 mmol) in methanol (20 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (202 mg, 1.77 mmol) and 10% Pd/C (200 mg). The mixture was degassed under vacuum and purged with hydrogen three times. The suspension was stirred at 15° C. for 15 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and ammonium hydroxide (0.3 mL) added to the filtrate. The mixture was concentrated in vacuum to provide compound Intermediate F as a yellow solid (1.10 g 92% yield, 99.3% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.40 (s, 3H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.65-1.71 (m, 2H), 2.43 (d, 2H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 3.05 (d, 2H), 3.20-3.30 (m, 2H), 3.48-3.54 (dd, 2H), 4.09 (br. s, 1H), 4.23-4.38 (m, 1H), 4.50 (s, 2H), 4.72-4.82 (m, 2H), 4.82-4.92 (m, 2H), 6.86 (dd, 1H), 7.12 (d, 1H), 7.21-7.37 (m, 6H), 7.58 (s, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H).
To a solution of Intermediate F (20 mg, 0.030 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 0.5 h and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Prime C18 150×30 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 15-35%, 8 min). After lyophilisation, the product was obtained as a white solid (11 mg, 47% yield, bis-TFA salt, 100% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.31 (s, 3H), 1.69-1.77 (m, 2H), 2.46 (d, 2H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 3.13 (d, 2H), 3.53 (dd, 2H), 4.34 (s, 2H), 4.78-4.79 (m, 4H), 6.91 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.17 (d, 1H), 7.27 (d, 1H), 7.44-7.56 (m, 5H), 8.07 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 4: rt 1.730 min.
General Route A
Step 1: To a solution of acid (RCO2H) (1.5-2.0 eq.) in DMF (1-5 mL) was added EDCI (1.5-2.0 eq.), HOAt (1.5-2.0 eq.) and DIEA (1.5-2.0 eq.) at room temperature. Intermediate E or Intermediate F (25-70 mg, 0.075-0.105 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2-16 h. The reaction was followed by either TLC or LC-MS. The mixture was poured into water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with 1M hydrochloric acid (10 mL), brine (10 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the crude product, 13.1 or 13.3, was used directly in the next step or purified by silica gel column chromatography.
Step 2: Compound 13.1 or 13.3 (30-100 mg) in a solution of TFA/dichloromethane (1/5, 1˜5 mL) was stirred for 0.5-2 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC or LC-MS. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum, and the residue purified by prep-HPLC to provide product 13.2 or 13.4.
General Route A from Intermediate E (40 mg). The product from Step 1 was used directly, after extraction and concentration. Purification after Step 2 was conducted by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 14-44%, 12 min) to provide Example 4 as a white solid (21 mg, 44% yield, TFA salt). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.41 (s, 3H), 1.50-1.63 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.19 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.06 (d, 2H), 3.31-3.36 (m, 2H), 3.47-3.53 (m, 3H), 4.11-4.14 (m, 1H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 4.50-4.85 (m, 4H), 6.91 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 7.33-7.52 (m, 11H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 9: rt 2.541 min, (671 [M+H]+).
General Route A from Intermediate E (40 mg). The product from Step 1 was used directly, after extraction and concentration. Purification after Step 2 was conducted by prep-HPLC (column: Boston pH-lex 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 23-43%, 8 min) to provide Example 5 as a white solid (17 mg, 35% yield, TFA salt, 98.3% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.37 (s, 3H), 1.44-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.77-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.92-2.03 (m, 1H), 2.15-2.27 (m, 6H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.07-3.19 (m, 3H), 3.34-3.41 (m, 2H), 3.48-3.54 (m, 3H), 3.90 (d, 1H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 4.53-4.74 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.33-7.54 (m, 6H), 8.05 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.602 min, (649 [M+H]+).
General Route A from Intermediate E (40 mg). The product from Step 1 was used directly, after extraction and concentration. Purification after Step 2 was conducted by prep-HPLC (column: Boston pH-lex 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 16-36%, 8 min) to provide Example 6 as a yellow solid (24 mg, 53% yield, TFA salt, 95.8% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.41 (s, 3H), 1.52-1.69 (m, 2H), 2.17-2.34 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.07-3.11 (d, 2H), 3.34-3.39 (m, 3H), 3.50 (dd, 2H), 4.15-4.18 (d, 1H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 4.53-4.74 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 7.32-7.36 (m, 1H), 7.41-7.53 (m, 5H), 7.63-7.64 (m, 2H), 8.05 (dd, 1H), 8.73 (d, 2H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.331 min, (672 [M+H]+).
General Route A from Intermediate F (50 mg). The product from Step 1 was used directly, after extraction and concentration. Purification after Step 2 was conducted by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 5-35%, 9 min) to provide Example 7 as a white solid (38 mg, 72% yield, bis-TFA salt, 97.8% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.41-1.55 (m, 4H), 1.93-1.97 (m, 2H), 2.04-2.09 (m, 1H), 2.18-2.28 (m, 2H), 2.36 (d, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.02 (td, 2H), 3.07 (dd, 2H), 3.16-3.24 (m, 1H), 3.34-3.43 (m, 3H), 3.52 (dd, 2H), 3.66-3.71 (m, 1H), 3.95-3.98 (m, 1H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 4.53-4.74 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 7.33-7.48 (m, 5H), 7.53 (d, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 8: rt 1.833 min, (692 [M+H]+).
General Route A from Intermediate F (50 mg). The product from Step 1 was used directly, after extraction and concentration. Purification after Step 2 was conducted by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 5-35%, 9 min) to provide Example 8 as a white solid (38 mg, 69% yield, bis-TFA salt, 97.1% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.50-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.62-1.72 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.28 (m, 3H), 2.50-2.57 (m, 1H), 2.65-2.72 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.85-2.90 (m, 1H), 3.07 (d, 2H), 3.18-3.24 (m, 2H), 3.33-3.39 (m, 2H), 3.48-3.54 (m, 3H), 3.63-3.67 (m, 1H), 3.95-3.98 (m, 1H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 4.53-4.74 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 7.33-7.48 (m, 5H), 7.53 (d, 1H), 8.05 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 8: rt 1.824 min, (678 [M+H]+). SFC: rt 2.313 min, 100% ee.
General Route A from Intermediate F (50 mg). The product from Step 1 was used directly, after extraction and concentration. Purification after Step 2 was conducted by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 5-35%, 9 min) to provide Example 9 as a white solid (36 mg, 65% yield, bis-TFA salt, 97.8% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.50-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.93 (m, 4H), 2.19-2.31 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.02-3.31 (m, 5H), 3.17-3.19 (m, 1H), 3.38-3.43 (m, 2H), 3.48-3.54 (m, 3H), 3.75-3.78 (m, 1H), 3.95-3.99 (m, 1H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 4.53-4.74 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 7.33-7.48 (m, 5H), 7.53 (d, 1H), 8.05 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 8: rt 1.806 min, (678 [M+H]+).
General Route A from Intermediate F (50 mg). The product from Step 1 was used directly, after extraction and concentration. Purification after Step 2 was conducted by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Prime C18 150×30 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 16-36%, 8 min) to provide Example 10 as a white solid (37 mg, 69% yield, bis-TFA salt, 97.6% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.41 (s, 3H), 1.53-1.66 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.30 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.06 (d, 2H), 3.33-3.37 (m, 1H), 3.48-3.51 (m, 3H), 3.51-3.68 (m, 1H), 4.05-4.19 (m, 1H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 4.53-4.74 (m, 4H), 6.88-6.92 (m, 2H), 7.01 (d, 1H), 7.14 (dd, 1H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 7.33-7.53 (m, 6H), 7.86 (dd, 1H), 8.05 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 8: rt 1.896 min, (687 [M+H]+).
General Route A from Intermediate F (50 mg). The product from Step 1 was used directly, after extraction and concentration. Purification after Step 2 was conducted by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 5-35%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, Example 11 was obtained as a white solid (35 mg, 56% yield, TFA salt, 99% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.24 (s, 3H), 1.40-1.52 (m, 2H), 1.55-1.56 (m, 1H), 2.25-2.26 (m, 3H), 2.50-2.57 (m, 1H), 2.69-2.72 (m, 2H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.84-2.90 (m, 1H), 3.09 (d, 2H), 3.18-3.25 (m, 2H), 3.34-3.39 (m, 2H), 3.50-3.56 (m, 3H), 3.65-3.67 (m, 1H), 3.95-4.00 (m, 1H), 4.34 (s, 2H), 4.57-4.73 (m, 4H), 6.91 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.27 (d, 1H), 7.42-7.48 (m, 5H), 7.50 (d, 1H), 8.07 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 4: rt 1.807 min, (678 [M+H]+).
General Route A from Intermediate F (60 mg). The product from Step 1 was used directly, after extraction and concentration. Purification after Step 2 was conducted by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 10-40%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, Example 12 was obtained as a white solid (38 mg, 52% yield, TFA salt, 98.3% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.41 (s, 3H), 1.46-1.60 (m, 3H), 1.67-1.72 (m, 3H), 2.10 (s, 3H), 2.26 (dd, 2H), 2.73 (t, 1H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.94-2.99 (m, 1H), 3.09-3.15 (m, 3H), 3.19-3.22 (m, 2H), 3.34-3.35 (m, 2H), 3.50-3.56 (m, 3H), 3.78-3.97 (m, 3H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.49 (d, 2H), 6.91 (dd, 1H), 7.17 (dd, 1H), 7.26 (d, 1H), 7.35-7.57 (m, 6H), 8.07 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 4: rt 2.056 min, (720 [M+H]+).
General Route A from Intermediate F (50 mg). The product from Step 1 was used directly, after extraction and concentration. Purification after Step 2 was conducted by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 5-35%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, Example 13 was obtained as a white solid (20 mg, 30% yield, bis-TFA salt, 98.6% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.43 (s, 3H), 1.56-1.63 (m, 2H), 2.24-2.32 (m, 2H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 3.23 (d, 2H), 3.32-3.33 (m, 1H), 3.53 (m, 3H), 3.77-3.81 (m, 1H), 3.99-4.00 (m, 1H), 4.17 (s, 2H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.50-4.85 (m, 4H), 6.91 (dd, 1H), 7.17 (d, 1H), 7.27 (d, 1H), 7.45-7.50 (m, 5H), 7.55 (d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 2H), 8.08 (dd, 1H), 8.76 (d, 2H). LC-MS Method 4: rt 1.805 min, (686 [M+Na]+).
General Route A from Intermediate E (45 mg). The product from Step 1 was used directly, after extraction and concentration. Purification after Step 2 was conducted by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 10-40%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, Example 14 was obtained as a white solid (23 mg, 39% yield, bis-TFA salt, 100% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.32 (s, 3H), 1.46-1.57 (m, 2H), 2.09-2.22 (m, 2H), 2.71 (s, 3H), 2.97 (d, 2H), 3.33-3.44 (m, 5H), 4.05 (d, 1H), 4.23 (s, 2H), 4.37-4.76 (m, 4H), 6.81 (dd, 1H), 7.06 (d, 1H), 7.13 (d, 1H), 7.33-7.43 (m, 6H), 7.58 (s, 1H), 7.96-7.97 (m, 2H), 8.60 (s, 2H). LC-MS Method 3: rt 2.764 min, (672 [M+H]+), purity 100%.
General Route A from Intermediate E (45 mg). The product from Step 1 was used directly, after extraction and concentration. Purification after Step 2 was conducted by prep-HPLC column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 12-42%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, Example 15 was obtained as a white solid (12 mg, 17% yield, TFA salt, 99.7% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.43 (s, 3H), 1.56-1.70 (m, 2H), 2.23 (dd, 2H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 3.12 (d, 2H), 3.37-3.39 (m, 2H), 3.50-3.56 (m, 3H), 4.17 (d, 1H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.86-4.87 (m, 4H), 6.81 (dd, 1H), 7.06 (d, 1H), 7.13 (d, 1H), 7.32-7.36 (m, 1H), 7.40-7.53 (m, 6H), 7.58 (d, 1H), 7.95 (t, 1H), 8.07 (dd, 1H), 8.58 (d, 1H). LC-MS Method 9: rt 2.401 min, (672 [M+H]+).
General Route A from Intermediate F (50 mg). The product from Step 1 was used directly, after extraction and concentration. Purification after Step 2 was conducted by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 12-42%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, Example 16 was obtained as a white solid (21 mg, 40% yield, TFA salt, 99.5% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.06 (dd, 6H), 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.46-1.56 (m, 2H), 2.16-2.23 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.88-2.94 (m, 1H), 3.08-3.19 (m, 3H), 3.40-3.55 (m, 3H), 3.70-3.77 (m, 1H), 3.91-4.01 (m, 1H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 4.50-4.75 (m, 4H), 6.89-6.94 (m, 1H), 7.18-7.21 (m, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.35-7.55 (m, 6H), 8.06 (d, 1H). LC-MS Method 2: rt 0.653 min, (637.3 [M+H]+).
General Route A from Intermediate F (50 mg). The product from Step 1 was used directly, after extraction and concentration. Purification after Step 2 was conducted by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 12-42%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, Example 17 was obtained as a white solid (21 mg, 40% yield, TFA salt, 100.0% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.40 (s, 3H), 1.51-1.61 (m, 2H), 2.28 (t, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.10 (dd, 2H), 3.20-3.25 (m, 1H), 3.44-3.55 (m, 3H), 3.71-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.96-4.04 (m, 1H), 4.34 (s, 2H), 4.45-4.80 (m, 4H), 6.43 (t, 1H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (dd, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.35-7.55 (m, 6H), 8.07 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 2: rt 0.638 min, (645.2 [M+H]+).
General Route A from Intermediate F (50 mg). The product from Step 1 was used directly, after extraction and concentration. Purification after Step 2 was conducted by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 10-40%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, Example 18 was obtained as a white solid (28 mg, 54% yield, TFA salt, 99.6% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.41 (s, 3H), 1.54-1.69 (m, 2H), 2.19 (d, 1H), 2.34 (d, 1H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.01-3.21 (m, 3H), 3.37-3.55 (m, 4H), 4.12-4.21 (m, 1H), 4.34 (s, 2H), 4.44-4.80 (m, 4H), 6.91 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (dt, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.32-7.55 (m, 7H), 8.06 (dd, 1H), 8.86 (d, 2H). LC-MS Method 2: rt 0.615 min, (673.3 [M+H]+).
General Route A from Intermediate F (50 mg). The product from Step 1 was used directly, after extraction and concentration. Purification after Step 2 was conducted by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 12-42%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, Example 19 was obtained as a white solid (39 mg, 76% yield, TFA salt, 98.6% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ1.42 (s, 3H), 1.56-1.70 (m, 2H), 2.21-2.36 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.10 (d, 2H), 3.40-3.55 (m, 4H), 3.58-3.66 (m, 1H), 4.12-4.21 (m, 1H), 4.34 (s, 2H), 4.44-4.82 (m, 4H), 6.89-6.95 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.21 (m, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.34-7.55 (m, 6H), 8.07 (d, 1H), 8.61 (s, 1H), 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.80 (s, 1H). LC-MS Method 2: rt 0.633 min, (673.3 [M+H]+).
General Route A from Intermediate E (50 mg). The product from Step 1 was used directly, after extraction and concentration. Purification after Step 2 was conducted by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 12-42%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, Example 20 was obtained as a white solid (4.7 mg, 27% yield, TFA salt, 97.8% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.77-0.85 (m, 4H), 1.40 (s, 3H), 1.46-1.59 (m, 2H), 1.88-1.94 (m, 1H), 2.14-2.33 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.07 (dd, 2H), 3.16-3.21 (m, 1H), 3.48-3.59 (m, 3H), 3.92-4.01 (m, 2H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 4.60-4.82 (m, 4H), 6.89 (dd, 1H), 7.14 (d, 1H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 7.34-7.54 (m, 6H), 8.05 (d, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.738 min, (635.4 [M+H]+).
General Route A from Intermediate E (50 mg). The product from Step 1 was used directly, after extraction and concentration. Purification after Step 2 was conducted by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 12-42%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, Example 21 was obtained as a white solid (4.5 mg, 22% yield, TFA salt, 97.5% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.46-1.59 (m, 2H), 2.17-2.29 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.09 (dd, 2H), 3.13-3.20 (m, 1H), 3.32-3.34 (m, 1H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 3.52 (dd, 2H), 3.60-3.64 (m, 1H), 3.90-4.00 (m, 1H), 4.10 (q, 2H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 4.85-4.90 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.33-7.50 (m, 5H), 7.51-7.55 (m, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.425 min, (639.2 [M+H]+).
General Route A from Intermediate E (50 mg). The product from Step 1 was used directly, after extraction and concentration. Purification after Step 2 was conducted by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 12-42%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, Example 22 was obtained as a white solid (7.7 mg, 32% yield, bis-TFA salt, 97.8% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.40 (s, 3H), 1.48-1.52 (m, 2H), 2.19-2.34 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.10 (d, 2H), 3.25-3.28 (m, 1H), 3.32-3.34 (m, 1H), 3.47-3.56 (m, 3H), 3.90 (q, 2H), 3.98-4.06 (m, 1H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 4.85-4.89 (m, 4H), 6.87-6.92 (m, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.33-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.40-7.51 (m, 4H), 7.52-7.58 (m, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.446 min, (624.5 [M+H]+).
General Route A from Intermediate F (50 mg). The product from Step 1 was extracted and purified by prep-TLC. Purification after Step 2 was conducted by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 12-42%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, Example 23 was obtained as a white solid (19 mg, 61% yield, bis-TFA salt, 98.9% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.40-1.47 (m, 6H), 1.54 (q, 2H), 2.29 (t, 2H), 2.64 (d, 3H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.08 (d, 2H), 3.17-3.23 (m, 1H), 3.43-3.55 (m, 3H), 3.58-3.67 (m, 1H), 3.98-3.41 (m, 1H), 4.30-4.37 (m, 3H), 4.57-4.83 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.35-7.57 (m, 6H), 8.07 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 9: rt 2.140 min, (652.4 [M+H]+).
General Route A from Intermediate F (50 mg). The product from Step 1 was extracted and purified by prep-TLC. Purification after Step 2 was conducted by prep-HPLC (column: Boston pH-lex 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 20-40%, 8 min). After lyophilisation, Example 24 was obtained as a white solid (37 mg, 70% yield, TFA salt, 99.1% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.43 (s, 3H), 1.53-1.70 (m, 2H), 2.14-2.39 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.09 (d, 2H), 3.35-3.44 (m, 2H), 3.46-3.56 (m, 3H), 4.07-4.19 (m, 1H), 4.34 (s, 2H), 4.44-4.82 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.30-7.37 (m, 1H), 7.39-7.55 (m, 5H), 7.62 (dd, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H), 8.92 (d, 1H), 9.18 (s, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.616 min, (673.4 [M+H]+).
General Route A from Intermediate F (50 mg). The product from Step 1 was used directly, after extraction and concentration. Purification after Step 2 was conducted by prep-HPLC (column: Boston pH-lex 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 20-40%, 8 min). After lyophilisation, Example 25 was obtained as a white solid (24 mg, 42% yield, TFA salt, 99.3% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.41 (s, 3H), 1.52-1.67 (m, 2H), 2.19-2.34 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.09 (dd, 2H), 3.34-3.40 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.67 (m, 3H), 4.05-4.15 (m, 2H), 4.34 (s, 2H), 4.44-4.82 (m, 4H), 6.58 (d, 1H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (dd, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.33-7.38 (m, 1H), 7.39-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.44-7.49 (m, 3H), 7.50-7.55 (m, 1H), 7.68 (dd, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.645 min, (661.4 [M+H]+).
General Route A from Intermediate F (50 mg). The product from Step 1 was used directly, after extraction and concentration. Purification after Step 2 was conducted by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 7-37%, 10 min). After lyophilisation, Example 26 was obtained as a white solid (27 mg, 52% yield, TFA salt, 99.4% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.42 (s, 3H), 1.59-1.74 (m, 2H), 2.19-2.28 (m, 1H), 2.31-2.42 (m, 1H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.09 (d, 2H), 3.39-3.61 (m, 5H), 4.15-4.25 (m, 1H), 4.34 (s, 2H), 4.42-4.82 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 7.31-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.37-7.50 (m, 4H), 7.51-7.55 (m, 1H), 7.81-7.90 (m, 2H), 8.06 (dd, 1H), 9.22-9.27 (m, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.612 min, (673.4 [M+H]+).
General Route A from Intermediate F (50 mg). The product from Step 1 was used directly, after extraction and concentration. Purification after Step 2 was conducted by prep-HPLC (column: Boston pH-lex 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 24-44%, 8 min). After lyophilisation, Example 27 was obtained as a white solid (17 mg, 33% yield, TFA salt, 100% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.14-0.18 (m, 2H), 0.49-0.54 (m, 2H), 0.91-1.01 (m, 1H), 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.46-1.58 (m, 2H), 2.16-2.32 (m, 4H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.09 (dd, 2H), 3.15-3.22 (m, 1H), 3.37-3.46 (m, 1H), 3.51 (dd, 2H), 3.63-3.71 (m, 1H), 3.93-4.01 (m, 1H), 4.34 (s, 2H), 4.42-4.82 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.32-7.50 (m, 5H), 7.37 (d, 1H), 8.06 (d, 1H). LC-MS Method 12: rt 0.847 min, (649.2 [M+H]+).
General Route A from Intermediate F (50 mg). The product from Step 1 was used directly, after extraction and concentration. Purification after Step 2 was conducted by prep-HPLC (column: Boston pH-lex 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 24-44%, 8 min). After lyophilisation, Example 28 was obtained as a white solid (bis-TFA salt, 97.1% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ1.40 (s, 3H), 1.48-1.62 (m, 2H), 2.20-2.33 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.09 (d, 2H), 3.18-3.27 (m, 1H), 3.36-3.45 (m, 1H), 3.47-3.57 (m, 3H), 3.91 (q, 2H), 3.97-4.05 (m, 1H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 4.46-4.82 (m, 4H), 6.89 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.34-7.51 (m, 5H), 7.55 (d, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 4: rt 1.722 min, (624.2 [M+H]+).
General Route A from Intermediate F (50 mg). The product from Step 1 was used directly, after extraction and concentration. Purification after Step 2 was conducted by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Luna C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 8-35%, 10 min) gave Example 29 as a pink solid (46 mg, 70% yield, TFA salt, 96.6 purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.41 (s, 3H), 1.56-1.65 (m, 2H), 2.19-2.38 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.07-3.11 (m, 2H), 3.48-3.54 (m, 4H), 3.61-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.98-4.15 (m, 1H), 4.31 (s, 2H), 4.44-4.85 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.14 (dd, 1H), 7.22-7.24 (m, 1H), 7.34-7.61 (m, 8H), 7.97 (d, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 8: rt 1.934 min, (687 [M+H]+).
General Route A from Intermediate E (40 mg). The product from Step 1 was used directly, after extraction and concentration. Purification after Step 2 was conducted by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 12-42%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, Example 30 was obtained as a white solid (19 mg, 29% yield, tris-TFA salt, 99.8% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.40 (s, 3H), 1.50-1.61 (m, 2H), 2.26 (t, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.10 (d, 2H), 3.21-3.23 (m, 1H), 3.42-3.55 (m, 10H), 3.99-4.07 (m, 3H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 4.58-4.77 (m, 2H), 4.85-4.87 (m, 4H), 6.91-6.94 (m, 1H), 7.18-7.25 (m, 2H), 7.35-7.47 (m, 5H), 7.56 (d, 1H), 8.07 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 2: rt 0.553 min, (693 [M+H]+).
General Route A from Intermediate E (40 mg). The product from Step 1 was used directly, after extraction and concentration. Purification after Step 2 was conducted by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 20-32%, 12 min). After lyophilisation, Example 31 was obtained as a white solid (15 mg, 27% yield, bis-TFA salt, 99.5% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.40 (s, 3H), 1.47-1.62 (m, 2H), 2.18-2.33 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.84-2.94 (m, 8H), 3.10 (d, 2H), 3.16-3.26 (m, 1H), 3.34-3.40 (m, 2H), 3.41-3.57 (m, 3H), 3.61-3.69 (m, 1H), 3.97-4.06 (m, 1H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 4.41-4.85 (m, 4H), 6.89 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.33-7.50 (m, 5H), 7.55 (d, 1H), 8.06 (d, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.382 min, (666.4 [M+H]+).
A mixture of 2-(4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperazin-1-yl)acetic acid (200 mg, 0.82 mmol) in 4M HCl/EtOAc (5 mL) was stirred at 20° C. for 2 h, then concentrated under vacuum to afford 2-(piperazin-1-yl) acetic acid (147 mg, 99% yield, HCl salt) as a white solid, which was used without further purification. 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 3.60-3.63 (m, 4H), 3.70-3.71 (m, 4H), 4.24 (s, 2H).
To a solution of 2-(piperazin-1-yl) acetic acid (50 mg, 0.28 mmol, HCl salt) in tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) and water (1 mL) was added acetyl chloride (24 mg, 0.31 mmol) and sodium hydroxide (22 mg, 0.56 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 2 h and concentrated to afford 2-(4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)acetic acid (50 mg, Na salt) as a white solid which was used without further purification. 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.48-2.58 (m, 4H), 3.00 (s, 2H), 3.55-3.63 (m, 4H).
General Route A from Intermediate F (100 mg) and 2-(4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl)acetic acid (28 mg). The product from Step 1 was isolated as a white solid (30 mg, 21% yield, 87% purity) after purification by prep-HPLC (column: Xtimate C18 250×50 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.05% ammonium hydroxide v/v) solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 38-68%, 12 min). Purification after Step 2 was conducted by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Green ODS 150×30 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 15-40%, 8 min). After lyophilisation, Example 32 was obtained as a white solid (32 mg, 92% yield, bis-TFA salt, 99.6% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.40 (s, 3H), 1.51-1.59 (m, 2H), 2.15 (s, 3H), 2.24-2.31 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.10 (d, 2H), 3.33-3.55 (m, 9H), 3.65-3.87 (m, 2H), 4.03-4.06 (m, 1H), 4.27 (d, 2H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 4.71-4.82 (m, 6H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.36 (t, 1H), 7.43-7.49 (m, 4H), 7.55 (d, 1H), 8.07 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 2: rt 0.572 min.
The following examples were prepared by a variation of General Route A with the additional hydrolysis step as illustrated in Scheme 14.
To a solution of Intermediate F (80 mg, 0.12 mmol) and 3-methoxycarbonylbenzoic acid (24 mg, 0.13 mmol) in dimethylformamide (1 mL) was added EDCI (46 mg, 0.24 mmol), DI EA (31 mg, 0.24 mmol) and HOAt (33 mg, 0.24 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 h, diluted with ethyl acetate (25 mL) and washed with water (20 mL). The organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, compound 14.1 (90 mg, 81% yield, 89% purity) was obtained as a white solid and used directly for the next step. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.41 (s, 3H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.80-1.88 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.31 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.05 (dd, 2H), 3.31-3.53 (m, 3H), 3.61 (dd, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.96-4.07 (m, 1H), 4.14-4.26 (m, 2H), 4.38-4.56 (m, 2H), 4.80-5.08 (m, 2H), 6.82 (dd, 1H), 7.08 (dd, 1H), 7.15-7.24 (m, 4H), 7.28-7.34 (m, 2H), 7.46-7.59 (m, 3H), 8.02-8.13 (m, 2H), 8.25 (dd, 1H) 8.29 (br. s, 1H), 8.79 (br. s, 1H).
To a solution of compound 14.1 (90 mg, 0.11 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) and water (1 mL) was added sodium hydroxide (22 mg, 0.54 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 h, quenched by the addition of water (10 mL) and adjusted to pH4 with 1M HCl. The resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×25 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (20 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, compound 14.2 (85 mg, 91 yield, 95% purity) was obtained as a yellow solid and used directly for the next step. LC-MS Method 10: rt 0.762 min, (715.4 [M−99]+).
To a solution of compound 14.2 (75 mg, 0.092 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 20 min, adjusted to pH7 with ammonium hydroxide and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Prime C18 150×30 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 20-40%, 8 min). After lyophilisation, compound 14.3 was obtained as a white solid (25 mg, 33% yield, TFA salt, 100% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.41 (s, 3H), 1.48-1.65 (m, 2H), 2.22-2.36 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.09 (d, 2H), 3.35-3.44 (m, 2H), 3.48-3.54 (m, 3H), 4.13-4.15 (m, 1H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 4.52-4.80 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 7.34 (d, 1H), 7.39-7.62 (m, 7H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H), 8.10 (d, 1H). LC-MS Method 2: rt 0.638 min, (715.3 [M+H]+).
Example 34 was prepared using the method illustrated for compound 14.3 in Scheme 14, starting from Intermediate F and 2-methoxycarbonylbenzoic acid. Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Prime C18 150×30 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 23-43%, 8 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 34 as a white solid (8 mg, 13% yield, 92.5% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ. 1.37-1.48 (m, 3H), 1.65-1.81 (m, 1H), 2.38-2.44 (m, 1H), 2.64-2.75 (m, 3H), 3.07 (d, 2H), 3.15-3.28 (m, 2H), 3.46-3.60 (m, 2H), 3.91-4.40 (m, 4H), 4.96-5.38 (m, 2H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.13-7.23 (m, 3H), 7.32-7.55 (m, 8H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 8.07 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 10: rt 0.716 min, (715.4 [M+H]+), 92.5% purity.
Example 35 was prepared using the method illustrated for compound 14.3 in Scheme 14, starting from Intermediate F and 4-methoxycarbonylbenzoic acid. Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Prime C18 150×30 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 21-41%, 8 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 35 was obtained as a white solid (36 mg, 56%, TFA salt, 99.3% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ1.41 (s, 3H), 1.48-1.58 (m, 1H), 1.60-1.71 (m, 1H), 2.11-2.23 (m, 1H), 2.25-2.38 (m, 1H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.09 (d, 2H), 3.36-3.42 (m, 2H), 3.43-3.55 (m, 3H), 4.10-4.19 (m, 1H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 4.46-4.82 (m, 4H), 6.89 (dd, 1H), 7.14 (dd, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.34 (d, 1H), 7.39-7.53 (m, 7H), 8.03-8.12 (m, 3H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.696 min, (715.4 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 11.1 (400 mg, 0.50 mmol) in methanol (2 mL) was added 10% Pd/C (20 mg). The mixture was degassed under vacuum and purged three times with hydrogen. The resulting mixture was stirred at 35° C. for 20 h under a hydrogen-filled balloon. The catalyst was removed by filtration, and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum to provide compound 15.1 (50 mg, crude).
Extraction of the catalyst-containing filter cake afforded Intermediate E (300 mg, crude) as a white solid: the filter cake was washed with 5% TFA in methanol (100 mL), and the filtrate adjusted to pH9 with ammonium hydroxide. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum.
To a solution of compound 15.1 (40 mg, 0.59 mmol) in dichloromethane (3 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 1 h and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified with prep-HPLC (column: Boston pH-lex 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 14-34%, 8 min). After lyophilisation, Example 36 was obtained as a yellow solid (9.4 mg, 27% yield, bis-TFA salt, 98.5% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.41 (s, 3H), 1.71 (t, 1.5H), 2.03-2.23 (m, 0.5H), 1.40-2.58 (m, 2H), 2.82-2.90 (m, 5H), 3.78-3.21 (m, 3H), 3.31-3.52 (m, 3H), 3.43-3.54 (m, 3H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 4.55-4.84 (m, 4H), 6.89-6.91 (m, 1H), 7.14-7.56 (m, 8H), 8.06 (d, 1H). LC-MS Method 9: rt 2.105 min, (581.3 [M+H]+).
General Route B
Alkylations of Intermediates E and F with reagents RX were performed according to General Route B, which is illustrated in Scheme 16 for Intermediate F. X was, for example, bromide, iodide or trifluoromethanesulfonate.
Step 1: A solution of Intermediate F (or E) (30-70 mg) in dichloromethane (1˜5 mL) was added R-X (1.5˜10 eq.) and TEA (5˜20 eq.). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC or LC-MS. When the reaction finished, the mixture was added into water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (10 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the crude product 16.1 was used directly for the next Step or purified by silica gel column chromatography.
Step 2: Compound 16.1 (30˜100 mg) in a solution of TFA/dichloromethane (1/5, 1˜5 mL) was stirred for 0.5˜2 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC or LC-MS. When the reaction was finished, the mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified with prep-HPLC to provide the target 16.2.
The target was synthesised according to General Route B from Intermediate F (50 mg). RX was 2-bromoacetamide. The crude product from Step 1 was used directly in Step 2. The final purification was conducted by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 5-35%, 9 min) to provide Example 37 as a white solid (42 mg, 73% yield, bis-TFA salt, 96.4% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.41-1.46 (m, 3H), 1.83-2.01 (m, 2H), 2.33-2.53 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.11 (d, 2H), 3.26-3.33 (m, 2H), 3.48-3.54 (m, 4H), 2.91-4.01 (m, 2H), 4.31 (s, 2H), 4.65-4.89 (m, 2H), 4.90-5.07 (m, 2H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.42-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.45-7.59 (m, 5H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 9: rt 2.073 min, (624.3 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route B from Intermediate E (30 mg). RX was 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl trifluoromethanesulfonate. The crude product from Step 1 was used directly in Step 2. The final purification was conducted by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex
Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 12-42%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, Example 38 (was obtained as a white solid (6 mg, 18% yield, bis-TFA salt, 98.8% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.42 (s, 3H), 1.75-1.83 (m, 2H), 2.34-2.44 (m, 2H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 3.09-3.31 (m, 6H), 3.50-3.78 (m, 4H), 4.34 (s, 2H), 4.64-4.79 (m, 4H), 6.92 (dd, 1H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 7.27 (d, 1H), 7.36 (d, 1H), 7.43-7.55 (m, 5H), 8.07 (d, 1H). LC-MS Method 8: rt 1.979 min, (649.2 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route B from Intermediate F (55 mg). RX was 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl trifluoromethanesulfonate. The crude product from Step 1 was used directly in Step 2. The final purification was conducted by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Prime C18 150×30 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 20-37%, 7 min). After lyophilisation, Example 39 was obtained as a white solid (32 mg, 55% yield, bis-TFA salt, 98.8% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.41 (s, 3H), 1.75-1.90 (m, 2H), 2.33-2.49 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.09 (d, 2H), 3.16-3.30 (m. 4H), 3.51 (dd, 2H), 3.70-3.98 (m, 2H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 4.76-4.82 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.36 (d, 1H), 7.39-7.45 (m, 2H), 7.46-7.52 (m, 2H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.562 min, (649.4 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route B from Intermediate F (50 mg). RX was benzyl bromide. The crude product from Step 1 was used directly in Step 2. The final purification was conducted by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Prime C18 150×30 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 19-39%, 8 min) to provide Example 40 as a white solid (42 mg, 73% yield, bis-TFA salt, 98.6% purity.). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.38-1.50 (m, 3H), 1.68-1.75 (m, 1.5H), 2.03-2.09 (m, 0.5H), 2.21-2.27 (m, 0.5H), 2.51-2.62 (m, 1.5H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 3.09 (d, 2H), 3.18-3.21 (m, 2H), 3.39-3.43 (m, 2H), 3.49 (dd, 2H), 4.27-4.36 (m, 4H), 4.55-4.59 (m, 2H), 4.90-5.04 (m, 2H), 6.89 (dd, 1H), 7.14 (d, 1H), 7.21 (d, 1H), 7.33-7.54 (m, 11H), 8.06 (d, 1H). LC-MS Method 8: rt 2.002 min, (657 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route B from Intermediate F (40 mg). RX was 1-bromo-2-methoxy-ethane. The crude product from Step 1 was used directly in Step 2.
The final purification was conducted by prep-HPLC (column: Boston pH-lex 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 14-34%, 8 min) to provide Example 41 as a white solid (38 mg, 73% yield, bis-TFA salt, 97.7% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.40-1.48 (m, 3H), 1.74-1.80 (m, 1.5H), 2.01-2.03 (m, 0.5H), 2.26-2.32 (m, 0.5H), 2.45-2.60 (m, 1.5H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.07 (d, 2H), 3.13-3.23 (m, 2H), 3.90-3.97 (m, 4H), 3.48-3.54 (m, 4H), 3.68-3.70 (m, 2H), 3.95-4.30 (m, 1H), 4.31 (s, 2H), 4.64-4.79 (m, 2H), 4.94-5.23 (m, 2H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.14 (dd, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.35-7.55 (m, 6H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 9: rt 2.158 min, (625 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route B from Intermediate F (50 mg). RX was 2-iodoethanol. The crude product from Step 1 was used directly in Step 2. The final purification was conducted by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Prime C18 150×30 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 10-32%, 9 min) to provide Example 42 as a white solid (46 mg, 89% yield, bis-TFA salt, 99.8% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.41-1.48 (m, 3H), 1.71-1.82 (m, 1.5H), 2.01-2.03 (m, 0.5H), 2.26-2.30 (m, 0.5H), 2.45-2.60 (m, 1.5H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.07 (d, 2H), 3.15-3.23 (m, 2H), 3.48-3.57 (m, 4H), 3.84-3.87 (m, 2H), 4.31 (s, 2H), 4.64-4.79 (m, 4H), 4.94-5.03 (m, 2H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.14 (dd, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.35-7.55 (m, 6H), 8.07 (d, 1H). LC-MS Method 8: rt 1.738 min, (611 [M+H]+).
Compound 17.1 was synthesised according to General Route B Step 1 from Intermediate F (50 mg); RX was ethyl 2-bromoacetate. After filtration and concentration, compound 17.1 was obtained as a yellow solid (150 mg, 82.5% yield, 93% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.31 (t, 3H), 1.40-1.51 (m, 12H), 1.76-1.92 (m, 2H), 2.41-2.59 (m, 2H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 3.08 (d, 2H), 3.40-3.57 (m, 5H), 4.08-4.18 (m, 3H), 4.31 (q, 2H), 4.50 (s, 2H), 4.83-4.98 (m, 4H), 6.88 (dd, 1H), 7.13 (dd, 1H), 7.21-7.43 (m, 6H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 8.05 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.773 min, (753.4 [M+H]+)
To a mixture of compound 17.1 (240 mg, 0.32 mmol) in methanol (3 mL) and water (1.5 mL) was added lithium hydroxide monohydrate (107 mg, 2.55 mmol) at 20° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixture was poured into water (10 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL), the two phases separated, and the aqueous phase retained. The aqueous phase was adjusted to pH4 with 1M aqueous hydrochloric acid and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The organic phases were combined and washed with brine (20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, compound 17.2 was obtained as a yellow solid (140 mg, 54% yield, 88.5% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.29 (s, 3H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.76-1.92 (m, 2H), 2.41-2.57 (m, 2H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 3.07 (d, 2H), 3.35-3.45 (m, 2H), 3.48-3.56 (m, 3H), 3.93 (s, 2H), 4.09-4.13 (m, 1H), 4.50 (s, 2H), 4.65-4.78 (m, 1H), 4.85-4.96 (m, 3H), 6.88 (dd, 1H), 7.13 (dd, 1H), 7.21-7.39 (m, 6H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 8.05 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.760 min, (725.2 [M+H]+)
To a solution of compound 17.2 (40 mg, 0.48 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was added TFA (0.1 mL) at 20° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 30 min and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (10 mM ammonium bicarbonate)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 13-36%,10 min) and prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Luna C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 3-33%,10 min). After lyophilisation, Example 43 was obtained as a white solid (17.8 mg, 43% yield, bis-TFA salt, 100% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.43 (s, 3H), 1.70-2.02 (m, 2H), 2.29-2.64 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.09 (d, 2H), 3.33-3.43 (m, 1H), 3.46-3.64 (m, 3H), 4.04 (s, 2H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 4.47-4.83 (m, 2H), 4.91-5.18 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.35 (d, 1H), 7.39-7.57 (m, 5H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.436 min, (625.4 [M+H]+).
To a mixture of compound 17.2 (50 mg, 0.061 mmol), EDCI (15 mg, 0.079 mmol) and HOAt (11 mg, 0.79 mmol) in DMF (1.5 mL) was added DIEA (47 mg, 0.37 mmol) followed by tert-butyl piperazine-1-carboxylate.HCl (27 mg, 0.12 mmol) at 20° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 12 h, poured into water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (2×20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, compound 18.1 was obtained as a yellow solid (68 mg). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.792 min, (893.5 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 18.1 (68 mg, 0.049 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was added TFA (0.1 mL) at 20° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 30 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuum to give a residue, which was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (10 mM ammonium bicarbonate)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 13-36%, 10 min) and then by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Luna C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 1-31%, 10 min). After lyophilisation, Example 44 was obtained as a white solid (32 mg, 57% yield, tris-TFA salt, 97.4% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.32-1.54 (m, 3H), 1.76-2.11 (m, 2H), 2.28-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.09 (d, 2H), 3.22-3.28 (m, 2H), 3.35-3.44 (m, 1H), 3.46-3.62 (m, 4H), 3.63-3.73 (m, 2H), 3.81-3.89 (m, 2H), 3.96-4.19 (m, 1H), 4.24-4.41 (m, 4H), 4.44-4.77 (m, 2H), 4.91-5.17 (m, 4H), 6.90 (t, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.35 (d, 1H), 7.38-7.58 (m, 5H), 8.07 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 4: rt 1.546 min, (693.2 [M+H]+).
The target compound was prepared in analogous fashion to Example 43, starting from Intermediate E. Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Boston pH-lex 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 13-33%, 8 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 45 as an off-white solid (8 mg, 13% yield, bis-TFA salt, 97.4% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.43 (s, 3H), 1.70-2.00 (m, 2H), 2.33-2.64 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.09 (d, 2H), 3.33-3.43 (m, 1H), 3.46-3.64 (m, 3H), 4.05 (s, 2H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 4.40-4.62 (m, 1H), 4.68-4.83 (m, 1H), 4.90-5.18 (m, 4H), 6.91 (t, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.35 (d, 1H), 7.39-7.57 (m, 5H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.443 min, (625.4 [M+H]+).
To a solution of Intermediate F (70 mg, 0.10 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was added triethylamine (96 mg, 0.94 mmol) and methyl 4-(bromomethyl)benzoate (48 mg, 0.21 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 30° C. for 12 h, poured into water (20 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (3×30 mL). The organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, compound 19.1 was obtained as a yellow oil (85 mg, crude). LC-MS Method 7: rt 0.776 min, (815.5 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 19.1 (85 mg, 0.10 mmol) in methanol (1 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide (42 mg, 1.04 mmol) in water (1 mL). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 12 h poured into water (20 mL) and acidified with 1 M hydrochloric acid (8 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×30 mL). The extracts were combined, washed with brine (3×30 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, compound 19.2 was obtained as a yellow oil (76 mg, crude). LC-MS Method 7: rt 0.837 min, (801.5 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 19.2 (75 mg, 0.094 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.2 mL). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 0.5 h and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Prime C18 150×30 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 18-38%, 8 min). After lyophilisation, Example 46 was obtained as a white solid (55 mg, 71% yield, TFA salt, 99.4% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD3, 400 MHz) 1.39-1.51 (m, 3H), 1.69-2.11 (m, 2H), 2.21-2.56 (m, 2H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 3.09 (d, 2H), 3.31-3.43 (m, 4H), 3.52 (dd, 2H), 4.31-4.44 (m, 4H), 4.55-4.71 (m, 2H), 4.80-4.90 (m, 2H), 6.90 (t, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.27-7.54 (m, 7H), 7.60 (d, 2H), 8.07 (d, 1H), 8.10 (d, 2H). LC-MS Method 8: rt 1.924 min, (701.3 [M+H]+).
The target compound was prepared in analogous fashion to Example 46, starting from methyl 3-(bromomethyl)benzoate. Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Prime C18 150×30 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 20-37%, 7 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 47 as a white solid (50 mg, 65% yield, TFA salt, 99.4% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD3, 400 MHz) 1.38-1.51 (m, 3H), 1.72-2.08 (t, 2H), 2.23-2.52 (m, 2H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 3.08-3.12 (m, 2H), 3.31-3.55 (m, 6H), 4.07-4.36 (m, 4H), 4.53-4.76 (m, 2H), 4.88-5.05 (m, 2H), 6.89 (dd, 1H), 7.14 (d, 1H), 7.24-7.61 (m, 8H), 7.78 (m, 1H), 8.05 (d, 1H), 8.12-8.14 (m, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H). LC-MS Method 8: rt 1.902 min, (701.3 [M+H]+).
A solution of Intermediate E (35 mg, 0.52 mmol) and tert-butyl 4-formylpiperidine-1-carboxylate (34.0 mg, 0.16 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) was stirred for 2 h. Sodium acetate (9 mg, 0.11 mmol) was added, and the resulting mixture was warmed to 40° C. and stirred for 20 min. A solution of sodium cyanoborohydride (8 mg, 0.13 mmol) in methanol (1 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred at 40° C. for 2 h, poured into water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (4×20 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (2×20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by prep-TLC (dichloromethane:methanol=10:1) to provide compound 20.1 (20 mg, 38% yield, 85.3% purity) as a yellow solid. LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.891 min, (864.6 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 20.1 (20 mg, 0.020 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was added TFA (0.1 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 3 h. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum, and the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Boston pH-lex 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 13-33%, 8 min). After lyophilisation, Example 48 was obtained as an off-white solid (4 mg, 19% yield, tris-TFA salt, 98.0% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.38-1.57 (m, 5H), 1.78-1.92 (m, 1.5H), 2.00-2.10 (m, 2.5H), 2.13-2.40 (m, 1.5H), 2.44-2.63 (m, 1.5H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.95-3.17 (m, 7H), 3.38-3.46 (m, 2H), 3.47-3.62 (m, 4H), 3.97-4.15 (m, 0.5H), 4.31 (s, 2H), 4.51-4.60 (m, 0.5H), 4.67-4.81 (m, 0.5H), 4.88-5.18 (m, 3.5H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.36 (d, 1H), 7.40-7.58 (m, 5H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 4: rt 1.609 min, (664.3 [M+H]+).
The target compound was prepared in analogous fashion to Example 48, starting from Intermediate F. Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Luna C18 250×50 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 9-29%, 8 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 49 as a white solid (33 mg, 54% yield, tris-TFA salt, 97.7% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.38-1.57 (m, 5H), 1.78-1.92 (m, 2H), 2.00-2.09 (m, 2H), 2.18-2.38 (m, 1.5H), 2.42-2.63 (m, 1.5H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.96-3.16 (m, 7H), 3.38-3.46 (m, 2H), 3.47-3.60 (m, 4H), 3.95-4.15 (m, 1H), 4.31 (s, 2H), 4.46-4.60 (m, 1H), 4.66-4.83 (m, 2H), 4.93-5.16 (m, 1H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.36 (d, 1H), 7.40-7.58 (m, 5H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.214 min, (664.3 [M+H]+).
The target compound was prepared in analogous fashion to Example 48, starting with pyridine-4-carbaldehyde and Intermediate F. Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Boston pH-lex 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 15-35%, 8 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 50 as a white solid (33 mg, 80% yield, bis-TFA salt, 99.3% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.44 (s, 3H), 1.76-1.95 (m, 2H), 2.41-2.64 (m, 2H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 3.13 (d, 2H), 3.35-3.42 (m, 4H), 3.52 (dd, 2H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 4.46 (s, 2H), 4.57-4.76 (m, 2H), 4.94-5.14 (m, 2H), 6.93 (dd, 1H), 7.19 (d, 1H), 7.27 (d, 1H), 7.37-7.56 (m, 6H), 7.74 (d, 2H), 8.09 (dd, 1H), 8.75 (d, 2H) LC-MS Method 2: rt 0.554 min, (658.3 [M+H]+).
General Route C
Urea derivatives of Intermediates E and F were prepared according to General Route C, which is illustrated in Scheme 21 for Intermediate F.
Step 1: To a solution of Intermediate F (or E) (20-70 mg, 0.03-0.11 mmol) and triethylamine (3˜6 eq.) in THF (0.5˜2 mL) was added triphosgene (0.8˜1.2 eq.) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 0.5˜1 h. LC-MS detected the reaction. Then RR′NH (3˜6 eq.) and triethylamine (3˜6 eq.) were added to the mixture at 0° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for another 0.5˜1.5 h. LC-MS detected the reaction. When the reaction finished, the mixture was poured into water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phases were combined, washed with 1M hydrochloric acid (10 mL) and brine (10 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the crude product 21.1 was used directly for the next step or purified by prep-HPLC.
Step 2: A solution of compound 21.1 (20˜80 mg) in TFA/dichloromethane (1/5, 1˜5 mL) was stirred for 0.5˜2 h. TLC or LC-MS detected the reaction. When the reaction was finished, the mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified with prep-HPLC to provide compound 21.2.
The target was synthesised according to General Route C from Intermediate E (20 mg) and pyrrolidine. Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 45-75%, 9 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 51 as a brown solid (4 mg, 26% yield, TFA salt, 94.9% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.50-1.61 (m, 2H), 1.77-1.87 (m, 4H), 2.13-2.24 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.05-3.19 (m, 4H), 3.31-3.36 (m, 4H), 3.38-3.46 (m, 2H), 3.51 (dd, 2H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 4.45-4.86 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.35 (dd, 1H), 7.38-7.51 (m, 4H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.598 min, (664 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route C from Intermediate F (65 mg) and methylamine. Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 30-60%, 9 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 52 as a white solid (23 mg, 89% yield, TFA salt, 98.4% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.37 (s, 3H), 1.45-1.54 (m, 2H), 2.12-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.09 (dd, 2H), 3.14-3.23 (m, 2H), 3.47-3.61 (m, 4H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 4.40-4.86 (m, 4H), 6.87-6.94 (m, 1H), 7.14-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.33-7.50 (m, 5H), 7.54 (s, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 2: rt 0.646 min, (624 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route C from Intermediate F (50 mg) and dimethylamine hydrochloride. Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Boston pH-lex 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 27-44%, 7 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 53 as a white solid (30 mg, 92% yield, TFA salt, 97.9% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.49-1.67 (m, 2H), 2.14-2.22 (m, 2H), 2.76-2.84 (m, 9H), 3.05-3.17 (m, 4H), 3.34-3.40 (m, 2H), 3.51 (dd, 2H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 4.42-4.86 (m, 4H), 6.87-6.94 (m, 1H), 7.17 (dd, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.32-7.51 (m, 5H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 8.07 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.725 min, (638 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route C from Intermediate F (50 mg) and azetidine. Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 15-39%, 8 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 54 as a white solid (20 mg, 37% yield, TFA salt, 98.2% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.36 (s, 3H), 1.45-1.55 (m, 2H), 2.12-2.27 (m, 4H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.04-3.20 (m, 4H), 3.43-3.56 (m, 4H), 3.98 (t, 4H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 4.40-4.79 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.35 (d, 1H), 7.39-7.50 (m, 4H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.720 min, (650 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route C from Intermediate F (50 mg) and morpholine. Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 15-39%, 8 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 55 as a white solid (25 mg, 48% yield, TFA salt, 96.7% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.37 (s, 3H), 1.50-1.58 (m, 2H), 2.16-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.09 (dd, 2H), 3.14-3.23 (m, 6H), 3.38-3.45 (m, 2H), 3.51 (dd, 2H), 3.60-3.67 (m, 4H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 4.42-4.79 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.35 (d, 1H), 7.38-7.50 (m, 4H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 13: rt 0.849 min, (680 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route C from Intermediate F (50 mg) and tert-butyl piperazine-1-carboxylate. For Step 1, after extraction, the crude product was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 55-85%, 9 min). For Step 2, the purification was conducted by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 5-35%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, Example 56 was obtained as a white solid (16 mg, 46% yield, bis-TFA salt, 98.5% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.51-1.58 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.25 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.10 (d, 2H), 3.15-3.27 (m, 6H), 3.38-3.55 (m, 8H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 4.46-4.86 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.35 (d, 1H), 7.38-7.51 (m, 4H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 8: rt 1.826 min, (679 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route C from Intermediate F (50 mg) and morpholine. Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 15-39%, 8 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 57 as a white solid (23 mg, 55% yield, TFA salt, 98.7% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.50-1.61 (m, 2H), 1.78-1.87 (m, 4H), 2.13-2.26 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.06-3.19 (m, 4H), 3.31-3.36 (m, 4H), 3.38-3.46 (m, 2H), 3.51 (dd, 2H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 4.41-4.83 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (dd, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.35 (d, 1H), 7.38-7.50 (m, 4H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.806 min, (664.6 [M+H]+).
Ethyl Ethanimidate
To a solution of acetonitrile (7.80 g, 190 mmol) in ethanol (17.5 g, 380 mmol) was added acetyl chloride (29.8 g, 380 mmol) slowly at −10° C. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 12 h and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was triturated with tert-butyl methyl ether (50 mL) and the solid was dried under vacuum to give ethyl ethanimidate as a white solid (15.0 g, 64% yield, HCl salt). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, 400 MHz) δ 1.32 (t, 3H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 4.42 (q, 2H), 11.10 (br. s, 1H), 12.11 (br. s, 1H).
To a solution of compound Intermediate F (50 mg, 0.075 mmol) in ethanol (1 mL) was added diisopropylethylamine (48 mg, 0.37 mmol) and ethyl ethanimidate hydrochloride (18 mg, 0.15 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 12 h and concentrated under vacuum at 30° C. to give compound 22.1 as a yellow oil (45 mg, crude, 98.1% purity). LC-MS Method 7: rt 0.753 min, (708.5 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 22.1 (45 mg, 0.064 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.2 mL). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 10 min, concentrated under vacuum and purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 10-30%, 9 min).
After lyophilisation, Example 58 was obtained as a white solid (35 mg, 76% yield, TFA salt, 98.1% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.42 (s, 3H), 1.65-1.80 (m, 2H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.35-2.45 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.07 (dd, 2H), 3.32-3.33 (m, 1H), 3.48-3.54 (m, 5H), 3.76-3.79 (m, 2H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 4.45-4.80 (m, 2H), 6.87-6.93 (m, 1H), 7.13-7.17 (d, 1H), 7.22-7.26 (d, 1H), 7.33-7.36 (m, 1H), 7.39-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.45-7.51 (m, 2H), 7.53-7.57 (m, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 8: rt 1.831 min, (608 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 8B.2 (300 mg, 1.55 mmol, HCl salt) and 3-chloropyridazine (355 mg, 3.10 mmol) in NMP (10 mL) was added DIEA (600 mg, 4.65 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 120° C. for 12 h, diluted with ethyl acetate (25 mL), and washed with water (25 mL) and brine (25 mL). The organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=10:1˜1:1, to afford compound 23.1 as brown oil (250 mg, 48% yield, 70% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.26 (s, 3H), 1.56 (td, 2H), 2.24 (dd, 2H), 3.25 (td, 2H), 4.07 (dt, 2H), 6.90 (d, 1H), 7.18 (dd, 1H), 8.55 (d, 1H).
To a solution of compound 23.1 (250 mg, 1.06 mmol) in methanol (10 mL) and water (2 mL) was added lithium hydroxide monohydrate (89 mg, 2.13 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 2 h, poured into water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×20 mL). The aqueous phase was adjusted to pH6-7 with 1M hydrochloric acid and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×50 mL). The organic phases were combined and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, compound 23.2 was obtained as a yellow oil (150 mg, 42% yield, 67% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.31 (s, 3H), 1.55 (td, 2H), 2.21 (dd, 2H), 3.31 (td, 2H), 4.07 (dt, 2H), 6.93 (d, 1H), 7.21 (dd, 1H), 8.57 (d, 1H).
To a solution of compound 23.2 (102 mg, 0.46 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL) was added thionyl chloride (220 mg, 1.85 mmol) and dimethylformamide (1.4 mg, 0.018 mmol) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 2 h and concentrated, and the residue taken up in dichloromethane (2 mL). Intermediate D (100 mg, 0.18 mmol) was added to the mixture followed by triethylamine (112 mg, 1.11 mmol) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 2 h, poured into water (20 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (2×25 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (25 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Xtimate C18 250×50 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.05% ammonium hydroxide v/v) solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 39-69%, 10 min). After lyophilisation, compound 23.3 was obtained as a yellow oil (30 mg, 15% yield, 68% purity). LC-MS Method 10: rt 0.948 min, (745.6 [M+H]+)
To a solution of compound 23.3 (30 mg, 0.040 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 mL). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 30 min, concentrated and the residue purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Luna C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 15-36%, 10 min). After lyophilisation, Example 59 was obtained as a white solid (3.6 mg, 12% yield, TFA salt, 100% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.45 (s, 3H), 1.77 (td, 2H), 2.46 (d, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.11 (d, 2H), 3.48-3.62 (m, 4H), 3.96-4.00 (m, 2H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 4.60-4.78 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.42-7.54 (m, 4H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 7.84 (dd, 1H), 7.90 (d, 1H), 8.07 (dd, 1H), 8.51 (d, 1H). LC-MS Method 10: rt 0.699 min, (645.4 [M+H]+).
The target compound was prepared in analogous fashion to Example 59, starting with the combination of compound 8B.2 and 2-chloropyrimidine. Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 12-42%, 5 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 60 as a white solid (35 mg, 57% yield, bis-TFA salt, 99.5% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.42 (s, 3H), 1.60-1.68 (m, 2H), 2.28-2.35 (d, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.08 (dd, 2H), 3.48-3.60 (m, 4H), 4.09-4.15 (m, 2H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 4.45-4.85 (m, 4H), 6.70 (t, 1H), 6.91 (dd, 1H), 7.17 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.35-7.46 (m, 5H), 7.54 (s, 1H), 8.06 (d, 1H), 8.38 (d, 2H). LC-MS Method 8: rt 2.104 min, (645 [M+H]+).
To a solution of Intermediate F (100 mg, 0.15 mmol) in N, N-dimethylformamide (3 mL) was added DIEA (39 mg, 0.30 mmol) and 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (34 mg, 0.22 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 2 h, poured into water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×20 mL). The organic phases were combined and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, compound 24.1 was obtained as a white solid (110 mg, 76% yield, 81% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.41 (s, 3H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.53 (td, 2H), 2.28-2.33 (m, 2H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 3.05 (dd, 2H), 3.43 (t, 2H), 3.59 (dd, 2H), 3.84-4.16 (m, 4H), 4.47 (s, 2H), 4.93 (s, 2H), 6.36 (d, 1H), 6.82 (dd, 1H), 7.08 (dd, 1H), 7.16-7.24 (m, 4H), 7.33-7.35 (m, 2H), 7.98-8.02 (m, 2H), 8.10 (dd, 1H), 8.31 (s, 1H).
To a solution of compound 24.1 (110 mg, 0.14 mmol) in methanol (10 mL) was added 10% Pd/C (50 mg). Three times, the suspension was degassed under vacuum and purged with hydrogen. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 12 h under a hydrogen-filled balloon (15 psi) and filtered through Celite®. The filtrate was concentrated to afford the compound 24.2 as a white solid (80 mg, 73% yield, 96.6% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.43-1.47 (m, 12H), 1.60-1.72 (m, 2H), 2.40-2.50 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.07 (dd, 2H), 3.52 (dd, 2H), 3.71 (t, 2H), 4.02-4.20 (m, 2H), 4.51 (s, 2H), 4.60-4.75 (m, 2H), 4.80-5.05 (m, 2H), 6.89 (t, 1H), 7.05 (d, 1H), 7.14 (d, 1H), 7.20-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.30-7.45 (m, 4H), 7.58 (s, 1H), 8.05-8.09 (m, 2H), 8.60 (s, 1H). LC-MS Method 10: rt 0.951 min, (745.4 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 24.2 (80 mg, 0.11 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 mL). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 30 min and concentrated. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 8-38%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, Example 61 was obtained as a white solid (50 mg, 61% yield, TFA salt, 99.2% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.42-1.46 (m, 3H), 1.64-1.76 (m, 2H), 2.32-2.50 (m, 2H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 3.12 (d, 2H), 3.35-3.40 (m, 1H), 3.53 (dd, 2H), 3.60-3.76 (m, 2H), 3.92-4.04 (m, 1H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.55-4.80 (m, 4H), 6.90-6.94 (m, 1H), 7.08 (d, 1H), 7.14-7.28 (m, 2H), 7.38-7.52 (m, 5H), 7.57 (s, 1H), 8.08-8.12 (m, 2H), 8.63 (s, 1H). LC-MS Method 10: rt 0.858 min, (645.5 [M+H]+).
To a solution of Intermediate F (100 mg, 0.15 mmol) in NMP (5 mL) was added caesium carbonate (147 mg, 0.45 mmol) and 2-fluoropyridine (22 mg, 0.22 mmol). The mixture was heated at 150° C. in a microwave for 2 h, quenched by the addition water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×20 mL). The organic phases were combined and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=5:1˜0:1, to afford the compound 25.1 as a yellow oil (80 mg, 68% yield, 95% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.43-1.52 (m, 12H), 1.78 (t, 2H), 2.51 (d, 2H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 3.09 (d, 2H), 3.53 (dd, 2H), 3.68 (t, 2H), 3.82-3.92 (m, 2H), 4.11-4.35 (m, 2H), 4.53 (s, 2H), 4.68-4.85 (m, 2H), 6.88-6.97 (m, 2H), 7.17 (d, 1H), 7.21-7.41 (m, 7H), 7.59 (s, 1H), 7.87 (d, 1H), 7.96-8.02 (m, 1H), 8.08 (d, 1H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.844 min, (744.4 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 25.1 (80 mg, 0.11 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 mL). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 30 min and concentrated, and the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 5-35%, 4 min). After lyophilisation, Example 62 was obtained as a white solid (40 mg, 48% yield, TFA salt, 98.2% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.45 (s, 3H), 1.80 (td, 2H), 2.47 (d, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.10 (d, 2H), 3.47-3.65 (m, 4H), 3.84-3.91 (m, 2H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 4.50-4.80 (m, 4H), 6.88-6.95 (m, 2H), 7.14-7.18 (m, 1H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 7.35 (t, 2H), 7.38-7.51 (m, 4H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 7.88 (d, 1H), 7.95-8.01 (m, 1H), 8.06 (d, 1H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 1.509 min, (644 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 8B.4 (500 mg, 1.80 mmol) in dichloromethane (6 mL) was added thionyl chloride (858 mg, 7.21 mmol) and DMF (7 mg, 0.090 mmol), and the mixture stirred at 25° C. for 1.5 h. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was taken up in dichloromethane (4 mL) and added to a solution of compound 2.7 (436 mg, 1.35 mmol) and triethylamine (456 mg, 4.51 mmol) in dichloromethane (6 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h, poured into water (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×50 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=10:1 to 5:1, to provide compound 26.1 as a yellow oil (640 mg, 75% yield, 92.4% purity). LC-MS Method 1: rt 1.093 min, [M+Na]+ 604.2.
To a solution of compound 26.1 (600 mg, 1.03 mmol) in methanol (20 mL) was added 10% Pd/C (100 mg). The mixture was degassed and purged with hydrogen three times. The resulting mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 4 hours under a hydrogen-filled balloon. LC-MS showed starting material was consumed completely and desired mass detected. The mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give compound 26.2 as a yellow oil (460 mg, 93% yield, 93.1% purity). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.784 min, [M+H]+ 448.3.
To a solution of compound 26.2 (110 mg, 0.24 mmol) in MeCN (5 mL) was added 4A molecular sieves (300 mg), copper (II) acetate (45 mg, 0.24 mmol), triethylamine (25 mg, 0.24 mmol) and 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-2-phenyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (65 mg, 0.32 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 80° C. under an air-filled balloon for 16 h, poured into water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×10 mL). The organic phases were combined and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified with silica gel column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=10:1˜2:1, to provide compound 26.3 as a yellow oil (210 mg, 76% yield, 93.4% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.49 (s, 9H), 1.66-1.70 (m, 2H), 2.29 (d, 2H), 2.79 (s, 3H), 3.12 (t, 2H), 3.28-3.32 (m, 2H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 3.95 (br. s, 2H), 4.45 (s, 2H), 4.84 (br. s, 2H), 6.82 (t, 1H), 6.90 (d, 2H), 7.20-7.27 (m, 4H), 7.27-7.32 (m, 2H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.784 min.
To a solution of compound 26.3 (210 mg, 0.40 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) and water (2 mL) was added sodium hydroxide (48 mg, 1.20 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 h, poured into 1M hydrochloric acid (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The organic phases were combined and concentrated under vacuum to provide compound 26.4 as a yellow oil (140 mg, 68% yield, 95.1% purity). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.828 min, [M+H]+ 510.3.
To a solution of compound 26.4 (50 mg, 0.098 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was added DIEA (38 mg, 0.29 mmol), HOAt (20 mg, 0.15 mmol) and EDCI (28 mg, 0.15 mmol). Intermediate C (30 mg, 0.12 mmol) was added, and the mixture stirred for 16 h at 25° C. The mixture was poured into water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The organic phases were combined and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, compound 26.5 was obtained as a yellow oil (70 mg, crude, 74.7% purity). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.821 min, [M+H]+ 743.5.
To a solution of compound 26.5 (50 mg, 0.067 mmol) in dichloromethane (3 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 mL). The mixture was stirred for 30 min at 25° C. and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified with prep-HPLC (column: Xtimate C18 150×25 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.05% ammonium hydroxide v/v) solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 45-75%, 10 min). After lyophilisation, Example 63 was obtained as a white solid (9 mg, 20% yield, 96.7% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.45 (s, 3H), 1.73 (t, 2H), 2.27-2.35 (m, 2H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 3.04-3.16 (m, 4H), 3.25-3.31 (m, 2H), 3.52 (dd, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 4.09 (m, 1H), 4.56 (br. s, 1H), 4.89-5.34 (m, 2H), 6.82 (t, 1H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 6.96 (d, 1H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 7.20-7.40 (m, 8H), 7.54 (s, 1H), 8.05 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.724 min, [M+H]+ 643.4.
To a solution of Intermediate F (50 mg, 0.075 mmol) in dichloromethane (3 mL) was added triethylamine (15 mg, 0.15 mmol) and methanesulfonyl chloride (10 mg, 0.090 mmol) at 0° C. under nitrogen. The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 30 min. Additional methanesulfonyl chloride (10 mg) was added at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for another 30 min, poured into water (50 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (3×50 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (100 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, compound 27.1 was obtained as a yellow solid (50 mg, 89% yield, purity 80.8%). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.930 min, (767 [M+Na]+).
To a solution of compound 27.1 (45 mg, 0.060 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL). The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 0.5 h and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 10-40%, 10 min). After lyophilisation, Example 64 was obtained as a white solid (26 mg, 56% yield, TFA salt, 98.8% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.60-1.65 (m, 2H), 2.28-2.32 (m, 2H), 2.74 (s, 3H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.11-3.22 (m, 4H), 3.36-3.42 (m, 2H), 3.50-3.55 (m, 2H), 4.34 (s, 2H), 4.43-4.76 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.17 (dd, 1H), 7.26 (dd, 1H), 7.36-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.47-7.53 (m, 4H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 9: rt 2.447 min, (645 [M+Na]+).
To a solution of compound 2.6 (500 mg, 2.01 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) was added compound 28.1 (280 mg, 2.01 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (1.30 g, 10.0 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 24 h. Sodium borohydride (152 mg, 4.01 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred at 20° C. for another 2 h. The reaction was quenched by water (30 mL), and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate (3×30 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (3×30 mL) and dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=10:1 to 1:1, to give compound 28.2 as a colourless oil (550 mg, 77% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.31 (d, 3H), 1.44-1.50 (m, 9H), 2.77-2.88 (m, 3H), 3.36-3.41 (m, 1H), 3.64-3.67 (d, 1H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.78-3.81 (d, 1H), 4.52-4.63 (m, 2H), 7.15-7.25 (m, 3H), 7.28-7.32 (m, 1H).
To a solution of compound 8B.4 (500 mg, 1.80 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) was added thionyl chloride (2.15 g, 18.0 mmol) and dimethyl formamide (14 mg, 0.18 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 0.5 h and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was taken up in dichloromethane (3 mL) and added into a solution of compound 28.2 (500 mg, 1.49 mmol) and triethylamine (752 mg, 7.43 mmol) in dichloromethane (3 mL). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 12 h. The reaction was quenched by water (10 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (3×20 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by reverse phase flash chromatography (trifluoroacetic acid condition) to give compound 28.3 as a yellow oil (400 mg, 44% yield, 96.7% purity). LC-MS Method 11: rt 0.950 min, (618.3 [M+Na]+).
To a solution of compound 28.3 (400 mg, 0.67 mmol) in methanol (2 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide (134 mg, 3.36 mmol) in water (2 mL). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 0.5 h, diluted with water (20 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×30 mL). The organic layers were discarded. The aqueous phase was acidified with 1M hydrochloric acid (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×30 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (3×30 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by reverse phase flash chromatography (hydrochloric acid condition) to give compound 28.4 as a yellow solid (230 mg, 56% yield, 95.9% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.32 (s, 3H), 1.35-1.44 (m, 2H), 1.48-1.52 (m, 12H), 2.19-2.22 (m, 2H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 3.10-3.35 (m, 2H), 3.58-3.80 (m, 3H), 4.35-4.65 (m, 3H), 4.85-5.05 (m, 1H), 5.12 (s, 2H), 7.18-7.23 (m, 1H), 7.28-7.39 (m, 8H). LC-MS Method 2: rt 0.965 min, (582 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 28.4 (230 mg, 0.40 mmol) in dimethylformamide (3 mL) was added diisopropylethylamine (256 mg, 1.98 mmol), EDCI (152 mg, 0.80 mmol) and HOAt (108 mg, 0.80 mmol). Intermediate C (129 mg, 0.51 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 12 h. Water (10 mL) was added, and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (3×20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Luna C18 250×50 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 57-77%, 8 min). Lyophilisation afforded compound 28.5 as a yellow solid (140 mg, 41% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.34 (d, 3H), 1.38-1.54 (m, 14H), 2.09-2.17 (m, 2H), 2.77 (s, 3H), 3.03 (dd, 2H), 3.20-3.40 (m, 2H), 3.64-3.73 (m, 4H), 4.30-4.60 (m, 3H), 4.65-4.95 (m, 2H), 5.11 (s, 2H), 7.01 (t, 1H), 7.18-7.25 (m, 3H), 7.28-7.40 (m, 9H), 7.52-7.60 (m, 1H), 7.98 (d, 1H), 8.69 (br. s, 1H), 11.36 (br. s, 1H).
To a solution of compound 28.5 (140 mg, 0.17 mmol) in methanol (2 mL) was added 10% Pd/C (30 mg) under nitrogen. The mixture was degassed under vacuum and purged with hydrogen three times. The resulting mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 12 h and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum to give compound 28.6 as a yellow oil (103 mg, crude). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.25-1.55 (m, 15H), 1.63-1.80 (m, 2H), 2.20-2.35 (m, 1H), 2.40-2.55 (m, 1H), 2.76-2.85 (m, 3H), 3.05-3.23 (m, 8H), 3.52 (dd, 2H), 4.40-4.60 (m, 2H), 5.01-5.13 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.60 (m, 9H), 8.11 (d, 1H).
To a solution of acetic acid (18 mg, 0.30 mmol) in dimethyl formamide (2 mL) was added DIEA (98 mg, 0.76 mmol), EDCI (58 mg, 0.30 mmol) and HOAt (41 mg, 0.30 mmol). Compound 28.6 (103 mg, 0.15 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred at 20° C. for 12 h. Water (10 mL) was added, and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (3×20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B:
acetonitrile]; B %: 35-65%, 9 min). Lyophilisation afforded compound 28.7 as a white solid (75 mg, 67% yield, 97.7% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.32-1.39 (m, 3H), 1.42-1.55 (m, 14H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.15-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.78 (s, 3H), 3.06 (dd, 2H), 3.12-3.30 (m, 2H), 3.53-3.57 (m, 1H), 3.66 (dd, 2H), 3.85-4.05 (m, 1H), 4.20-4.60 (m, 3H), 4.65-5.00 (m, 2H), 7.00 (t, 1H), 7.17-7.25 (m, 3H), 7.28-7.31 (m, 2H), 7.36 (d, 1H), 7.38-7.60 (m, 2H), 8.00 (d, 1H), 8.51 (br. s, 1H). LC-MS Method 7: rt 0.952 min, (745.4 [M+Na]+).
To a solution of compound 28.7 (55 mg, 0.076 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.1 mL). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 0.5 h and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 10-40%,9 min). After lyophilisation, Example 65 was obtained as a white solid (16 mg, 29% yield, TFA salt, 98.9% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.42 (d, 3H), 1.46-1.58 (m, 2H), 1.60-1.90 (m, 3H), 2.03 (d, 3H), 2.10-2.25 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.92-3.05 (m, 1H), 3.08-3.12 (dd, 2H), 3.20-3.28 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.70 (m, 3H), 3.80-4.00 (m, 1H), 4.29 (d, 1H), 4.40-4.75 (m, 2H), 4.95-5.20 (m, 2H), 6.88-6.96 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.22 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.28 (d, 1H), 7.32-7.46 (m, 4H), 7.48-7.57 (m, 2H), 8.03-8.09 (d, 1H). LC-MS Method 8: rt 2.169 min, (623.4 [M+H]+).
The target compound was prepared in analogous fashion to Example 65, with the Boc-L-alanine methyl ester hydrochloride instead of compound 28.1. Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Luna C18 150×25 mm 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 22-37%, 6 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 66 as an off-white solid (TFA salt, 96.6% purity,). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) 6.1.42 (d, 3H), 1.49-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.73-1.85 (m, 3H), 2.04 (d, 3H), 2.17-2.25 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.89-3.03 (m, 1H), 3.13 (d, 2H), 3.29-3.31 (m, 1H), 3.54 (dd, 2H), 3.60-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.95 (m, 1H), 4.33 (d, 1H), 4.45-4.74 (m, 2H), 4.88-5.25 (m, 2H), 6.93-6.98 (m, 1H), 7.25-7.43 (m, 2H), 7.23-7.48 (m, 4H), 7.48-7.63 (m, 2H), 8.07 (d, 1H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.739 min, (623.5 [M+H]+).
A solution of compound 29.1 (500 mg, 1.94 mmol) in 4M hydrochloric acid/dioxane (10 mL) was stirred at 20° C. for 3 h. The suspension was concentrated under vacuum to provide compound 29.2 as a white solid (350 mg, 93% yield, HCl salt).
To a solution of compound 29.2 (250 mg, 1.29 mmol, HCl salt) in acetonitrile (3 mL) and water (3 mL) was added sodium carbonate (547 mg, 5.16 mmol) and CbzCl (330 mg, 1.94 mmol) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 16 h, poured into water (20 mL) and washed with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The aqueous phase was adjusted to pH5-6 with 1M hydrochloric acid (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (20 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, compound 29.3 was obtained as a yellow oil (240 mg, 58% yield, 91.7% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 5.0.892 (t, 3H), 1.38-1.47 (m, 2H), 1.63 (q, 2H), 2.10-2.13 (m, 2H), 3.02 (br. s, 2H), 3.99 (br. s, 2H), 5.13 (s, 2H), 7.31-7.37 (m, 5H).
Synthesis of Intermediate G
To a solution of compound 29.3 (140 mg, 0.48 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL) was added dimethylformamide (1.76 mg, 0.024 mmol) and thionyl chloride (572 mg, 4.81 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 2 h and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (1 mL) and added to a solution of Intermediate D (147 mg, 0.27 mmol) and triethylamine (183 mg, 1.81 mmol) in dichloromethane (3 mL) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 16 h, poured into water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The organic phases were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified with silica gel column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=10:1˜1:1, to provide compound 30.1 as a white solid (120 mg, 33% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ.0.91 (t, 3H), 1.39-1.44 (m, 11H), 1.75 (br. s, 2H), 2.18 (br. s, 2H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 3.05 (q, 2H), 3.15 (br. s, 2H), 3.61 (q, 2H), 3.79 (d, 2H), 3.96-4.26 (m, 2H), 4.46 (s, 2H), 4.91 (br. s, 2H), 5.10 (s, 2H), 6.81 (dd, 1H), 7.05 (d, 1H), 7.16-7.26 (m, 4H), 7.29-7.37 (m, 7H), 7.57 (s, 1H), 8.12 (d, 1H), 8.57 (br. s, 1H), 8.72 (s, 1H).
Intermediate G
To a solution of compound 30.1 (120 mg, 0.15 mmol) in methanol (2 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (17 mg, 0.15 mmol) and 10% Pd/C (20 mg). The mixture was degassed and purged with hydrogen three times and stirred at 25° C. for 16 h under a hydrogen-filled balloon. The catalyst was removed by filtration, and the filtrate adjusted to pH10 with ammonium hydroxide. After concentration, the residue was dissolved with methanol (3 mL), and water (10 mL) was added. The suspension was filtered, and the residue was dried under high vacuum to provide Intermediate G was as a white solid (75 mg, 75% yield, 86.5% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ.0.87 (t, 3H), 1.37 (m, 9H), 1.47-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.60-1.75 (m, 2H), 2.38-2.41 (m, 2H), 2.70 (s, 3H), 2.92 (d, 2H), 3.03-3.25 (m, 4H), 3.42 (dd, 2H), 4.01 (s, 2H), 4.48 (s, 2H), 4.84 (s, 2H), 6.78 (dd, 1H), 7.03 (d, 1H), 7.11-7.25 (m, 6H), 7.49 (br. s, 1H), 7.96 (d, 1H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.817 min, (681 [M+H]+).
To a solution of Intermediate G (22 mg, 0.032 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.30 mL). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 1 h and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified with prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 5-35%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, Example 67 was obtained as a white solid (9 mg, 39% yield, bis-TFA salt, 95.52% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) 0.83-0.98 (m, 3H), 1.64 (t, 2H), 1.78-1.85 (m, 2H), 2.45-2.53 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.07-3.16 (m, 4H), 3.27-3.31 (m, 2H), 3.50 (dd, 2H), 4.05-4.35 (m, 2H), 4.65-4.72 (m, 2H), 4.91-5.11 (m, 2H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.14 (d, 1H), 7.24 (dd, 2H), 7.36-7.56 (dd, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 8: rt 1.785 min, (581.3 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound Intermediate G (70 mg, 0.10 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL) was added triethylamine (21 mg, 0.20 mmol) and acetyl chloride (10 mg, 0.13 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 30 min, poured into water (30 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (3×30 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (50 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 40-70%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, compound 31.1 was obtained as a white solid (25 mg, 34% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 0.93 (t, 3H), 1.32-1.38 (m, 2H), 1.40 (s, 9H), 1.67-1.88 (m, 2H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 2.05-2.15 (m, 1H), 2.35-2.38 (m, 1H), 2.77 (s, 3H), 2.94-2.98 (m, 1H), 3.04 (dd, 2H), 3.35 (t, 1H), 3.55-3.60 (m, 1H), 3.61 (dd, 2H), 3.80-3.90 (m, 1H), 4.10-4.50 (m, 4H), 4.80-4.98 (m, 2H), 6.82 (dd, 1H), 7.07 (d, 1H), 7.18-7.55 (m, 6H), 7.57 (d, 1H), 8.12 (dd, 1H), 8.58 (br. s, 1H), 9.32 (br. s, 1H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.811 min, (723 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 31.1 (24 mg, 0.033 mmol) in dichloromethane (3 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 0.5 h and concentrated under vacuum. Water (20 mL) was added, and the mixture lyophilized to provide Example 68 as a yellow solid (17 mg, 67% yield, TFA salt, 96.8% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.84-0.90 (m, 3H), 1.29-1.46 (m, 2H), 1.77-1.79 (m, 2H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 2.20 (dd, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.98-3.04 (m, 1H), 3.10 (dd, 2H), 3.33-3.42 (m, 1H), 3.52 (dd, 2H), 4.06 (d, 1H), 4.35 (d, 1H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.75-4.77 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.35-7.48 (m, 5H), 7.56 (d, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 9: rt 2.448 min, (623 [M+H]+).
The target compound was prepared in analogous fashion to Example 68, with pivaloyl chloride and diisopropylethylamine in the first step. Final purification of the second step by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 29-53%, 10 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 69 as a yellow solid (20 mg, 37% yield, TFA salt, 98.7% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.87-0.94 (m, 3H), 1.26 (s, 9H), 1.46 (td, 2H), 1.81 (d, 2H), 2.32 (d, 2H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 3.09-3.21 (m, 4H), 3.54 (dd, 2H), 4.06 (d, 2H), 4.37 (s, 2H), 4.79-4.82 (m, 4H), 6.91 (dd, 1H), 7.17 (dd, 1H), 7.27 (d, 1H), 7.38-7.50 (m, 5H), 7.57 (s, 1H), 8.08 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 3: rt 3.126 min, (665.4 [M+H]+).
General Route D
Step 1: To a solution of acid (RCO2H, 1.5˜2.0 eq.) in DMF (1˜5 mL) was added EDCI (1.5˜2.0 eq.), HOAt (1.5˜2.0 eq.) and DIEA (1.5˜2.0 eq.) at room temperature. Intermediate G (25-70 mg, 0.075-0.105 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2˜16 h. TLC or LC-MS detected the reaction. When the reaction was finished, the mixture was poured into water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phases were combined, washed with 1M HCl aqueous (10 mL), brine (10 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the crude product 32.1 was used directly for the next step or, where specified in each example, purified by silica gel column chromatography.
Step 2: A solution of the product 32.1 (30˜100 mg) from Step 1 in TFA/dichloromethane (1/5, 1˜5 mL) was stirred for 0.5˜2 h. When the reaction was finished, the mixture was concentrated under vacuum, and the residue was purified with prep-HPLC to give the target 32.2.
The target was synthesised according to General Route D from Intermediate G (50 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 12-42%, 9 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 70 as a white solid (27 mg, 47% yield, TFA salt, 96.9% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.75-1.05 (m, 3H), 1.53 (m, 2H), 1.75-1.90 (m, 2H), 2.34 (t, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.08-3.17 (m, 3H), 3.40-3.55 (m, 3H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 4.21-4.36 (m, 4H), 4.55-4.85 (m, 4H), 6.54 (d, 1H), 6.89-6.93 (m, 1H), 7.17-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.37-7.61 (m, 7H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.755 min, (689.5 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route D from Intermediate G (50 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 12-42%, 9 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 71 as a white solid (13 mg, 25% yield, TFA salt, 98.2% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.75-1.05 (m, 3H), 1.52 (m, 2H), 1.75-1.90 (m, 2H), 2.25-2.40 (m, 5H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.07-3.25 (m, 3H), 3.40-3.55 (m, 3H), 4.20 (t, 2H), 4.36 (s, 2H), 4.55-4.85 (m, 4H), 6.29 (s, 1H), 6.89-6.92 (m, 1H), 7.16-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.32-7.56 (m, 6H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.728 min, (689.4 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route D from Intermediate G (50 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 22-43%, 10 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 72 as a white solid (28 mg, 53% yield, TFA salt, 100% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.75-0.90 (m, 7H), 1.44-1.47 (m, 2H), 1.75-1.90 (m, 3H), 2.25-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.05-3.20 (m, 3H), 3.45-3.55 (m, 3H), 4.00-4.10 (m, 2H), 4.36 (s, 2H), 4.60-4.85 (m, 4H), 6.83-6.92 (m, 1H), 7.14-7.25 (m, 2H), 7.36-7.56 (m, 6H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.781 min, (649.3 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route D from Intermediate G (50 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 21-45%, 10 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 73 as a white solid (36 mg, 71% yield, TFA salt, 100% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.88 (br. s, 3H), 1.07 (dd, 6H), 1.42-1.51 (m, 2H), 1.77-1.82 (m, 2H), 2.33 (dd, 2H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 2.92 (dt, 1H), 2.97-3.07 (m, 1H), 3.12 (dd, 2H), 3.36-3.46 (m, 1H), 3.54 (dd, 2H), 3.86 (d, 1H), 4.15 (d, 1H), 4.37 (s, 2H), 4.62-4.85 (m, 4H), 6.91-6.94 (m, 1H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 7.27 (d, 1H), 7.37-7.51 (m, 5H), 7.57 (d, 1H), 8.08 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 3: rt 3.035 min, (651.4 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route D from Intermediate G (40 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 18-42%, 10 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 74 as a yellow gum (15 mg, 35% yield, TFA salt, 98.6% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.78-1.00 (m, 3H), 1.42-1.53 (m, 2H), 1.67-1.87 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.38 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.00-3.18 (m, 3H), 3.33-3.35 (m, 3H), 3.49-3.55 (m, 4H), 3.57-3.71 (m, 8H), 4.03-4.12 (m, 1H), 4.14-4.28 (m, 2H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.53-4.82 (m, 4H), 6.88-6.93 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.27 (m, 1H), 7.35-7.60 (m, 6H), 8.03-8.10 (m, 1H). LC-MS Method 4: rt 2.062 min, (741.2 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route D from Intermediate G (40 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 25-49%, 10 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 75 as an off-white solid (12 mg, 26% yield, TFA salt, 98.6% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.84-1.03 (m, 3H), 1.40-1.48 (m, 2H), 1.52-1.90 (m, 11H), 2.27 (dd, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.95-3.05 (m, 2H), 3.10 (dd, 2H), 3.52 (dd, 2H), 3.81 (d, 1H), 4.10 (d, 1H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.55-4.82 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (dd, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.35-7.51 (m, 5H), 7.55 (d, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 5: rt 0.999 min, (677.4 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route D from Intermediate G (45 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Prime C18 150×30 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 18-48%, 9 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 76 as a white solid (12 mg, 26% yield, TFA salt, 98.6% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.73-0.99 (m, 3H), 1.50-1.62 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.91 (m, 2H), 2.33 (dd, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.10 (d, 2H), 3.15-3.28 (m, 1H), 3.34-3.42 (m, 1H), 3.51 (dd, 2H), 3.63 (d, 1H), 4.24 (d, 1H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.65-4.83 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.34-7.54 (d, 6H), 7.65 (dd, 1H), 7.71 (td, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H), 8.46 (d, 1H). LC-MS Method 4: rt 2.201 min, (704.1 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route D from Intermediate G (40 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 8-38%, 10 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 77 as a yellow solid (27 mg, 40% yield, TFA salt, 98.4% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.77-0.95 (m, 3H), 1.39-1.54 (m, 5H), 1.70-1.90 (m, 2H), 2.26-2.48 (m, 2H), 2.64 (d, 3H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.09 (d, 2H), 3.32-3.45 (m, 2H), 3.51 (dd, 2H), 3.60-3.75 (m, 1H), 4.05-4.21 (m, 1H), 4.25-4.41 (m, 3H), 4.60-4.82 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.35-7.60 (m, 6H), 8.04-8.08 (d, 1H). LC-MS: Method 4 rt 1.743 min, (666.2 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route D from Intermediate G (40 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 25-45 10 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 78 as a white solid (20 mg, 25% yield, TFA salt, 98.2% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.84-1.04 (m, 3H), 1.54-1.66 (m, 2H), 1.75-1.92 (m, 2H), 2.28 (d, 1H), 2.41 (d, 1H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.10 (d, 2H), 3.32-3.41 (m, 2H), 3.51 (dd, 2H), 3.57-3.66 (m, 1H), 4.27 (d, 1H), 4.36 (s, 2H), 4.60-4.82 (m, 4H), 6.89 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (dt, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.35-7.54 (m, 6H), 7.83-7.89 (m, 2H), 8.06 (d, 1H), 8.16 (t, 1H). LC-MS Method 5: rt 0.905 min, (754.4 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route D from Intermediate G (40 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Prime C18 150×30 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase:
[solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 15-45%, 9 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 79 as a white solid (23 mg, 44% yield, bis-TFA salt, 98.5% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.33-0.43 (m, 0.5H), 0.55-1.03 (m, 3H), 1.17-1.30 (m, 0.5H), 1.37-1.66 (m, 2H), 1.67-1.86 (m, 1H), 1.90-2.12 (m, 1H), 2.18-2.33 (m, 1H), 2.64-2.89 (m, 3H), 2.94-3.18 (m, 3H), 3.22-3.29 (m, 0.5H), 3.50-3.58 (m, 3H), 3.80-4.38 (m, 3.5H), 4.48-4.82 (m, 4H), 5.44 (d, 1H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.32-7.57 (m, 11H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 4: rt 1.929 min, (714.1 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route D from Intermediate G (45 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 10-40%, 10 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 80 as an off-white solid (24 mg, 47% yield, bis-TFA salt, 99.5% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.73-0.96 (m, 3H), 0.99 (dd, 3H), 1.07 (dd, 3H), 1.37-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.68-1.94 (m, 2H), 2.08-2.23 (m, 1H), 2.31-2.41 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.94-3.21 (m, 3H), 3.35-3.55 (m, 3H), 3.70-3.79 (m, 1H), 4.08-4.21 (m, 1H), 4.26 (dd, 1H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.60-4.83 (m, 4H), 6.89 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (dd, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.35-7.58 (m, 6H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 4: rt 1.855 min, (680.2 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route D from Intermediate G (45 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 15-35%, 10 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 81 as a white solid (28 mg, 45% yield, bis-TFA salt, 98.6% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.36-0.43 (m, 0.5H), 0.61-0.89 (m, 3H), 1.19-1.29 (m, 0.5H), 1.39-1.59 (m, 2H), 1.68-1.83 (m, 1H), 1.90-2.11 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.30 (m, 1H), 2.69-2.80 (m, 3H), 2.97-3.25 (m, 4H), 3.47-3.57 (m, 3H), 4.13-4.32 (m, 3H), 4.50-4.83 (m, 4H), 5.43 (d, 1H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.32-7.44 (m, 5H), 7.47-7.60 (m, 6H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 4: rt 1.894 min, (714.2 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route D from Intermediate G (45 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Prime C18 150×30 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 12-42%, 9 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 82 as an off-white solid (25 mg, 43% yield, bis-TFA salt, 98.6% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.75-0.96 (m, 3H), 0.99 (dd, 3H), 1.07 (dd, 3H), 1.40-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.68-1.97 (m, 2H), 2.07-2.22 (m, 2H), 2.25-2.48 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.91-3.22 (m, 3H), 3.35-3.59 (m, 3H), 3.70-3.79 (m, 1H), 4.00-4.22 (m, 1H), 4.27 (dd, 1H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.60-4.82 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.35-7.58 (m, 6H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 4: rt 1.878 min, (680.3 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route D from Intermediate G (45 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Prime C18 150×30 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 12-42%, 9 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 83 as a white solid (27 mg, 47% yield, bis-TFA salt, 99.0% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.76-1.14 (m, 3H), 1.37-1.57 (m, 2H), 1.68-1.95 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.46 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.95-3.22 (m, 3H), 3.33-3.64 (m, 5H), 3.65-3.81 (m, 2H), 3.95-4.10 (m, 2H), 4.11-4.23 (m, 2H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.55-4.64 (m, 1H), 4.65-4.82 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.14-7.18 (m, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.35-7.54 (m, 5H), 7.56 (d, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 4: rt 1.762 min, (694.2 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route D from Intermediate G (45 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 12-42%, 9 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 84 as a white solid (31 mg, 52% yield, TFA salt, 98.5% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.78-0.86 (m, 3H), 1.47-1.60 (m, 2H), 1.75-1.90 (m, 2H), 2.29-3.39 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.01-3.26 (m, 3H), 3.42-3.55 (m, 3H), 4.19-4.26 (m, 2H), 4.36 (s, 2H), 4.67-4.82 (m, 4H), 6.57 (d, 1H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.34-7.56 (m, 6H), 7.68 (d, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 4: rt 2.023 min, (675.2 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route D from Intermediate G (70 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 10-40%, 9 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 85 as a white solid (15 mg, 33% yield, TFA salt, 100% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.86-0.91 (m, 3H), 1.48-1.60 (m, 2H), 1.75-1.88 (m, 2H), 2.36 (d, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.12 (dd, 2H), 3.33-3.36 (m, 1H), 3.48-3.55 (m, 3H), 3.96-4.15 (m, 2H), 4.36 (s, 2H), 4.76-4.82 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.35-7.54 (m, 6H), 7.86 (s, 2H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 4: r t=1.978 min, (675.2 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route D from Intermediate G (50 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Prime C18 150×30 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 22-52%, 6 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 86 as a white solid (21 mg, 34% yield, TFA salt, 98.5% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.63-1.03 (m, 3H), 1.49-1.61 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.89 (m, 2H), 2.34 (d, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.11 (dd, 2H), 3.45-3.53 (m, 3H), 3.77-4.28 (m, 3H), 4.36 (s, 2H), 4.55-4.84 (m, 4H), 6.85-6.92 (m, 1H), 7.17 (d, 1H), 7.26 (d, 1H), 7.35 (d, 1H), 7.37-7.57 (m, 4H), 7.58 (s, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 9.11 (s, 1H). LC-MS: rt 0.766 min, (692.4 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route D from Intermediate G (50 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Prime C18 150×30 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 22-52%, 3 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 87 as a white solid (28 mg, 54% yield, TFA salt, 99.5% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.71-1.03 (m, 3H), 1.32-1.52 (m, 2H), 1.69-1.90 (m, 2H), 2.14 (s, 6H), 2.21-2.39 (m, 2H), 2.45 (d, 1H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.91-3.04 (m, 1H), 3.09 (dd, 2H), 3.34-3.45 (m, 1H), 3.52 (dd, 2H), 3.92-4.09 (m, 2H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.55-4.84 (m, 4H), 6.86-6.98 (m, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.35-7.60 (m, 6H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.850 min, (675.4 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route D from Intermediate G (50 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Prime C18 150×30 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 22-52%, 3 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 88 as a white solid (22 mg, 40% yield, TFA salt, 99.4% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.71-1.04 (m, 3H), 1.40-1.52 (m, 2H), 1.55 (d, 6H), 1.71-1.91 (m, 2H), 2.24-2.42 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.00-3.19 (m, 3H), 3.35-3.45 (m, 1H), 3.52 (dd, 2H), 4.03-4.21 (m, 2H), 4.36 (s, 2H), 4.57-4.83 (m, 4H), 6.87-6.97 (m, 1H), 7.17 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.35-7.52 (m, 5H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.831 min, (669.4 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route D from Intermediate G (50 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Prime C18 150×30 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 22-52%, 9 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 89 as a white solid (16 mg, 29% yield, TFA salt, 96.9% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.73-1.04 (m, 3H), 1.38-1.45 (m, 2H), 1.72-1.85 (m, 3H), 1.94-2.01 (m, 1H), 2.11-2.32 (m, 6H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.98-3.12 (m, 3H), 3.22-3.28 (m, 1H), 3.31-3.39 (m, 1H), 3.48-3.60 (m, 3H), 4.04 (d, 1H), 4.36 (s, 2H), 4.61-4.83 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.17 (d, 1H), 7.27 (d, 1H), 7.36-7.52 (m, 5H), 7.55 (d, 1H), 8.07 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.789 min, (663.4 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route D from Intermediate G (50 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Prime C18 150×30 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 10-40%, 9 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 90 as a white solid (34 mg, 65% yield, bis-TFA salt, 97.6% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.81-0.85 (m, 3H), 1.49-1.58 (m, 2H), 1.73-1.89 (m, 2H), 2.25-2.45 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3.5H), 3.08-3.31 (m, 5.5H), 3.48-3.52 (m, 5H), 3.72-4.23 (m, 5H), 4.28-4.43 (m, 4H), 4.57-4.83 (m, 4H), 6.91-6.93 (m, 1H), 7.19-7.31 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.59 (m, 5H), 7.58 (d, 1H), 8.07 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 8: rt 1.873 min, (708.4 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route D from Intermediate G (50 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Prime C18 150×30 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 22-52%, 9 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 91 as a white solid (25 mg, 49% yield, TFA salt, 100% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.85-0.87 (m, 3H), 1.33 (s, 9H), 1.49-1.52 (m, 2H), 1.73-1.87 (m, 2H), 2.25-2.47 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.07-3.30 (m, 3H), 3.45-3.55 (m, 3H), 4.19-4.28 (m, 2H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.55-4.83 (m, 4H), 6.31 (s, 1H), 6.89 (dd, 1H), 7.17 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.36-7.58 (m, 6H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 8: rt 2.322 min, (731.4 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route D from Intermediate G (60 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.04% ammonium hydroxide and 10 mM ammonium bicarbonate)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 40-67%, 8 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 92 as a white solid (15 mg, 28% yield, 100% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.90-1.07 (m, 3H), 1.28 (s, 9H), 1.43-1.60 (m, 2H), 1.75-1.95 (m, 2H), 2.31-2.50 (m, 5H), 3.08 (dd, 2H), 3.45-3.57 (m, 3H), 3.64-3.85 (m, 6H), 3.99-4.31 (m, 2H), 4.34-4.71 (m, 3H), 4.96-5.30 (m, 1H), 6.27 (s, 1H), 6.88 (dd, 1H), 7.14 (dd, 1H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 7.27-7.41 (m, 5H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 8.05 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 4: rt 2.452 min, [M+H]+ 745.2.
The target was synthesised according to General Route D from Intermediate G (50 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Prime C18 150×30 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 10-40%, 9 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 93 as a white solid (27 mg, 44% yield, bis-TFA salt, 97.8% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.81-0.88 (m, 3H), 1.45-1.49 (m, 2H), 1.75-1.81 (m, 2H), 2.25-2.47 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.08-3.30 (m, 3H), 3.31 (m, 2H), 3.48-3.55 (m, 4H), 3.64-3.71 (m, 2H), 4.03 (d, 1H), 4.14-4.25 (m, 2H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.53-4.61 (m, 1H), 4.62-4.84 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.26 (d, 1H), 7.36-7.55 (m, 5H), 7.55-7.59 (m, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 4: rt 1.771 min, (694.2 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route D from Intermediate G (50 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Prime C18 150×30 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase:
[solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 10-40%, 9 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 94 as a white solid (31 mg, 51% yield, bis-TFA salt, 97.6% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.83-0.92 (m, 3H), 1.40-1.49 (m, 5H), 1.77-1.81 (m, 2H), 2.32-2.47 (m, 2H), 2.65 (d, 3H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.07-3.30 (m, 3H), 3.48-3.55 (m, 3H), 3.61-3.68 (m, 1H), 4.09-4.22 (m, 1H), 4.25-4.39 (m, 3H), 4.56-4.88 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.26 (d, 1H), 7.35-7.59 (m, 6H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 4: rt 1.779 min, (666.3 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route D from Intermediate G (50 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Prime C18 150×30 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 10-40%, 9 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 95 as a white solid (32 mg, 45% yield, bis-TFA salt, 100% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.83-0.92 (m, 3H), 1.48-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.77-1.80 (m, 2H), 2.34-2.41 (m, 6H), 2.81 (d, 3H), 3.07-3.12 (m, 3H), 3.31-3.32 (m, 2H), 3.48-3.55 (m, 6H), 4.13-4.17 (m, 1H), 4.26-4.35 (m, 4H), 4.56-4.88 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.26 (d, 1H), 7.35-7.59 (m, 6H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 4: rt 1.886 min, (742.2 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route D from Intermediate G (50 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Prime C18 150×30 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 18-48%, 9 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 96 as a white solid (25 mg, 41% yield, TFA salt, 99.5% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.68-1.05 (m, 3H), 1.36-1.57 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.90 (m, 2H), 2.22-2.41 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.00-3.17 (m, 3H), 3.33 (s, 3H), 3.34-3.39 (m, 1H), 3.47-3.56 (m, 4H), 3.57-3.69 (m, 15H), 4.02-4.12 (m, 1H), 4.21 (q, 2H), 4.36 (s, 2H), 4.57-4.83 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.33-7.52 (m, 5H), 7.57 (s, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 4: rt 2.169 min, (829.2 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route D from Intermediate G (50 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (10 mM ammonium bicarbonate)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 15-45%, 10 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 97 as a white solid (4 mg, 15% yield, 98.2% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.90-1.05 (m, 3H), 1.36-1.53 (m, 2H), 1.75-1.92 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.41 (m, 2H), 2.48 (s, 3H), 3.02-3.19 (m, 3H), 3.34 (s, 3H), 3.37-3.46 (m, 1H), 3.47-3.56 (m, 4H), 3.57-3.88 (m, 24H), 3.98-4.14 (m, 2H), 4.22 (q, 2H), 4.43-4.69 (m, 2H), 4.98-5.13 (m, 2H), 6.89 (dd, 1H), 7.14 (d, 1H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 7.28-7.43 (m, 5H), 7.53-7.60 (m, 1H), 8.05 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 4: rt 2.203 min, (917.3 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route D with the following procedure for Step 1. To a solution of 3,3,3-trifluoro-2,2-dimethylpropionic acid (57 mg, 0.37 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was added Ghosez's Reagent (59 mg, 0.44 mmol) at 20° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 2 h, added to a solution of Intermediate G (50 mg, 0.073 mmol) and triethylamine (59 mg, 0.59 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 mL) at 0° C. and stirred at 20° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture was poured into water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed successively by 0.1M hydrochloric acid (20 mL), saturated sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution (20 mL) and brine (2×20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=5:1 to 1:3, to give the corresponding compound 32.1 as a yellow solid. After the second step, purification by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 25-55%, 10 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 98 as a white solid (20 mg, 32% yield, TFA salt, 99.6% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.72-0.96 (m, 3H), 1.41-1.46 (m, 2H), 1.49 (s, 6H), 1.70-1.86 (m, 2H), 2.25-2.37 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.09 (dd, 2H), 3.15-3.25 (m, 2H), 3.52 (dd, 2H), 3.98-4.08 (m, 2H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.57-4.76 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.34-7.51 (m, 5H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 4: rt 2.471 min, (719.1 [M+H]+).
General Route E
Step 1: To a solution of Intermediate G (50-70 mg, 0.073-0.103 mmol) and triethylamine (3.5 eq.) in THF (2 mL) was added triphosgene (0.9 eq.) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 h. LC-MS was used to monitor the reaction. Amine (RR′NH, 3˜6 eq.) and triethylamine (3-6 eq.) were added to the mixture at 0° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for another 0.5˜2 h. When the reaction was finished, the mixture was poured into water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phases were combined, washed with 1M hydrochloric acid (10 mL), brine (10 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the crude product 33.1 was used directly for the next step or, where specified, purified by prep-HPLC.
Step 2: Compound 33.1 (40˜80 mg) from step 1 in the solution of TFA/dichloromethane (1/5, 1˜3 mL) was stirred for 0.5˜1 h. TLC or LC-MS detected the reaction. When the reaction was finished, the mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified with prep-HPLC to provide the target 33.2.
The target was synthesised according to General Route E from Intermediate G (50 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 15-45%, 9 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 99 as a white solid (20 mg, 45% yield, TFA salt, 99.5% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.85 (br. s, 3H), 1.53 (t, 2H), 1.78-1.80 (m, 2H), 2.24 (d, 2H), 2.80 (s, 6H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.08-3.13 (m, 4H), 3.40-3.43 (m, 2H), 3.51 (dd, 2H), 4.36 (s, 2H), 4.67-4.83 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.15-7.17 (m, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.35-7.48 (m, 5H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 9: rt 2.524 min, (652 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route E from Intermediate G (70 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 15-45%, 9 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 100 as a white solid (22 mg, 44% yield, TFA salt, 99.0% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.85 (m, 3H), 1.39-1.51 (td, 2H), 1.71-1.86 (m, 2H), 2.24 (d, 2H), 2.68 (s, 3H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.02-3.16 (m, 4H), 3.52 (dd, 2H), 3.60-3.69 (d, 2H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.54-4.84 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.34-7.50 (m, 5H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.598 min, (638.4 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route E from Intermediate G (70 mg). The product from Step 1 was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 38-68%, 9 min). At the end of Step 2, purification by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 12-42%, 9 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 101 as a white solid (20 mg, 49% yield, TFA salt, 98.6% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.85 (m, 3H), 1.11 (d, 6H), 1.43 (t, 2H), 1.70-1.88 (m, 2H), 2.24 (d, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.01-3.16 (m, 4H), 3.52 (dd, 2H), 3.65 (d, 2H), 3.79-3.94 (m, 1H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.51-4.84 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.34-7.52 (m, 5H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.778 min, (666.5 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route E from Intermediate G (70 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Luna C18 250×50 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 24-44%, 8 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 102 as a white solid (34 mg, 58% yield, TFA salt, 98.0% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.86 (m, 3H), 1.45-1.56 (td, 2H), 1.77-1.87 (m, 6H), 2.21-2.31 (d, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.97-3.15 (m, 4H), 3.33-3.40 (m, 4H), 3.45-3.57 (m, 4H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.60-4.84 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.17 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.34-7.51 (m, 5H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 8: rt 2.327 min, (678.4 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route E from Intermediate G (70 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Prime C18 150×30 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 18-48%, 3 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 103 as a white solid (20 mg, 40% yield, TFA salt, 99.7% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.72-0.98 (m, 3H), 1.41-1.57 (m, 2H), 1.73-1.87 (m, 2H), 2.26 (d, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.03-3.16 (m, 4H), 3.17-3.23 (m, 4H), 3.44-3.56 (m, 4H), 3.60-3.66 (m, 4H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.60-4.84 (m, 4H), 6.91 (dd, 1H), 7.17 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.34-7.50 (m, 5H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 8: rt 2.174 min, (694.3 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route E from Intermediate G (60 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.04% ammonium hydroxide and 10 mM ammonium bicarbonate)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 40-64%, 9 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 104 as a white solid (12 mg, 27% yield, 99.1% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.87-1.06 (m, 3H), 1.43-1.63 (m, 8H), 1.72-1.88 (m, 2H), 2.27 (d, 2H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 3.01-3.22 (m, 8H), 3.37-3.46 (m, 2H), 3.51 (dd, 2H), 3.68-4.17 (m, 3H), 4.57 (s, 1H), 5.03-5.27 (m, 2H), 6.88 (dd, 1H), 7.14 (d, 1H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 7.28-7.40 (m, 5H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 8.05 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.913 min, (692.4 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route E from Intermediate G (60 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Prime C18 150×30 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 22-52%, 9 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 105 as a white solid (23 mg, 35% yield, TFA salt, 99.5% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.72-0.96 (m, 3H), 1.38-1.48 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.84 (m, 2H), 2.00 (s, 6H), 2.17-2.28 (m, 2H), 2.35 (s, 1H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.00-3.14 (m, 4H), 3.52 (dd, 2H), 3.58-3.68 (m, 2H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.65-4.78 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (dd, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.34-7.50 (m, 5H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.840 min, (690.4 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route E from Intermediate G (60 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Prime C18 150×30 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 18-48%, 9 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 106 as a white solid (23 mg, 33% yield, TFA salt, 95.1% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.73-0.93 (m, 3H), 1.38-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.83 (m, 2H), 2.14-2.29 (m, 4H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.01-3.14 (m, 4H), 3.46-3.60 (m, 4H), 3.98 (t, 4H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.48-4.78 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (dd, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.34-7.50 (m, 5H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H).
LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.764 min, (664.4 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route E from Intermediate G (60 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.04% ammonium hydroxide and 10 mM ammonium bicarbonate)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 45-66%, 9 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 107 as a white solid (15 mg, 26% yield, 99.4% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.80-1.10 (m, 3H), 1.43-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.73-1.88 (m, 2H), 1.89-2.02 (m, 4H), 2.22-2.33 (m, 2H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 3.07 (dd, 2H), 3.13-3.26 (m, 2H), 3.32-3.35 (m, 2H), 3.43-3.57 (m, 4H), 3.66-4.24 (m, 4H), 4.36-4.65 (m, 1H), 4.88-5.26 (m, 3H), 6.88 (dd, 1H), 7.14 (d, 1H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 7.28-7.40 (m, 5H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 8.05 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.884 min, (728.4 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route E from Intermediate G (60 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.04% ammonium hydroxide and 10 mM ammonium bicarbonate)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 45-66%, 9 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 108 as a white solid (20 mg, 30% yield, 97.3% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.97-1.00 (m, 3H), 1.49-1.52 (m, 2H), 1.78-1.94 (m, 2H), 2.28-2.33 (m, 4H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 3.08 (dd, 2H), 3.16 (t, 2H), 3.48-3.63 (m, 8H), 3.46-3.67 (m, 1H), 4.01-4.02 (m, 1H), 4.56 (s, 2H), 5.04-5.18 (m, 2H), 6.88 (dd, 1H), 7.14 (d, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.28-7.40 (m, 5H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 8: rt 2.287 min, (714.4 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route E from Intermediate G (60 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Gemini 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.04% ammonium hydroxide and 10 mM ammonium bicarbonate)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 42-60%, 9 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 109 as a white solid (21 mg, 39% yield, 96.2% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.97-1.00 (m, 3H), 1.48-1.52 (m, 2H), 1.78-1.94 (m, 2H), 2.34 (d, 2H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 3.10 (dd, 2H), 3.23 (t, 2H), 3.50-3.74 (m, 4H), 3.77 (s, 2H), 4.01-4.15 (m, 1H), 4.31 (t, 4H), 4.51-4.73 (m, 2H), 5.03-5.12 (m 1H), 6.91 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.26-7.38 (d, 6H), 7.57 (s, 1H), 8.07 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.669 min, (700.2 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route E from Intermediate G (60 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 28-52%, 8 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 110 as a white solid (29 mg, 56% yield, TFA salt, 100% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.84-0.86 (m, 3H), 1.47-1.53 (m, 4H), 1.79-1.92 (m, 4H), 2.24-2.35 (m, 3H), 2.82-2.84 (m, 5H), 3.08-3.83 (m, 4H), 3.43-3.56 (m, 4H), 3.69 (d, 2H), 4.36 (s, 2H), 4.63-4.78 (m, 4H), 6.91 (dd, 1H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 7.26 (d, 1H), 7.36-7.53 (m, 5H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 8.07 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 8: rt 2.459 min, (760.4 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route E from Intermediate G (60 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 18-42%, 8 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 111 as a white solid (20 mg, 40% yield, TFA salt, 99.6% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.84-0.87 (m, 3H), 1.43-1.49 (m, 2H), 1.77-1.79 (m, 2H), 2.24 (d, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.07-3.12 (m, 4H), 3.48-3.57 (m, 4H), 4.05 (dd, 2H), 4.24-4.32 (m, 2H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.77-4.79 (m, 4H), 5.18-5.33 (m, 1H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.17 (d, 1H), 7.26 (d, 1H), 7.35-7.53 (m, 5H), 7.54 (s, 1H), 8.07 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 8: rt 2.208 min, (682.3 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route E from Intermediate G (60 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 24-48%, 8 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 112 as a white solid (26 mg, 50% yield, TFA salt, 100% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.83-0.85 (m, 3H), 1.43-1.48 (m, 2H), 1.77-1.79 (m, 2H), 2.24 (d, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.07-3.12 (m, 4H), 3.31-3.41 (m, 2H), 3.48-3.55 (m, 4H), 3.95-3.97 (m, 2H), 4.15 (t, 2H), 4.34 (s, 2H), 4.73-4.79 (m, 3H), 6.89 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.26 (d, 1H), 7.35-7.53 (m, 5H), 7.54 (s, 1H), 8.06 (d, 1H). LC-MS Method 8: rt 2.343 min, (732.3 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route E from Intermediate G (60 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Waters Xbridge 150×25 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (10 mM ammonium bicarbonate)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 22-42%, 10 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 113 as a white solid (14 mg, 25% yield, 97.1% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.95-1.23 (m, 3H), 1.45 (t, 2H), 1.81-1.82 (m, 2H), 2.29 (d, 2H), 2.48 (s, 3H), 3.07 (dd, 2H), 3.19 (t, 2H), 3.51 (dd, 2H), 3.71 (d, 2H), 3.80 (q, 2H), 4.03-4.07 (m, 2H), 4.58 (s, 2H), 5.04-5.13 (m, 2H), 6.87-6.9 (dd, 1H), 7.13-7.15 (m, 1H), 7.22-7.39 (m, 6H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 8.05 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 9: rt 2.569 min, [M+H]+ 706.3.
General Route F
Step 1: To a solution of Intermediate G (50 mg, 0.074 mmol) and triethylamine (3 eq.) in THF (1.5˜2 mL) was added ROCOCl (1.2 eq.) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 0.5˜1 h. LC-MS was used to monitor the reaction. When the reaction finished, the mixture was poured into water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phases were combined, washed with 1M aqueous hydrochloric acid (10 mL) and brine (10 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the crude product 34.1 was used without further purification.
Step 2: Compound 34.1 (50˜80 mg) from Step 1 in the solution of TFA/dichloromethane (1/5, 1˜5 mL) was stirred for 0.5˜2 h. TLC or LC-MS were used to monitor the reaction. When the reaction was finished, the mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified with prep-HPLC to provide the target 34.2.
The target was synthesised according to General Route F from Intermediate G (50 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Prime C18 150×30 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 22-52%, 9 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 114 as a white solid (23 mg, 37% yield, TFA salt, 99.0% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.71-0.96 (m, 3H), 1.21 (d, 6H), 1.36-1.48 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.84 (m, 2H), 2.19-2.28 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.01-3.18 (m, 4H), 3.52 (dd, 2H), 3.72-3.81 (m, 2H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.53-4.82 (m, 5H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (dd, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.34-7.52 (m, 5H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.914 min, (667.4 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route F from Intermediate G (50 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Prime C18 150×30 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 22-52%, 9 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 115 as a white solid (28 mg, 45% yield, TFA salt, 98.6% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.70-1.00 (m, 3H), 1.23 (t, 3H), 1.36-1.49 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.85 (m, 2H), 2.19-2.29 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.02-3.21 (m, 4H), 3.52 (dd, 2H), 3.71-3.83 (m, 2H), 4.08 (q, 2H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.48-4.81 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.17 (d, 1H), 7.26 (d, 1H), 7.33-7.51 (m, 5H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.835 min, (653.4 [M+H]+).
The target was synthesised according to General Route F from Intermediate G (50 mg). Final purification by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Prime C18 150×30 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 20-50%, 9 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 116 as a white solid (19 mg, 38% yield, TFA salt, 99.3% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.75-0.96 (m, 3H), 1.36-1.49 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.85 (m, 2H), 2.18-2.30 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.01-3.21 (m, 4H), 3.52 (dd, 2H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.71-3.82 (m, 2H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.52-4.83 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.17 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.34-7.51 (m, 5H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.764 min, (639.4 [M+H]+).
To a solution of Intermediate G (100 mg, 0.15 mmol) in dichloromethane (3 mL) was added triethylamine (37 mg, 0.37 mmol) and N-methylsulfamoyl chloride (29 mg, 0.22 mmol) and the mixture stirred at 25° C. for 16 h. The reaction was quenched with water (50 mL) and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate (2×50 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Luna C18 150×25 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 42-69%, 10 min). Lyophilisation afforded compound 35.1 as a yellow oil (51 mg, 45% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 0.93 (t, 3H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.51-1.54 (m, 2H), 1.82-1.92 (m, 2H), 2.21-2.29 (m, 2H), 2.70 (s, 3H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.05 (dd, 4H), 3.42-3.47 (m, 2H), 3.62 (dd, 2H), 4.00-4.11 (m, 2H), 4.47 (s, 2H), 4.92 (s, 2H), 6.82-6.85 (m, 1H), 7.08 (d, 1H), 7.11-7.20 (m, 2H), 7.21-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.29-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 8.11 (br. s, 1H), 8.47 (br. s, 2H).
To a solution of compound 35.1 (50 mg, 0.065 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) was added TFA (0.5 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 30 min and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Prime C18 150×30 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 18-48%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, Example 117 was obtained as a white solid (21 mg, 41% yield, TFA salt, 100% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.77-0.98 (m, 3H), 1.51-1.61 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.89 (m, 2H), 2.36 (d, 2H), 2.58 (s, 3H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 2.93-3.06 (m, 2H), 3.11 (dd, 2H), 3.37-3.43 (m, 2H), 3.53 (dd, 2H), 4.37 (s, 2H), 4.63-4.82 (m, 4H), 6.92 (s, 1H), 7.19 (dd, 1H), 7.26 (d, 1H), 7.34-7.57 (m, 6H), 8.08 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 14: rt 2.039 min, (674.3 [M+H]+).
The target compound was prepared in analogous fashion to Example 117, using N,N-dimethylsulfamoyl chloride in the first step. Purification at the end of the second step by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Prime C18 150×30 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 20-50%, 9 min) and lyophilisation afforded Example 118 as a white solid (30 mg, 27% yield, TFA salt, 99.5% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.85-0.88 (m, 3H), 1.49-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.73-1.82 (m, 2H), 2.32 (d, 2H), 2.75 (s, 6H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.90-3.06 (m, 2H), 3.10 (dd, 2H), 3.37-3.44 (m, 2H), 3.52 (dd, 2H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.64-4.78 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (dd, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.35-7.50 (m, 5H), 7.54 (s, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 9: rt 2.611 min, (688.3 [M+H]+).
Synthesis of Intermediate H
To a solution of diisopropylamine (2.50 g, 24.7 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (40 mL) was added n-BuLi (2.5 M, 9.86 mL) at −70° C. and the mixture stirred at −20° C. for 10 min. A solution of compound 36.1 (5.00 g, 20.6 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) was added and the mixture stirred at −70° C. for 2 h. A solution of 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl trifluoromethanesulfonate (5.72 g, 24.7 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) was added and the mixture stirred at −70° C. for 1 h and warmed with stirring to 20° C. for another 16 h. The mixture was poured into water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The organic phases were combined and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified with silica gel column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=1:0-40:1, to provide compound 36.2 as a colourless oil (3.70 g, 55% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ1.45 (s, 9H), 1.51-1.54 (m, 2H), 2.16 (d, 2H), 2.41 (q, 2H), 3.02 (br. s, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.78-3.82 (m, 2H).
A solution of compound 36.2 (3.40 g, 10.4 mmol) in 4M HCl/dioxane (40 mL) was stirred at 20° C. for 1.5 h and concentrated under vacuum to give compound 36.3 as a yellow solid (2.70 g, 90% yield, HCl salt). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ1.84-1.92 (m, 2H), 2.39 (d, 2H), 2.67 (q, 2H), 3.05-3.12 (m, 2H), 3.33-3.39 (m, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H).
To a solution of compound 36.3 (2.70 g, 10.3 mmol, HCl salt) and triethylamine (2.61 g, 25.8 mmol) in dimethylformamide (30 mL) was added CbzOSu (2.83 g, 11.4 mmol) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 2 h, poured into water (30 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with 0.1M hydrochloric acid (30 mL) and brine (2×30 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, compound 36.4 was obtained as a yellow oil (3.10 g, 84% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) 1.46-1.57 (m, 2H), 2.21 (d, 2H), 2.34-2.52 (m, 2H), 2.99-3.20 (m, 2H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.86-4.02 (m, 2H), 5.13 (s, 2H), 7.30-7.39 (m, 5H).
To a solution of compound 36.4 (1.50 g, 4.17 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (15 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide (1.34 g, 33.4 mmol) in water (5 mL) at 20° C. The mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 12 h, poured into water (60 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The aqueous phase was adjusted to pH4 with 1M aqueous hydrochloric acid and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×50 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (2×60 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi Max-RP 250×80 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 32-62%, 25 min). After lyophilisation, compound 36.5 was obtained as a yellow oil (750 mg, 52% yield, 99.6% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ1.51-1.64 (m, 2H), 2.21 (d, 2H), 2.42-2.56 (m, 2H), 3.10-3.28 (m, 2H), 3.87-4.01 (m, 2H), 5.14 (s, 2H), 7.31-7.41 (m, 5H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.896 min, [368, M+Na]+
To a solution of compound 36.5 (300 mg, 0.87 mmol) in dichloromethane (3 mL) were added thionyl chloride (3.00 mL) and dimethylformamide (6.35 mg, 0.087 mmol) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 4 h and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in acetonitrile (3 mL) and added to a solution of Intermediate D (150 mg, 0.28 mmol) and pyridine (219 mg, 2.77 mmol) in acetonitrile (5 mL) at 20° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 2 h, poured into water (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×60 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (2×80 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=5:1 to 1:3, to provide compound 37.1 as a yellow solid (115 mg, 45% yield, 94.6% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ1.42 (s, 9H), 1.52-1.62 (m, 2H), 2.19-2.39 (m, 2H), 2.42-2.72 (m, 2H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 3.04 (dd, 2H), 3.11-3.31 (m, 2H), 3.64 (dd, 2H), 3.75-3.86 (m, 2H), 3.90-4.02 (m, 1H), 4.15-4.25 (m, 1H), 4.43 (s, 2H), 4.85-4.99 (m, 1.5H), 5.07-5.16 (m, 2.5H), 6.82 (dd, 1H), 7.07 (dd, 1H), 7.14-7.23 (m, 3H), 7.29-7.40 (m, 8H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 8.09 (dd, 1H), 8.46 (br. s, 1H), 8.65 (br. s, 1H).
Intermediate H
To a solution of compound 37.1 (70 mg, 0.080 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (10 mg, 0.089 mmol) and 10% Pd/C (20 mg). The resulting mixture was degassed under vacuum and purged with hydrogen three times. The resulting mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 4 h under a hydrogen-filled balloon. The catalyst was removed by filtration, ammonium hydroxide (1 mL) was added to the filtrate, and the mixture was concentrated under vacuum to provide Intermediate H as a yellow solid (62 mg, 98% yield). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ1.45 (s, 9H), 1.81-1.93 (m, 2H), 2.63 (d, 2H), 2.70-2.89 (m, 5H), 3.06 (d, 2H), 3.32-3.38 (m, 2H), 3.40-3.55 (m, 3H), 4.08-4.12 (m, 1H), 4.26-4.40 (m, 0.5H), 4.50 (s, 2H), 4.66-4.81 (m, 2H), 4.89-4.99 (m, 1.5H), 6.88 (dd, 1H), 7.13 (dd, 1H), 7.21 (d, 1H), 7.25-7.46 (m, 5H), 7.50-7.63 (m, 1H), 8.05 (dd, 1H).
To a solution of Intermediate H (32 mg, 0.044 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.2 mL) at 20° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 30 min and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Prime C18 150×30 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 18-38%, 8 min), and lyophilization afforded compound Example 119 as a white solid (18 mg, 24% yield, bis-TFA salt, 98.6% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.80-1.93 (m, 2H), 2.58-2.71 (m, 2H), 2.75-2.89 (m, 5H), 3.09 (d, 2H), 3.18-3.27 (m, 1H), 3.35-3.40 (m, 2H), 3.51 (dd, 2H), 3.95-4.22 (m, 1H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 4.44-4.61 (m, 1H), 4.90-5.19 (m, 3H), 6.89 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (dd, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.35 (d, 1H), 7.44-7.58 (m, 5H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.693 min, [635, M+H]+.
The target was prepared in analogous fashion to Example 68 using Intermediate H in the first step. At the end of the second step, purification by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 15-45%, 9 min) and lyophilization afforded Example 120 as a white solid (24 mg, 54% yield, TFA salt, 100% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.57-1.75 (m, 2H), 2.07 (s, 3H), 2.35-2.51 (m, 2H), 2.71-2.84 (m, 5H), 3.04-3.16 (m, 3H), 3.39-3.56 (m, 3H), 3.70-3.78 (m, 1H), 4.09-4.17 (m, 1H), 4.34 (s, 2H), 4.44-4.80 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (dd, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.31-7.37 (m, 1H), 7.40-7.56 (m, 5H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.762 min, [677, M+H]+.
The target was prepared by General Route E (Scheme 33) using Intermediate H (50 mg) and dimethylamine in Step 1. At the end of Step 1, purification by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 45-75%, 9 min) and lyophilization gave a white solid (42 mg, 75% yield, 97.9% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.43 (s, 9H), 1.55-1.67 (m, 2H), 2.25-2.38 (m, 2H), 2.57-2.74 (m, 2H), 2.80 (s, 6H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 3.05 (dd, 2H), 3.11-3.16 (m, 1H), 3.36-3.44 (m, 3H), 3.67 (dd, 2H), 4.08-4.23 (br. s, 2H), 4.38-4.51 (s, 2H), 4.84-4.99 (br. s, 2H), 6.99 (dd, 1H), 7.15-7.26 (m, 4H), 7.30-7.38 (m, 3H), 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.99 (d, 1H), 8.56 (br. s, 1H). Lyophilisation at the end of Step 2 gave Example 121 as an off-white solid (20 mg, 47% yield, TFA salt, 99.0% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.66-1.76 (m, 2H), 2.38 (d, 2H), 2.71-2.79 (m, 2H), 2.81 (m, 9H), 3.06-3.20 (m, 4H), 3.40-3.58 (m, 4H), 4.34 (s, 2H), 4.44-4.82 (m, 4H), 6.89-6.93 (dd, 1H), 7.16-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.33 (d, 1H), 7.39-7.55 (m, 5H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.783 min, [M+H]+ 706.
To a solution of compound 36.1 (5.00 g, 20.6 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) was added potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1M, 41.10 mL) dropwise at −70° C. under nitrogen. The mixture was stirred at −70° C. for 1 h. A solution of bromomethylcyclopropane (8.32 g, 61.6 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was added dropwise at −70° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at −70° C. for 1 h under nitrogen. The reaction was quenched with water (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×50 mL). The organic phases were combined and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=50:1˜5:1, to afford compound 38.1 as a yellow oil (3.00 g, 49% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 0-0.01 (m, 2H), 0.42-0.44 (m, 2H), 0.56-0.66 (m, 1H), 1.37-1.45 (m, 13H), 2.16 (d, 2H), 2.86 (t, 2H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 3.79-3.95 (m, 2H).
To a solution of compound 38.1 (700 mg, 2.35 mmol) in methanol (20 mL) and water (12 mL) was added sodium hydroxide (282 mg, 7.06 mmol). The mixture was stirred, with microwave irradiation at 130° C. for 30 min. The mixture was poured into water (50 mL) and washed with dichloromethane (2×50 mL). The aqueous phase was adjusted to pH3-4 with 1M hydrochloric acid and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×50 mL). The organic phases were combined and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, compound 38.2 was obtained as a yellow oil (600 mg, 90% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 0.05-0.07 (m, 2H), 0.45-0.49 (m, 2H), 0.70-0.74 (m, 1H), 1.43-1.47 (m, 11H), 1.52 (d, 2H), 2.19 (d, 2H), 2.94 (t, 2H), 3.91-3.92 (m, 2H).
A mixture of compound 38.2 (600 mg, 2.12 mmol) in 4M HCl/dioxane (10 mL) was stirred at 20° C. for 30 min and concentrated in vacuum to afford compound 38.3 as a yellow solid (420 mg, crude, HCl salt). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.08-0.11 (m, 2H), 0.46-0.49 (m, 2H), 0.65-0.75 (m, 1H), 1.54 (d, 2H), 1.70 (td, 2H), 2.40 (d, 2H), 3.02 (td, 2H), 3.30-3.33 (m, 2H).
To a solution of compound 38.3 (200 mg, 0.91 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) was added triethylamine (461 mg, 4.55 mmol) and CbzOSu (272 mg, 1.09 mmol.). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 12 h, poured into 1M aqueous sodium hydroxide (20 mL) and washed with dichloromethane (3×30 mL). The aqueous phase was acidified with 1M hydrochloric acid (30 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (3×30 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, compound 38.4 was obtained as a colourless oil (280 mg, 94% yield, 96.8% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 0.04-0.08 (m, 2H), 0.45-0.48 (m, 2H), 0.63-0.75 (m, 1H), 1.39-1.51 (m, 2H), 1.52 (d, 2H), 2.19 (d, 2H), 2.91-3.09 (m, 2H), 3.95-4.12 (m, 2H), 5.13 (s, 2H), 7.32-7.37 (m, 5H).
To a solution of compound 38.4 (315 mg, 0.99 mmol, 2 eq.) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added thionyl chloride (0.3 mL) and dimethylformamide (47 mg, 0.65 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 1 h. Then the mixture was concentrated to give a residue and re-dissolved in dichloromethane (10 mL). The mixture was added into the solution of compound 2.7 (160 mg, 0.50 mmol) and triethylamine (0.5 mL) in dichloromethane (10 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 1 h, poured into water (50 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (2×50 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (50 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 62-92%, 4 min). After lyophilisation, compound 39.1 was obtained as a yellow oil (200 mg, 44% yield, 89% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 0.04-0.07 (m, 2H), 0.49-0.52 (m, 2H), 0.80-0.86 (m, 1H), 1.43-1.48 (m, 13H), 2.16-2.31 (m, 2H), 2.78 (s, 3H), 3.10-3.18 (m, 2H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.80-4.00 (m, 4H), 4.43 (s, 2H), 4.80-4.86 (m, 2H), 5.10 (s, 2H), 7.19-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.36 (m, 5H).
To a solution of compound 39.1 (200 mg, 0.32 mmol) in methanol (10 mL) and water (2 mL) was added sodium hydroxide (13 mg, 0.32 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 1 h, poured into water (25 mL) and washed with dichloromethane (2×25 mL). The aqueous phase was adjusted to pH3-4 with 1M hydrochloric acid and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×50 mL). The organic phases were combined and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, compound 39.2 was obtained as a yellow oil (120 mg, 40% yield, 66% purity). LC-MS Method 1: rt 1.026 min, (630.4 [M+Na]+).
To a solution of compound 39.2 (120 mg, 0.20 mmol) and Intermediate C (50 mg, 0.20 mmol) in dimethylformamide (5 mL) was added EDCI (76 mg, 0.40 mmol), HOAt (54 mg, 0.40 mmol) and DIEA (51 mg, 0.40 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 2 h, poured into water (25 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×25 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with 1M hydrochloric acid (25 mL) and brine (25 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=5:1˜0:1, to afford compound 40.1 as a yellow solid (120 mg, 61% yield, 84% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 0.05-0.08 (m, 2H), 0.33-0.39 (m, 2H), 0.62-0.68 (m, 1H), 1.44-1.47 (m, 13H), 1.70-1.80 (m, 2H), 2.18-2.32 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.04 (dd, 2H), 3.10-3.16 (m, 2H), 3.63 (dd, 2H), 3.82 (d, 2H), 3.99-4.22 (m, 2H), 4.46 (s, 2H), 4.91 (s, 2H), 5.10 (s, 2H), 6.87 (br. s, 1H), 7.06 (d, 1H), 7.14-7.17 (m, 2H), 7.21-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.35 (m, 9H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 8.74 (br. s, 1H.
To a solution of compound 40.1 (120 mg, 0.14 mmol) and trifluoroacetic acid (16 mg, 0.14 mmol) in methanol (10 mL) was added 10% Pd/C (30 mg) under nitrogen atmosphere. The suspension was degassed and purged with hydrogen three times and stirred under a hydrogen-filled balloon at 20° C. for 12 h. The mixture was filtered through Celite®, and the filtrate was concentrated to afford compound 40.2 as a yellow solid (90 mg, 75% yield, 84% purity). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.838 min, (707.4 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 40.2 (90 mg, 0.13 mmol) and HOAc (15 mg, 0.26 mmol) in dimethylformamide (5 mL) was added EDCI (49 mg, 0.26 mmol), HOAt (35 mg, 0.26 mmol) and DIEA (33 mg, 0.26 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 2 h, poured into water (25 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×25 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with 1M hydrochloric acid (25 mL) and brine (25 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was obtained as a yellow solid (90 mg, 60% yield), which was taken up in dichloromethane (5 mL). Trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 30 min. The mixture was concentrated to give a residue which was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 12-42%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, Example 122 was obtained as a white solid (59 mg, 63% yield, TFA salt, 97.7% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ. 0.06 (s, 2H), 0.40-0.57 (m, 3H), 1.50-1.73 (m, 4H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 2.34 (dd, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.07-3.13 (m, 3H), 3.39-3.55 (m, 3H), 3.71 (dd, 1H), 4.09 (d, 1H), 4.37 (s, 2H), 4.63-4.88 (m, 4H), 6.91-6.94 (m, 1H), 7.19-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.34-7.55 (m, 6H), 8.07 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.749 min, (649.4 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 36.1 (5.00 g, 20.6 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) was added 2M LDA (20.5 mL) at −78° C. The mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 1 h. 2-Iodopropane (5.24 g, 30.8 mmol) was added. The mixture stirred for another 2 h, poured into water (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×50 mL). The organic phases were combined and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified with silica gel column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=20:1˜10:1, to provide compound 41.1 (4.50 g, 77% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 0.86 (d, 6H), 1.36 (td, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.70-1.75 (m, 1H), 2.06 (d, 2H), 2.62-2.78 (m, 2H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.88-4.09 (m, 2H).
Following the route and procedures set out for Example 122, the target was prepared in analogous fashion, replacing compound 38.1 with compound 41.1. The final product was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Prime C18 150×30 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 15-45%, 3 min). After lyophilisation, Example 123 was obtained as a white solid (99.6% purity, TFA salt). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.71-1.04 (m, 6H), 1.55-1.69 (m, 2H), 2.04 (s, 3H), 2.10-2.31 (m, 3H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.85-2.98 (m, 1H), 3.10 (dd, 2H), 3.21-3.30 (m, 1H), 3.51 (dd, 2H), 3.73 (d, 1H), 4.18 (d, 1H), 4.36 (s, 2H), 4.72-4.77 (m, 4H), 6.92 (t, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.36-7.51 (m, 5H), 7.55 (d, 1H), 8.05 (d, 1H). LC-MS Method 9: rt 2.508 min, (637.3 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 36.1 (5.00 g, 20.6 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) was added KHMDS (1M, 31 mL) dropwise at −70° C. The mixture was stirred at −70° C. for 30 min. A solution of 1-iodopropane (5.24 g, 30.8 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was added dropwise at −70° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at −70° C. for another 1 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride (40 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×40 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (2×40 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=50:1 to 10:1, to give compound 42.1 as a colourless oil (2.40 g, 41% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 0.88 (t, 3H), 1.21-1.26 (m, 2H), 1.30-1.39 (m, 2H), 1.46-1.50 (m, 11H), 2.09 (d, 2H), 2.86 (t, 2H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.85-3.88 (m, 2H).
Following the route and procedures set out for Example 122, the target was prepared in analogous fashion, replacing compound 38.1 with compound 42.1. The final product was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 12-42%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, Example 124 was obtained as an off-white solid (30 mg, 60% yield, TFA salt, 97.1% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.87 (t, 3H), 1.11-1.36 (m, 2H), 1.40-1.57 (m, 2H), 1.60-1.77 (m, 2H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 2.20-2.41 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.88-3.04 (m, 1H), 3.10 (dd, 2H), 3.33-3.38 (m, 1H), 3.52 (dd, 2H), 3.62-3.73 (d, 1H), 4.01-4.12 (d, 1H), 4.36 (s, 2H), 4.61-4.76 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (dd, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.35-7.51 (m, 5H), 7.56 (d, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.738 min, (637.9 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 36.1 (2.00 g, 8.22 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (30 mL) was added 2M LDA (6.17 mL) at −78° C. The mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 0.5 h. 1-Iodo-2-methyl-propane (2.27 g, 12.3 mmol) was added and stirring continued for 2 h. The mixture was poured into water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The organic phases were combined and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified with silica gel column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=50:1˜10:1, to provide compound 43.1 as a yellow oil (1.80 g, 73% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 0.88 (d, 6H), 1.36 (td, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.49 (d, 2H), 1.63-1.70 (m, 1H), 2.09 (d, 2H), 2.90 (m, 2H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.88 (m, 2H).
Following the route and procedures set out for Example 122, the target was prepared in analogous fashion, replacing compound 38.1 with compound 43.1. The final product was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 15-45%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, Example 125 was obtained as a white solid (TFA salt, 98.5% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 0.87 (s, 6H), 1.43-1.70 (m, 5H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 2.26-2.35 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.00-3.13 (m, 3H), 3.31-3.35 (m, 1H), 3.53 (dd, 2H), 3.66-3.70 (m, 1H), 4.05-4.09 (m, 1H), 4.38 (s, 2H), 4.68-4.84 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.17 (d, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.34-7.57 (m, 6H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.648 (651.2 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 36.1 (10.0 g, 41.1 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (80 mL) was added 2M LDA (51.4 mL) dropwise at −70° C. under nitrogen. The mixture was stirred at −70° C. for 1 h, a solution of chloro(methoxy)methane (11.1 g, 138 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (40 mL) was added slowly at −70° C., and the mixture was stirred at −70° C. for 1 h. The mixture was poured into water (100 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×50 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (3×50 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=30:1˜20:1, to afford compound 44.1 as a yellow oil (8.80 g, 75% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.48-1.48 (m, 2H), 2.06-2.10 (m, 2H), 2.93-3.04 (m, 2H), 3.30 (s, 3H), 3.37 (s, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.78-3.83 (m, 2H).
Following the route and procedures set out for Example 122, the target was prepared in analogous fashion, replacing compound 38.1 with compound 44.1. The final product was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 14-36%, 9 min). After lyophilisation,
Example 126 was obtained as a white solid (37 mg, 73% yield, TFA salt, 100% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.58-1.65 (m, 2H), 2.07 (s, 3H), 2.37 (dd, 2H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 3.07-3.14 (m, 3H), 3.28 (s, 3H), 3.32-3.59 (m, 5H), 3.71 (d, 1H), 4.05 (d, 1H), 4.34 (s, 2H), 4.44-4.77 (m, 4H), 6.90-6.92 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.32-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.42-7.51 (m, 5H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.745 min, (639.4 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 45.1 (300 mg, 1.16 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added sodium hydride (463 mg, 11.6 mmol) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 1 h. Methyl iodide (1.64 g, 11.6 mmol) was added and stirring continued for 3 h. The mixture was poured into 1M hydrochloric acid (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×25 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with saturated brine (25 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=1:0˜20:1) to afford compound 45.2 (300 mg, 1.10 mmol, 94.87% yield) as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.87-1.90 (m, 4H), 3.18 (br. s, 2H), 3.27 (s, 3H), 3.77 (m, 5H).
The mixture of compound 45.2 (300 mg, 1.10 mmol) in 4M HCl/dioxane (10 mL) was stirred at 20° C. for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated to give compound 45.3 as a yellow solid (230 mg, quant., HCl salt).
To a solution of compound 45.3 (230 mg, 1.10 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added CbzOSu (328 mg, 1.32 mmol) and triethylamine (333 mg, 3.29 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 2 h poured into water (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×50 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=20:1˜5:1) to afford compound 45.4 as a yellow oil (330 mg, 82% yield, 83.8% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.91 (s, 4H), 3.24-3.27 (m, 5H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.88 (br. s, 2H), 5.18 (s, 2H), 7.32-7.39 (m, 5H).
To a solution of compound 45.4 (330 mg, 1.12 mmol) in methanol (10 mL) and water (2 mL) was added sodium hydroxide (115 mg, 2.88 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 2 h, poured into water (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×50 mL). The aqueous phase was adjusted to pH3-4 with 1M hydrochloric acid and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×50 mL). The organic phases were combined dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, compound 45.5 was obtained as a yellow oil (300 mg, crude). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.94 (s, 4H), 3.24 (br. s, 2H), 3.33 (s, 3H), 3.93 (br. s, 2H), 5.15 (s, 2H), 7.33-7.39 (m, 5H).
To a solution of compound 45.5 (200 mg, 0.68 mmol) in dichloromethane (4 mL) was added 1-chloro-N,N,2-trimethyl-prop-1-en-1-amine (130 mg, 0.97 mmol) at 20° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 6 h and added to a solution of Intermediate D (150 mg, 0.28 mmol) and triethylamine (168 mg, 1.66 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL) at 20° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for another 12 h. The reaction mixture was poured into water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with 0.1M hydrochloric acid (20 mL), 0.1 M aqueous sodium hydroxide (20 mL) and brine (2×20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=5:1 to 1:3, to give compound 46.1 as a white solid (40 mg, 15% yield, 85.8% purity). LC-MS Method 1: rt 1.029 min, (817.5 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 46.1 (40 mg, 0.042 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (5 mg, 0.042 mmol). The mixture was degassed under vacuum and purged nitrogen three times, 10% Pd/C (20 mg) was added, and the suspension was degassed under vacuum and purged with hydrogen three times. The resulting mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 3.5 h under a hydrogen-filled balloon. The reaction mixture was diluted with methanol (12 mL). The catalyst was removed by filtration, and the filtrate concentrated in vacuum to give compound 46.2 as a white solid (35 mg, 94% yield, TFA salt, 89.6% purity). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.734 min, (683.5 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 46.2 (35 mg, 0.039 mmol), acetic acid (9 mg, 0.16 mmol), EDCI (38 mg, 0.20 mmol) and HOAt (27 mg, 0.20 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) was added N,N-diisopropylethylamine (31 mg, 0.24 mmol) at 20° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 12 h, poured into water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (4×20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, compound 46.3 was obtained as a yellow solid (32 mg, 96% yield, 85.4% purity). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.916 min, (725.4 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 46.3 (32 mg, 0.038 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.2 mL) at 20° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 30 min and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 15-35%,10 min). After lyophilization, Example 127 was obtained as a white solid (15 mg, 55% yield, TFA salt, 99.6% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ1.86-2.07 (m, 4H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.02-3.15 (m, 3H), 3.27 (s, 3H), 3.40-3.47 (m, 1H), 3.52 (dd, 2H), 3.66-3.77 (m, 1H), 4.06-4.20 (m, 1H), 4.27-4.41 (m, 2H), 4.69-4.84 (m, 3H), 4.92-5.10 (m, 1H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (dd, 1H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 7.32-7.59 (m, 6H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 4: rt 2.020 min, (625.2 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 47.1 (47.5 g, 293 mmol) in sulfuric acid (200 mL) was added dropwise at 0° C. nitric acid (100 mL). The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 1 h, poured into water (500 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×200 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (100 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, a 1:1 mixture (65 g) of compound 47.2 and the 3-nitro isomer was obtained. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 2.58 (s, 3H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H).
To a solution of compound 47.2 and its isomer (60.0 g) in methanol (500 mL) was added sulfuric acid (20 mL). The mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 50 h and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was triturated with methanol (50 mL) and collected by filtration to provide compound 47.3 as a white solid (8.4 g, 25% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 2.67 (s, 3H), 3.95 (s, 6H), 7.62 (s, 1H), 8.41 (s, 1H).
To a solution of compound 47.3 (8.4 g, 33.2 mmol) in ethyl acetate (200 mL) and methanol (200 mL) was added 10% Pd/C (1.0 g). The mixture was degassed and purged with hydrogen three times and stirred at 15° C. for 4 h under a hydrogen-filled balloon. The catalyst was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated to provide compound 47.4 as a yellow oil (7.4 g, 99.9% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ2.19 (s, 3H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 4.05 (s, 2H), 6.79 (s, 1H), 7.61 (s, 1H).
To a solution of compound 47.4 (4.0 g, 17.9 mmol) in dimethylacetamide (40 mL) was added sodium iodide (537 mg, 3.58 mmol), potassium carbonate (7.0 g, 50.7 mmol) and benzyl chloride (5 mL). The mixture was stirred at 110° C. for 16 h, poured into water (100 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×100 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (100 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by reverse flash chromatography (TFA) to provide compound 47.5 as a yellow oil (6.7 g, 93% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 2.49 (s, 3H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 4.13-4.14 (m, 4H), 7.21-7.26 (m, 7H), 7.27-7.32 (m, 4H), 7.58 (s, 1H).
To a solution of compound 47.5 (5.7 g, 14.1 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) was added lithium aluminium hydride (965 mg, 25.4 mmol) at −20° C. The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 16 h. To the mixture was added water (1 mL), 10% aqueous sodium hydroxide (1 mL), water (3 mL) and sodium sulfate in turn at 0° C. The mixture was filtered, and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure to provide compound 47.6 as a yellow oil. (4.5 g, 92% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.47-2.54 (m, 2H), 4.09 (s, 4H), 4.62 (s, 2H), 4.67 (s, 2H), 6.96 (s, 1H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 7.20-7.25 (m, 5H), 7.27-7.30 (m, 5H).
A solution of thionyl chloride (2.20 mL) in acetonitrile (10 mL) was cooled to 0° C. Compound 47.6 (3.5 g, 10.1 mmol) was added in portions, keeping the internal temperature below 18° C. After the addition, the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 10 min and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide compound 47.7 as a yellow solid (4 g, 99% yield, HCl salt, purity 79.7%). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.974 min, (366.2 [M+H]+).
Sodium hydroxide (22.87 g, 572 mmol) was added into water (13 mL) and cooled to 30° C. Toluene (40 mL) was added and the mixture cooled to 10° C. Compound 47.7 (4.60 g, 11.4 mmol, HCl salt) was added in two equal portions at 10° C. The mixture was stirred at 10° C. for 15 min and compound 4.3 (2.84 g, 11.4 mmol) was added in four equal portions at 10° C. The mixture was stirred at 10° C. for 30 min. Tetrabutylammonium bromide (369 mg, 1.14 mmol) was added in one portion at 10° C. The mixture was stirred at 10° C. for 16 h, poured into water (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×50 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (100 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether/ethyl acetate=100:1˜60:1, to provide compound 47.8 as a yellow solid (4.50 g, 78% yield, 100% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.81 (s, 9H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.79 (dd, 2H), 3.48 (t, 2H), 4.06 (q, 4H), 6.71 (dd, 1H), 6.78 (dd, 1H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 7.20-7.26 (m, 5H), 7.27-7.30 (m, 5H), 8.12 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 1.063 min, (502.2 [M+H]+).
A solution of compound 47.8 (4.50 g, 8.97 mmol) in methanesulfonic acid (25 mL) and toluene (5 mL) was stirred at 100° C. for 2 h. The mixture was poured into water (100 mL) and adjusted to pH11 with sodium hydroxide. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×100 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (100 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=2:1˜0:1, to provide compound 47.9 as a yellow solid (3.50 g, 87% yield, 99.4% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.88 (dd, 2H), 3.56 (t, 2H), 4.03-4.15 (m, 4H), 6.76-6.86 (m, 3H), 7.06 (s, 1H), 7.23-7.30 (m, 10H), 8.12 (d, 1H), 9.42 (s, 1H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.944 min, (446.3 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 47.9 (3.50 g, 7.86 mmol) in methanol (50 mL) was added 10% Pd/C (350 mg) and methanesulfonic acid (1.12 mL). The mixture was degassed under vacuum and purged with hydrogen three times. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h under a hydrogen-filled balloon. The catalyst was removed by filtration, and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with water (20 mL), and sodium hydroxide added until pH11. The solid was collected by filtration, washed with water (2×10 mL) and dried under reduced pressure to provide compound 47.10 as a yellow solid (1.90 g, 91% yield). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, 400 MHz) δ 2.04 (s, 3H), 2.70 (dd, 2H), 3.17 (dd, 2H), 4.65 (s, 2H), 6.51 (s, 1H), 6.58 (t, 1H), 6.80 (s, 1H), 6.87 (d, 1H), 7.89 (d, 1H).
To a solution of compound 2.9 (762 mg, 1.88 mmol) in dimethylformamide (5 mL) was added DIEA (742 mg, 5.74 mmol), HOAt (410 mg, 3.02 mmol), EDCI (578 mg, 3.02 mmol) and compound 47.10 (500 mg, 1.88 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 16 h, poured into water (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×50 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=1:1˜1:2, to provide compound 48.1 as a white solid (790 mg, 63% yield, 96.0% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.43-1.46 (m, 9H), 2.11-2.27 (m, 3H), 2.84-2.98 (m, 3H), 3.07 (dd, 2H), 3.55-3.62 (m, 2H), 4.13-4.20 (m, 2H), 4.46-4.51 (m, 2H), 4.92-4.98 (m, 2H), 6.83-6.85 (m, 1H), 7.09-7.11 (m, 2H), 7.22-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.35-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.77 (d, 1H), 8.14-8.15 (m, 1H), 9.01 (br. s, 1H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 1.014 min, (674.4 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 48.1 (690 mg, 1.06 mmol) in methanol (10 mL) and water (2 mL) was added potassium carbonate (176 mg, 1.27 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 h, poured into water 50 mL and extracted with ethyl acetate:methanol 5:1 (3×50 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (40 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, compound 48.2 was obtained as a white solid (490 mg, 83% yield). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.34 (s, 9H), 2.14 (s, 3H), 2.72 (s, 3H), 2.94 (dd, 2H), 3.80-3.43 (m, 4H), 3.81 (s, 2H), 4.53 (s, 2H), 6.78 (dd, 1H), 7.05-7.07 (m, 3H), 7.18-7.20 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.94 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.740 min, (556.4 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 8B.4 (300 mg, 1.08 mmol) in dichloromethane (6 mL) was added dimethylformamide (7.91 mg, 0.11 mmol) and thionyl chloride (0.8 mL). The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 1 h and concentrated under vacuum. A solution of the residue in dichloromethane (2 mL) was added to a solution of compound 48.2 (300 mg, 0.54 mmol) and triethylamine (0.25 mL, 1.80 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 16 h, poured into water (20 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×30 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=1:1˜0:1, to provide compound 48.3 as a white solid (300 mg, 68% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 1.48-1.52 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.19 (m, 2H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.05 (t, 2H), 3.31-3.35 (m, 2H), 3.60-3.71 (m, 4H), 4.13-4.17 (m, 2H), 4.47 (br. s, 2H), 4.93 (br. s, 2H), 5.13 (s, 2H), 6.83 (dd, 1H), 7.10-7.15 (m, 3H), 7.24-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.33-7.37 (m, 7H), 7.88 (s, 1H), 8.13 (d, 1H), 8.34-8.47 (m, 2H).
To a solution of compound 48.3 (300 mg, 0.37 mmol) in methanol (4 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (42 mg, 0.37 mmol) and 10% Pd/C (40 mg). The mixture was degassed and purged with hydrogen three times and stirred at 25° C. for 16 h under a hydrogen-filled balloon. The catalyst was removed by filtration, and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum to provide compound 48.4 as a white solid (240 mg, 96% yield, 97.8% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.60-1.76 (m, 2H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 2.43-2.47 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.04-3.07 (d, 2H), 3.17-3.24 (m, 4H), 3.50 (d, 2H), 4.51 (s, 2H), 4.86-5.00 (m, 4H), 6.88 (dd, 1H), 7.16-7.17 (m, 2H), 7.28-7.36 (m, 5H), 8.05 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.742 min, (681.5 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 48.4 (50 mg, 0.073 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (500 μL). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 30 min and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 5-32%, 10 min). After lyophilisation Example 128 was obtained as a white solid (22 mg, 37% yield, TFA salt, 100% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.43 (s, 3H), 1.69-1.76 (m, 2H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 2.43-2.47 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.04 (dd, 2H), 3.08-3.26 (m, 4H), 3.48 (d, 2H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 4.60-4.76 (m, 4H), 6.89 (t, 1H), 7.17-7.24 (m, 3H), 7.47-7.49 (m, 4H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 4: rt 1.678 min, (581.2 [M+H]+).
To a solution of acetic acid (8.82 mg, 0.15 mmol) in dimethylformamide (2 mL) was added DIEA (47 mg, 0.37 mmol), HOAt (25 mg, 0.18 mmol), EDCI (35 mg, 0.18 mmol) and compound 48.4 (50 mg, 0.073 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h, poured into water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×30 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the crude product obtained as a white solid (53 mg, 0.073 mmol), which was dissolved in dichloromethane (5 mL). Trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 30 min. It was concentrated under vacuum and the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 10-40%, 10 min). After lyophilisation, Example 129 (26 mg, 48% yield, TFA salt, 99% purity) was obtained as a white solid. 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.42 (s, 3H), 1.51-1.61 (m, 2H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 2.20-2.30 (m, 5H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.08 (d, 2H), 3.17-3.20 (m, 1H), 3.38-3.46 (m, 1H), 3.52 (d, 2H), 3.65-3.69 (m, 1H), 3.96-3.99 (m, 1H), 4.36 (s, 2H), 4.71-4.86 (m, 4H), 6.91 (dd, 1H), 7.20-7.24 (m, 3H), 7.44-7.52 (m, 4H), 8.07 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 9: rt 2.402 min, (623.4 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 49.1 (300 mg, 1.27 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (4 mL) was added triethylamine (167 mg, 1.65 mmol) and ethyl 2-bromoacetate (254 mg, 1.52 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h. The reaction was quenched by the addition of water (50 mL). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×30 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by reverse flash chromatography (water (0.1% TFA)—acetonitrile; acetonitrile % 0-95%) to afford compound 49.2 as a colourless oil (280 mg, 68.41% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.30 (t, 3H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 3.44 (s, 2H), 3.84 (s, 2H), 3.22 (q, 2H), 3.37 (d, 2H), 7.24-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.28-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.39 (m, 1H).
To a solution of compound 8B.4 (200 mg, 0.72 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) was added thionyl chloride (0.5 mL) and dimethylformamide (5.27 mg, 0.072 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 h and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (1 mL) and added into the solution of compound 49.2 (100 mg, 0.31 mmol) and triethylamine (157 mg, 1.55 mmol) in dichloromethane (4 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h, poured into water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×20 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 58-88%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, compound 49.3 was obtained as a colourless oil (50 mg, 28% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.26 (t, 3H), 1.35 (s, 3H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.61-1.64 (m, 2H), 2.15 (d, 2H), 3.27-3.29 (m, 2H), 3.66-3.83 (m, 2H), 3.94-3.95 (m, 2H), 4.19 (q, 2H), 4.28 (d, 2H), 4.85-4.87 (m, 2H), 5.11 (s, 2H), 7.10-7.22 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.38 (m, 8H).
To a solution of compound 49.3 (50 mg, 0.086 mmol) in methanol (0.5 mL), tetrahydrofuran (3 mL) and water (0.5 mL) was added sodium hydroxide (10 mg, 0.26 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 30 min. The reaction was quenched with 1M hydrochloric acid (20 mL), and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate (2×30 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, compound 49.4 was obtained as a colourless oil (47 mg, 98.8% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.27 (s, 3H), 1.37 (s, 9H), 2.03-2.05 (m, 2H), 3.10-3.31 (m, 2H), 3.65-3.66 (m, 2H), 3.81-3.95 (m, 2H), 4.20-4.22 (m, 2H), 4.72-4.83 (m, 2H), 5.03 (s, 2H), 7.22-7.28 (m, 9H).
To a solution of compound 49.4 (40 mg, 0.072 mmol) in dimethylformamide (3 mL) was added DIEA (28 mg, 0.22 mmol), HOAT (12 mg, 0.087 mmol), EDCI (17 mg, 0.087 mmol) and compound 47.10 (23 mg, 0.087 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 6 h, poured into water (10 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, compound 50.1 was obtained as a yellow oil (55 mg, 95% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.45-1.46 (m, 2H), 2.14-2.18 (m, 2H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.98-3.06 (m, 2H), 3.23-3.40 (m, 2H), 3.58-3.70 (m, 4H), 4.12-4.30 (m, 2H), 4.30-4.32 (m, 2H), 4.96-5.02 (m, 2H), 5.11 (s, 2H), 6.85 (dd, 1H), 7.08 (s, 1H), 7.12-7.18 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.35 (m, 9H), 7.83 (br. s, 1H), 8.12 (d, 1H).
To a solution of compound 50.1 (55 mg, 0.069 mmol) in methanol (4 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (8 mg, 0.069 mmol) and 10% Pd/C (20 mg). The mixture was degassed under vacuum and purged with hydrogen three times. The resulting mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h under a hydrogen-filled balloon. The suspension was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to afford compound 50.2 as a yellow solid (45 mg, crude, 73.8% purity). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.810 min, (667.5 [M+H]+).
To a solution of acetic acid (12 mg, 0.20 mmol) in dimethylformamide (4 mL) was added DIEA (48 mg, 0.37 mmol), EDCI (52 mg, 0.27 mmol), HOAt (37 mg, 0.27 mmol) and compound 50.2 (45 mg, 0.067 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h poured into water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×30 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the product was isolated as a yellow oil (45 mg, 0.063 mmol), which was dissolved in dichloromethane (5 mL). Trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 30 min and concentrated under vacuum, and the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 10-40%, 11 min). After lyophilisation, Example 130 was obtained as a white solid (13 mg, 27% yield, TFA salt, 98.6% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.41 (s, 3H), 1.52-1.56 (m, 2H), 2.06 (s, 3H), 2.16-2.22 (m, 1H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 2.26-2.33 (m, 1H), 3.06 (d, 2H), 3.11-3.22 (m, 1H), 3.38-3.52 (m, 3H), 3.60-3.67 (m, 1H), 3.94-3.98 (m, 1H), 4.26 (s, 2H), 4.48-4.85 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.18-7.20 (m, 3H), 7.37-7.50 (m, 4H), 8.06 (d, 1H), 9.51 (br. s, 1H). LC-MS Method 4: rt 2.022 min, (609.2 [M+H]+).
To a solution of 1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4-methylpiperidine-4-carboxylic acid (400 mg, 1.64 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added Ghosez's reagent (335 mg, 2.51 mmol) at room temperature. The result mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Volatiles were removed under vacuum and dichloromethane (4 mL) was added. The mixture was added to the solution of methyl 2-((2-bromobenzyl)amino)acetate (383 mg, 1.49 mmol) and triethylamine (830 mg, 8.2 mmol) in dichloromethane (4 mL) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 h. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phases were combined, washed with brine and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (50% diethyl ether in petrol ether with 2% ethyl acetate) to provide compound 51.1 (459 mg, 64%). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.56 (s, br, 2H), 2.14 (m, br, 2H), 3.25 (br, 2H), 3.65 (m, br, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.99 (br s, 2H), 4.84 (br s, 2H), 7.21 (m, 2H), 7.37 (t, 1H), 7.61 (d, 1H). LC-MS (505.1 [M+Na]+).
Compound 51.1 (231 mg, 0.479 mmol), zinc cyanide (45 mg, 0.383 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(O) (58 mg, 0.050 mmol) were added to degassed dry N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) then heated at 130° C. under microwave irradiation for 1 h. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with brine. The organics were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified via flash silica chromatography (10-30% ethyl acetate in petrol ether) to provide compound 51.2 as a yellow gum (117 mg, 58%). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.58 (s, br, 2H), 2.13 (m, br, 2H), 3.26 (br, 2H), 3.65 (m, br, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 4.06 (br s, 2H), 4.98 (br s, 2H), 7.44 (m, 2H), 7.65 (t, 1H), 7.71 (d, 1H). LC-MS (452.2 [M+Na]+).
Compound 51.2 (113 mg, 0.26 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of methanol (2 mL), tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) and water (1 mL), and lithium hydroxide monohydrate (40 mg, 0.91 mmol)) was added. The mixture was stirred overnight, volatiles removed under vacuum, and the crude product purified by flash silica chromatography (5-25% methanol/dichloromethane) to give compound 51.3 as a colourless solid (96 mg, 87%). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.46 (s, 3H), 2.18 (m, 2H), 3.28 (m, 4H), 3.64 (m, 2H), 4.12 (br. m, 2H), 4.86 (br. m, 2H), 7.43 (br. m, 2H), 7.70 (br. m, 2H). LC-MS (438.2 [M−Li+H+Na]+).
Compound 51.3 (80 mg, 0.19 mmol), Intermediate C (48 mg, 0.19 mmol) and HATU (88 mg, 0.23 mmol) were dissolved in dry N,N-dimethylformamide (1.5 mL). N-Methylmorpholine (0.1 mL, 9.3 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 min. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate evaporated. The residue was purified by flash silica chromatography (70-100% ethyl acetate/petrol ether) to provide compound 51.4 as a colourless glass (99 mg, 79%). LC-MS (649.3 [M+H]+).
Compound 51.4 (12 mg, 0.018 mmol) was dissolved in trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) and methanol (2 mL), and 10% palladium-on-carbon (5 mg) was added. A balloon of hydrogen was fitted to the reaction flask, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 18 h at 55° C. under an atmosphere of hydrogen. Ethyl acetate (-5 mL) was added to the mixture and the resulting suspension filtered. Volatiles were removed, and the crude material was purified via HPLC (HP C18, ID 22 mm, length 150 mm, flow 16 mL/min: 5-50% acetonitrile/water 0.1% TFA over 20 min) then freeze-dried to provide Example 131 as a white solid (8.1 mg, 67%, 94.5% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.44 (s, 3H), 1.73 (d, 2H), 1.73 (d, 2H), 2.46 (d, 2H), 3.11 (m, 2H), 3.31 (m, 4H), 3.53 (m, 2H), 4.27 (s, 2H), 4.54 (br. s, 2H), 4.92 (br. s, 2H), 6.92 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (dd, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.42 (m, 4H), 7.57 (br. s, 1H), 8.10 (br. s, 1H); 19F NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ −77.2. LC-MS (553.3 [M+H]+).
A solution of compound 51.4 (40 mg, 0.062 mmol) in methanol (1 mL) and ethyl acetate (1 mL) with hydrochloric acid 35% (0.2 mL) was stirred overnight at 35° C. Volatiles were removed under vacuum to give compound 52.1 (37 mg, crude). MS (549.2 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 52.1 (37 mg, 0.067 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL) was added triethylamine (20 mg, 0.202 mmol) at room temperature. Acetyl chloride (6 mg, 0.073 mmol) in dichloromethane (0.5 mL) was added at 0° C., the mixture stirred at room temperature for 2 h, and volatiles removed under vacuum to give compound 52.2 (41 mg, crude). MS (591.2 [M+H]+).
Compound 52.2 (18 mg, 0.030 mmol) was dissolved in trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) and methanol (2 mL), and 10% palladium-on-carbon (5 mg) was added. A balloon of hydrogen was fitted to the reaction flask and the mixture was stirred at 55° C. under an atmosphere of hydrogen overnight. Ethyl acetate (-5 mL) was added to the mixture and the resulting suspension filtered. Volatiles were removed, and the crude material was purified by HPLC (HP C18, ID 22 mm, length 150 mm, flow 16 mL/min: 5-50% acetonitrile/water 0.1% TFA over 20 min) then freeze-dried to give Example 132 as a white solid (8.3 mg, 43%, 97.7% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.41 (s, 3H), 1.54 (m, 2H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 2.24 (m, 2H), 3.16 (m, 3H), 3.50 (m, 3H), 3.66 (m, 1H), 3.97 (m, 1H), 4.27 (s, 2H), 4.49 (s, br, 2H), 4.92 (s, br, 2H), 6.92 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (dd, 1H), 7.26 (d, 1H), 7.43 (m, 4H), 7.54 (m, 1H), 8.07 (dd, 1H); 19F NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ −77.2. LC-MS (595.3 [M+H]+).
Compound 53.1 was prepared using the procedures given in Schemes 49 and 50 with compound 29.3 and Intermediate C in place of compounds 8B.4 and 47.10 respectively. 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.00 (t, 3H), 1.41-1.48 (m, 11H), 1.59-1.69 (m, 2H), 1.79-1.89 (m, 2H), 2.55 (d, 2H), 3.07 (d, 2H), 3.20-3.31 (m, 2H), 3.50-3.57 (dd, 2H), 4.26 (s, 2H), 4.57 (s, 2H), 4.99-5.11 (m, 2H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.30-7.39 (m, 5H), 7.59 (d, 1H), 8.07 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.680 min, (667.3 [M+H]+).
To a solution of acetic acid (10 mg, 0.18 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) was added DIEA (41 mg, 0.31 mmol), HOAt (27 mg, 0.20 mmol), EDCI (38 mg, 0.20 mmol) and compound 53.1 (60 mg, 0.090 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h. The reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of 0.5M hydrochloric acid (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×50 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, compound 53.2 was obtained as a white solid (62 mg, crude).
To a solution of compound 53.2 (60 mg, 0.084 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 30 min and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 12-42%, 3 min) to afford compound 53.3 as a white solid (27 mg, 45% yield, TFA salt, 100% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.88 (s, 3H), 1.34-1.54 (m, 2H), 1.68-1.88 (m, 2H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 2.31 (dd, 2H), 2.94-3.14 (m, 3H), 3.35-3.44 (m, 1H), 3.51 (dd, 2H), 3.65-3.73 (m, 1H), 4.08 (d, 1H), 4.27 (s, 2H), 4.75-4.82 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.33-7.49 (m, 5H), 7.54 (d, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 4: rt 2.002 min, (609.2 [M+H]+).
To a solution of iodoethane (27 mg, 0.17 mmol) in THF (3 mL) was added triethylamine (18 mg, 0.18 mmol) and compound 53.3 (90 mg, 0.15 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 32 h. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition water (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×30 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Luna C18 150×25 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 13-43%, 10 min). After lyophilisation, compound 53.4 was obtained as a yellow solid (20 mg, 18% yield, TFA salt, 100% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.82 (m, 3H), 1.38 (t, 3H), 1.43-1.54 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.90 (m, 2H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 2.29 (dd, 2H), 2.88-3.05 (m, 1H), 3.10 (dd, 2H), 3.21 (q, 2H), 3.32-3.40 (m, 1H), 3.52 (dd, 2H), 3.65-3.73 (m, 1H), 4.06 (d, 1H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.63-4.83 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (dd, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.34-7.52 (m, 5H), 7.56 (d, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 4: rt 2.095 min, (637.2 [M+H]+).
Compound 54.1 was prepared according to the procedures described for compound 2.9 (Scheme 2), starting from 2-bromo-5-fluorobenzaldehyde. Compound 54.1 was isolated as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.47 (s, 9H), 2.78 (d, 3H), 4.08-4.11 (m, 2H), 4.43 (d, 2H), 4.78 (d, 2H), 6.91 (dd, 1H), 7.03 (t, 1H), 7.17-7.22 (m, 1H).
Starting from compound 54.1, compound 54.2 was prepared according to the procedures described in Schemes 7 and 12 for the analogous Intermediate F. Compound 54.2 was isolated as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.64-1.71 (m, 2H), 2.42-2.46 (m, 2H), 2.79-2.88 (m, 5H), 3.06 (d, 2H), 3.22-3.30 (m, 1H), 3.51 (dd, 2H), 4.07-4.85 (m, 1H), 4.47 (s, 2H), 4.80-4.89 (m, 4H), 6.88 (dd, 1H), 7.03-7.14 (m, 3H), 7.22-7.31 (m, 2H), 7.36 (d, 1H), 7.59 (s, 1H), 8.05 (dd, 1H).
To a solution of compound 54.2 (50 mg, 0.073 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 mL). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 30 min and concentrated to give a residue which was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 3-33%, 10 min). After lyophilisation, Example 135 was obtained as a white solid (20 mg, 38% yield, bis-TFA salt, 94.5% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.43 (s, 3H), 1.72 (t, 2H), 2.41 (d, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.08 (d, 2H), 3.13-3.31 (m, 4H), 3.51 (dd, 2H), 4.31 (s, 2H), 4.65-4.78 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.15-7.26 (m, 4H), 7.37 (d, 1H), 7.52-7.57 (m, 2H), 8.06 (d, 1H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.679 min, (585.4 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 54.2 (40 mg, 0.058 mmol) and acetic acid (7.02 mg, 0.12 mmol) in dimethylformamide (1 mL) was added EDCI (22 mg, 0.12 mmol), HOAt (16 mg, 0.12 mmol) and DIEA (23 mg, 0.18 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 2 h, poured into water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with 0.5M hydrochloric acid (2×20 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (20 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue (40 mg, 0.055 mmol) was taken up in dichloromethane (5 mL). Trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 30 min. The mixture was concentrated, and the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 20-50%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, Example 136 was obtained as a white solid (28 mg, 37% yield, TFA, 97.4% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.47-1.58 (m, 2H), 2.06 (s, 3H), 2.16-2.26 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.09 (dd, 2H), 3.13-3.27 (m, 1H), 3.36-3.44 (m, 1H), 3.51 (dd, 2H), 3.63-3.66 (m, 1H), 3.93-3.96 (m, 1H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 4.76-4.88 (m, 4H), 6.88-6.93 (m, 1H), 7.14-7.26 (m, 4H), 7.36-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.48-7.57 (m, 2H), 8.07 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.502 min, (627.2 [M+H]+).
Compound 55.1 was prepared according to the procedures described for compound 2.9 (Scheme 2), starting from 2-bromo-4-fluorobenzaldehyde. Compound 55.1 was isolated as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.47 (s, 9H), 2.84 (d, 3H), 4.04 (d, 2H), 4.42 (d, 2H), 4.76 (d, 2H), 6.89-7.06 (m, 2H), 7.10-7.19 (m, 1H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.847 min, [M+Na]+ 445.
Starting from compound 55.1, compound 55.2 was prepared according to the procedures described in Schemes 7 and 12 for the analogous Intermediate F. Compound 55.2 was isolated as an off-white solid (TFA salt, 90.4% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.41 (s, 3H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.53-1.75 (m, 2H), 2.23-2.53 (m, 2H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 3.07 (d, 2H), 3.21-3.28 (m, 1H), 3.37-3.56 (m, 3H), 4.00-4.14 (m, 1H), 4.21-4.35 (m, 1H), 4.48 (s, 2H), 4.57-4.88 (m, 4H), 6.89 (dd, 1H), 6.95-7.17 (m, 3H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 7.28-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.57 (d, 1H), 8.05 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 2: rt 0.775 min, [M+H]+ 685.5.
To a solution of compound 55.2 (50 mg, 0.063 mmol, TFA salt) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.1 mL) at 20° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 30 min, concentrated in vacuum, and the residue purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.1% TFA)—acetonitrile]; B %: 5%-35%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, Example 137 was obtained as a white solid (33 mg, 61% yield, TFA salt, 95.1% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.41 (s, 3H), 1.66-1.78 (m, 2H), 2.37-2.55 (m, 2H), 2.79-2.93 (m, 3.5H), 3.13 (d, 2H), 3.14-3.30 (m, 3.5H), 3.51 (dd, 2H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 4.50-4.82 (m, 2H), 4.94-5.01 (m, 2H), 6.87-6.94 (m, 1H), 7.13-7.18 (m, 1H), 7.21-7.32 (m, 3H), 7.35 (d, 1H), 7.45-7.51 (m, 1H), 7.54 (s, 1H), 8.06 (d, 1H). LC-MS Method 8: rt 1.783 min, [M+H]+ 585.3.
To a solution of compound 55.2 (60 mg, 0.075 mmol, TFA salt), acetic acid (13 mg, 0.22 mmol), EDCI (50 mg, 0.26 mmol) and HOAt (36 mg, 0.26 mmol) in dimethylformamide (1 mL) was added DIEA (90 mg, 0.701 mmol) at 20° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 12 h, poured into water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×20 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (2×20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue (78 mg, 0.072 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (1.5 mL). Trifluoroacetic acid (0.15 mL) was added at 20° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 30 min and concentrated in vacuum, and the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.1% TFA) -acetonitrile]; B %: 10-40%, 9 min). After lyophilisation Example 138 was obtained as a white solid (25 mg, 46% yield, TFA salt, 99.1% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.44-1.61 (m, 2H), 2.06 (s, 3H), 2.14-2.31 (m, 2H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 3.09 (dd, 2H), 3.14-3.22 (m, 1H), 3.37-3.46 (m, 1H), 3.52 (dd, 2H), 3.60-3.69 (m, 1H), 3.90-3.99 (m, 1H), 4.34 (s, 2H), 4.43-4.83 (m, 4H), 6.88-6.96 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.29 (m, 4H), 7.31-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.46-7.57 (m, 2H), 8.07 (d, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.618 min, [M+H]+ 627.4.
To a solution of Intermediate B (35 mg, 0.065 mmol) and triethylamine (33 mg, 0.32 mmol) in dichloromethane (0.5 mL) was added quinuclidine-4-carbonyl chloride (13.6 mg, 0.065 mmol, HCl salt) at 15° C. The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 30 min, poured into water (20 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (3×20 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (30 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration gave a yellow oil (40 mg), which was dissolved in dichloromethane (2 mL). TFA (0.2 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 30 min and concentrated under vacuum, and the residue purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 7-37%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, Example 139 was obtained as a white solid (7 mg, bis-TFA salt, 99.9% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 2.24-2.32 (m, 6H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.30 (dd, 2H), 3.31-3.41 (m, 6H), 3.43 (dd, 2H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 4.71-4.84 (m, 4H), 6.89 (dd, 1H), 7.12 (dd, 1H), 7.41 (d, 1H), 7.33-7.41 (m, 1H), 7.42-7.49 (m, 5H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 9: rt 2.071 min, (579.3 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 56.1 (6.50 g, 25.3 mmol) in acetonitrile (10 mL) was added benzyl bromide (8.64 g, 50.5 mmol) and potassium carbonate (13.96 g, 101.0 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 0.5 h, poured into water (60 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×60 mL). The organic phases were combined and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified with silica gel column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=100:1˜2:1, to provide compound 56.2 as a yellow oil (6.20 g, 71% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 0.71 (t, 3H), 1.21-1.27 (m, 2H), 1.37 (s, 9H), 1.47-1.51 (m, 2H), 2.03 (d, 2H), 2.78-2.85 (m, 2H), 3.78 (br. s, 2H), 5.08 (s, 2H), 7.25-7.32 (m, 5H).
To a solution of compound 56.2 (4.80 g, 13.8 mmol) in dioxane (10 mL) was added 4M HCl/dioxane (20 mL). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 2 h and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in THF (40 mL), and triethylamine (9.35 g, 92.4 mmol) and methyl iodide (3.94 g, 27.8 mmol) were added at 20° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 12 h, poured into water (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (2×50 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, compound 56.4 was obtained as a yellow oil (5.02 g, crude). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.731 min, [M+H]+ 262.1.
The solution of compound 56.4 (1.80 g, 6.89 mmol) in THF (30 mL) and water (10 mL) was added sodium bicarbonate (5.79 g, 68.9 mmol) and iodine (13.98 g, 55.1 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 2 h at 25° C. and quenched with saturated aqueous sodium sulphite (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The organic phases were combined and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified with silica gel column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=10:1˜1:1, to provide a crude product which was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.225% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 40-70%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, compound 56.5 was obtained as a colourless oil (900 mg, crude). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 0.75 (t, 3H), 1.47-1.53 (m, 1H), 1.65-1.73 (m, 2H), 1.87-1.97 (m, 1H), 2.05-2.09 (m, 2H), 2.77 (t, 3H), 3.04-3.12 (m, 2H), 5.10 (q, 2H), 7.25-7.30 (m, 5H).
To a solution of compound 56.5 (100 mg, 0.36 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) was added 10% Pd/C (20 mg). The mixture was degassed under vacuum and purged with hydrogen three times. The resulting mixture was stirred for 16 h at 20° C. under a hydrogen-filled balloon. The catalyst was removed by filtration, and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum to provide compound 56.6 as a colourless oil (60 mg, crude). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 0.91 (t, 3H), 1.73-1.82 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.19 (m, 1H), 2.23-2.29 (m, 2H), 2.35 (t, 1H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 3.37 (t, 2H).
To a solution of compound 56.6 (26 mg, 0.14 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL) was added thionyl chloride (33 mg, 0.28 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 2 h and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was dissolved with dichloromethane (1 mL) and added to a mixture of compound 2.7 (30 mg, 0.093 mmol) and triethylamine (28 mg, 0.28 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred for 16 h at 20° C., poured into water (15 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×15 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with 1M hydrochloric acid (15 mL) and brine (15 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, compound 57.1 was obtained as a yellow oil (47 mg, crude). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.844 min, [M+Na]+512.2
To a solution of compound 57.1 (40 mg, 0.082 mmol) in methanol (3 mL) and water (1 mL) was added sodium hydroxide (10 mg, 0.24 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 1 h at 20° C., poured into 1M hydrochloric acid (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The organic phases were combined and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the crude compound 57.2 was obtained as a yellow oil (30 mg, 77% yield). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.796 min, [M+Na]+498.2.
To a solution of compound 57.2 (25 mg, 0.053 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) was added HOAt (11 mg, 0.079 mmol), EDCI (15 mg, 0.079 mmol) and DIEA (14 mg, 0.11 mmol). Then Intermediate C (17 mg, 0.068 mmol) was added into the mixture. The resulting mixture was stirred for 3 h at 25° C., poured into water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The organic phases were combined and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, compound 57.3 was obtained as a yellow oil (20 mg, crude). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.862 min, [M+Na]+ 731.4.
To a solution of compound 57.3 (20 mg, 0.028 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was added TFA (0.3 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred for 30 min at 25° C. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Luna C18 150×25 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.075% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 10-40%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, Example 140 was obtained as a white solid (3 mg, 15% yield, TFA salt, 98.3% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.67-0.95 (m, 3H), 1.62-1.67 (m, 1H), 1.98-2.06 (m, 3H), 2.23-2.35 (m, 1H), 2.74-2.78 (m, 6H), 2.95 (d, 1H), 3.12 (dd, 2H), 3.31 (m, 2H), 3.53 (dd, 2H), 4.34 (s, 2H), 4.55-4.78 (m, 2H), 4.96 (m, 2H), 6.91 (dd, 1H), 7.17 (d, 1H), 7.27 (d, 1H), 7.38-7.57 (m, 6H), 8.07 (d, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.469 min, [M+H]+ 609.2.
Compound 58.1 was prepared using the procedures described for compound 2.7 (Scheme 2) using isopropylamine instead of methylamine. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.12 (d, 6H), 1.39 (br. s, 9H), 3.44 (s, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.82 (s, 2H), 4.20-4.41 (m, 1H), 4.49 (s, 2H), 7.19-7.25 (m, 4H). LC-MS Method 17: rt 1.485 min, (351.2 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 58.1 (300 mg, 1.03 mmol in dichloromethane (5 mL) was added DMF (7.53 mg, 0.10 mmol) and thionyl chloride (1.23 g, 10.3 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 h and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was added to a solution of compound 29.3 (175 mg, 0.50 mmol) and triethylamine (152 mg, 1.50 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h. Water (50 mL) was added, and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate (2×50 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by reverse flash chromatography (0.1% TFA, Phenomenex Synergi C18 120 g; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 80-85%, 5 min) to afford compound 58.2 as a yellow oil (310 mg, crude). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 0.99 (t, 3H), 1.12 (s, 3H), 1.14 (s, 3H), 1.40 (s, 9H), 1.45-1.52 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.80 (m, 2H), 2.14-2.21 (m, 2H), 3.01-3.08 (m, 1H), 3.14-3.24 (m, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.83-3.91 (m, 2H), 3.95-4.08 (m, 2H), 4.27 (s, 2H), 4.77-4.90 (m, 2H), 5.11 (s, 2H), 7.33-7.35 (m, 4H), 7.35-7.37 (m, 5H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 1.108 min, (646.4 [M+Na]+).
To a solution of compound 58.2 (205 mg, 0.33 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) and water (1 mL) was added sodium hydroxide (39 mg, 0.99 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 30 min, 1M hydrochloric acid (20 mL) was added, and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate (2×30 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by reverse flash chromatography (0.1% TFA, Phenomenex Synergi C18 120 g; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 66-70%, 5 min) to afford compound 58.3 as a white solid (200 mg, 99% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 0.94 (t, 3H), 1.12 (d, 6H), 1.28-1.51 (m, 11H), 1.71-1.74 (m, 2H), 2.09-2.31 (m, 2H), 3.03-3.30 (m, 2H), 3.71-4.14 (m, 5H), 4.30 (s, 3H), 4.73-4.96 (m, 2H), 5.10 (s, 2H), 7.03-7.14 (m, 1H), 7.21-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.27-7.37 (m, 6H).
To a solution compound 58.3 (200 mg, 0.33 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) was added DIEA (127 mg, 0.99 mmol), HOAt (54 mg, 0.39 mmol), EDCI (75 mg, 0.39 mmol) and Intermediate C (82 mg, 0.33 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h, poured into water (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×30 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=3:1˜1:1, to afford compound 58.4 as a white solid (190 mg, 69% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 0.87 (t, 3H), 1.07 (d, 6H), 1.31 (s, 9H), 1.34-1.40 (m, 2H), 1.68-1.76 (m, 2H), 2.05-2.22 (m, 2H), 2.96 (dd, 2H), 3.05-3.22 (m, 2H), 3.55 (dd, 2H), 3.65-3.84 (m, 2H), 3.88-3.99 (m, 1H), 4.02-4.14 (m, 2H), 4.23 (s, 2H), 4.84 (br. s, 2H), 5.03 (s, 2H), 6.73-6.79 (m, 1H), 7.00 (d, 2H), 7.09-7.15 (m, 2H), 7.20-7.29 (m, 8H), 7.49 (br. s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 8.36 (br. s, 1H).
To a solution of compound 58.4 (185 mg, 0.22 mmol) in methanol (10 mL) was added TFA (25 mg, 0.22 mmol) and 10% Pd/C (50 mg). The mixture was degassed and purged with hydrogen three times and stirred at 25° C. for 16 h under a hydrogen-filled balloon. The catalyst was removed by filtration, and the filtrate concentrated to afford compound 58.5 as a white solid (100 mg, 64% yield, 93.7% purity). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.854 min, (709.4 [M+H]+.
To a solution of acetic acid (20 mg, 0.33 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was added DIEA (0.15 mL, 0.86 mmol), HOAt (60 mg, 0.44 mmol), EDCI (85 mg, 0.44 mmol) and compound 58.5 (100 mg, 0.14 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 h, poured into water (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×30 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration gave a yellow oil (90 mg), which was taken up in dichloromethane (10 mL). TFA (1 mL, 13 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 30 min and concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 12-42%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, Example 141 was obtained as a white solid (47 mg, 57% yield, TFA salt, 100% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 0.80 (br. s, 3H), 1.40-1.52 (m, 8H), 1.70-1.86 (m, 2H), 2.04 (s, 3H), 2.24-2.35 (m, 2H), 2.96 (br. s, 1H), 3.09 (dd, 2H), 3.33-3.38 (m, 1H), 3.48-3.61 (m, 3H), 3.68-3.71 (m, 1H), 4.07-4.10 (m, 1H), 4.37 (s, 2H), 4.60-4.83 (m, 4H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.17 (dd, 1H), 7.26 (d, 1H), 7.37-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.46-7.52 (m, 3H), 7.58 (d, 1H), 8.06 (d, 1H). LC-MS Method 4: rt 2.165 min, (651.2 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 59.1 (2.30 g, 13.9 mmol, HCl salt) in DMF (25 mL) was added triethylamine (8 mL, 57.5 mmol,) and CbzOSu (5.19 g, 20.8 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 10° C. for 16 h, poured into water (100 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×100 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (100 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=20:1 to 10:1, to afford compound 59.2 as a colourless oil (3.4 g, 89% yield, 95.6% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 2.15-2.18 (m, 2H), 3.07-3.09 (m, 1H), 3.44-3.48 (m, 1H), 3.83-3.69 (m, 3H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 5.14 (d, 2H), 7.33-7.38 (m, 5H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.844 min, (264.1 [M+H]+).
To a solution of diisopropylamine (2.83 mL, 20.0 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (25 mL) was added dropwise 2.5 M n-BuLi (8 mL, 31 mmol) at −70° C. The mixture was stirred at −70° C. for 30 min, and a solution of compound 59.2 (3.40 g, 12.9 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred at −70° C. for 1 h. Methyl iodide (2.74 g, 19.3 mmol) was added, and the mixture stirred for 1 h, warmed to 15° C. and stirred for a further 2 h. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (10 mL) was added, and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate (3×30 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (30 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=20:1˜7:1, to provide the crude product, which was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 45-75%, 9 min) to afford compound 59.3 as a yellow oil (420 mg, 11% yield, 96.8% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.27-1.28 (d, 3H), 1.69-1.76 (m, 1H), 2.24-2.33 (m, 1H), 3.20 (dd, 1H), 3.42-3.48 (m, 2H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.80 (t, 1H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 7.19-7.30 (m, 5H).
To a solution of compound 59.3 (85 mg, 0.31 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (2 mL), methanol (0.2 mL) and water (1 mL) was added lithium hydroxide (26 mg, 0.61 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 30 min, poured into water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×20 mL). The organic phases were combined and discarded. The aqueous phase was adjusted to pH3 with 1M hydrochloric acid and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×20 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (20 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, compound 59.4 was obtained as a yellow oil (46 mg, 57% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.31 (s, 3H), 1.72-1.78 (m, 1H), 2.29-2.34 (m, 1H), 3.21 (dd, 1H), 3.44-3.50 (m, 2H), 3.84 (t, 1H), 5.06 (s, 2H), 7.21-7.29 (m, 5H).
To a solution of compound 59.4 (46 mg, 0.17 mmol) in dichloromethane (3 mL) was added DMF (1.3 mg, 0.017 mmol) and thionyl chloride (62.36 mg, 0.52 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 30 min and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved with dichloromethane (2 mL) and added into the solution of Intermediate D (50 mg, 0.092 mmol) and triethylamine (92 mg, 0.90 mmol) in dichloromethane (4 mL). The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 16 h, poured into water (30 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (3×30 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (50 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 48-78%, 9 min). After extraction with ethyl acetate, compound 60.1 was obtained as a white solid (57 mg, 42% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.27(t, 3H), 1.44 (m, 10H), 1.82-1.95 (m, 1H), 2.25-2.46 (m, 1H), 2.76-2.83 (m, 2H), 3.02-3.08 (m, 2H), 3.40-3.57 (m, 3H), 3.60-3.65 (m, 2H), 3.76-3.87 (m, 1H), 4.05-4.17 (m, 2H), 4.42-4.49 (m, 2H), 4.83 (br. s, 2H), 5.10 (d, 2H), 6.82 (dd, 1H), 7.07 (d, 1H), 7.11-7.25 (m, 4H), 7.28-7.37 (m, 6H), 7.52-7.58 (m, 1H), 7.92 (br. s, 1H), 8.11 (dd, 1H), 8.35 (br. s, 1H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.998 min, (787.9 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 60.1 (280 mg, 0.36 mmol) in methanol (6 mL) was added 10% Pd/C (30 mg) and TFA (41 mg, 0.36 mmol). The mixture was degassed and purged three times with hydrogen. The resulting mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 32 h under a hydrogen atmosphere, the catalyst removed by filtration, and the filtrate adjusted to pH10 with ammonium hydroxide. After concentration in vacuum, compound 60.2 was obtained as a white solid (230 mg, 99% yield, 96.1% purity). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.818 min, (653.4 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 60.2 (50 mg, 0.077 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) was added TFA (0.3 mL). The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 20 min, concentrated, and the residue purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 8-38%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, Example 142 was obtained as a white solid (19 mg, 33% yield, TFA salt, 100% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.54 (s, 3H), 2.16-2.21 (m, 1H), 2.57-2.73 (m, 1H), 2.80-2.87 (m, 3H), 3.09-3.19 (m, 3H), 3.40-3.56 (m, 5H), 3.79-4.25 (m, 1.5H), 4.30-4.38 (m, 2.5H), 4.45-4.69 (m, 2H), 6.92 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.45-7.52 (m, 6H), 8.08 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 4: rt 1.617 min, (553.2 [M+H]+).
To a solution of acetic acid (11.0 mg, 0.18 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added DIEA (47.5 mg, 0.37 mmol), EDCI (42.3 mg, 0.22 mmol), HOAt (30.0 mg, 0.22 mmol) and compound 60.2 (80.0 mg, 0.12 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 30 min, poured into water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×30 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (50 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration gave a yellow solid (80 mg), which was taken up in dichloromethane (5 mL). Trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 15 min. The mixture was concentrated in vacuum, and the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 10-40%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, Example 143 was obtained as a white solid (29 mg, 35% yield, TFA salt, 98.2% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.38-1.48 (m, 3H), 2.03-2.49 (m, 4H), 2.39-2.55 (m, 1H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 3.13 (d, 2H), 3.50-3.66 (m, 4.5H), 3.85-4.09 (m, 1.5H), 4.31-4.38 (m, 2H), 4.51-4.85 (m, 4H), 6.92 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.35-7.48 (m, 6H), 8.08 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 4: rt 1.868 min, (595.2 [M+H]+).
To a solution of compound 61.1 (100 mg, 0.44 mmol) in dioxane (1 mL) was added 4M HCl/dioxane (2 mL). The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 1 h and concentrated to afford compound 61.2 as a white solid (72 mg, 99% yield, HCl salt). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.59 (s, 3H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.91 (d, 2H), 4.36 (d, 2H).
To a solution of compound 61.2 (72 mg, 0.43 mmol, HCl salt) in dichloromethane (3 mL) was added triethylamine (123 mg, 1.22 mmol) and CbzOSu (130 mg, 0.52 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 h, concentrated under vacuum, and the residue purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=20:1˜7:1, to afford compound 61.3 as a colourless oil (110 mg, 96% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.47 (s, 3H), 3.68-3.70 (m, 5H), 4.24 (d, 2H), 5.03 (s, 2H), 7.19-7.29 (m, 5H).
To a solution of compound 61.3 (50 mg, 0.19 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (2 mL), methanol (0.2 mL) and water (1 mL) was added lithium hydroxide monohydrate (16 mg, 0.38 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 40 min, poured into water (20 mL) and washed with ethyl acetate (2×20 mL). The aqueous phase was adjusted to pH3 with 1M hydrochloric acid and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×20 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (20 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, compound 61.4 was obtained as a yellow oil (32 mg, 67% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.51 (s, 3H), 3.73 (d, 2H), 4.28 (d, 2H), 5.04 (s, 2H), 7.22-7.31 (m, 5H).
To a solution of compound 61.4 (30 mg, 0.11 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (1 mL) was added DIEA (35 mg, 0.27 mmol), HOAt (18 mg, 0.13 mmol), EDCI (25 mg, 0.13 mmol) and Intermediate D (60 mg, 0.11 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h, poured into water (30 mL), adjusted to pH4 with 1M hydrochloric and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×30 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (2×50 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 48-78%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, compound 62.1 was obtained as a white solid (25 mg, 29% yield, 98.2% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.25-1.29 (m, 3H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 2.79 (s, 3H), 3.05 (dd, 2H), 3.63 (dd, 2H), 3.74 (d, 2H), 4.05-4.14 (m, 2H), 4.35-4.38 (m, 2H), 4.49-4.50 (m, 4H), 5.09 (s, 2H), 6.83 (dd, 1H), 7.07 (d, 1H), 7.14-7.25 (m, 5H), 7.31-7.35 (m, 6H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 8.04 (br. s, 1H), 8.11 (d, 1H), 8.22 (br. s, 1H).
To a solution of compound 62.1 (25 mg, 0.032 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (3.69 mg, 0.032 mmol) and 10% Pd/C (10 mg). The mixture was degassed under vacuum and purged with hydrogen three times. The resulting mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 h under a hydrogen-filled balloon (15 psi). The catalyst was removed by filtration, and the filtrate concentrated to afford compound 62.2 (20 mg, 96.80% yield) as a white solid which was used directly for the next step.
To a solution of acetic acid (30 mg, 0.050 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) was added DIEA (19 mg, 0.15 mmol), EDCI (12 mg, 0.065 mmol), HOAt (9 mg, 0.065 mmol) and compound 62.2 (20 mg, 0.031 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 2 h, poured into water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (20 mL) and dried over sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, compound 62.3 (30 mg, crude) was obtained as a yellow oil which was without further purification. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.26 (s, 3H), 1.47 (s, 9H), 2.10 (s, 3H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.02-3.08 (m, 2H), 3.61-3.67 (m, 2H), 3.74-3.90 (m, 3H), 4.15-4.30 (m, 2H), 4.35-4.61 (m, 4H), 4.66-4.85 (m, 1H), 6.90-6.94 (m, 1H), 7.11-7.26 (m, 6H), 7.32-7.36 (m, 1H), 7.42 (dd, 1H), 7.58 (br. s, 1H), 8.41 (dd, 1H), 8.70-8.71 (m, 1H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.878 min, [M+H]+ 681.5.
To a solution of compound 62.3 (40 mg, 0.059 mmol) in dichloromethane (3 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (770 mg, 6.75 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 30 min and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 12-42%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, Example 144 was obtained as a white solid (11 mg, 27% yield, TFA salt, 99.2% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.64-1.71 (m, 3H), 1.87 (s, 3H), 2.81-2.83 (m, 3H), 3.10 (d, 2H), 3.48-3.49 (m, 1H), 3.52 (d, 1H), 3.82 (d, 1H), 4.00 (d, 1H), 4.14 (s, 2H), 4.30-4.36 (m, 3H), 4.64 (d, 1H), 4.79 (s, 2H), 6.89 (dd, 1H), 7.14 (d, 1H), 7.22-7.29 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.46 (m, 4H), 7.49-7.60 (m, 1H). 8.06 (d, 1H). LC-MS Method 9: rt 2.274 min, [M+H]+ 581.3.
To a mixture of 1-[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]-3-methyl-3-piperidinecarboxylic acid (307 mg, 1.11 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added thionyl chloride (988 mg, 8.31 mmol) and DMF (4.05 mg, 0.055 mmol) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 3 h, concentrated in vacuo, and the residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (4 mL). Intermediate D (300 mg, 0.55 mmol) and triethylamine (336 mg, 3.32 mmol) were added at 0° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 20° C. for another 1.5 h, poured into water (30 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×40 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed by brine (2×40 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=5:1˜0:1, to provide compound 63.1 as a yellow solid (390 mg, 84% yield, 95.9% purity). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.26 (s, 3H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.61-1.70 (m, 2H), 1.79-1.95 (m, 1H), 2.06-2.15 (m, 1H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.00 (d, 2H), 3.25-3.40 (m, 1H), 3.56-3.67 (m, 3H), 3.71-4.07 (m, 3H), 4.20-4.33 (m, 0.5H), 4.36-4.57 (m, 2H), 4.80-5.18 (m, 4.5H), 6.77-6.85 (m, 1H), 7.03-7.10 (m, 1H), 7.13-7.24 (m, 3H), 7.29-7.40 (m, 8H), 7.50-7.61 (m, 1H), 8.06-8.15 (m, 1H), 8.29-8.67 (m, 1H), 8.80-9.14 (m, 1H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 1.041 min, [M+H]+ 801.5.
To a solution of compound 63.1 (390 mg, 0.49 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (61.07 mg, 0.54 mmol) at 20° C. The mixture was degassed under vacuum and purged with nitrogen three times. 10% Pd/C (50 mg) was added. The resulting mixture was degassed under vacuum and purged with hydrogen and stirred at 20° C. for 12 h under a hydrogen-filled balloon. The catalyst was removed by filtration. Ammonium hydroxide (20 mg, 0.57 mmol) was added to the filtrate, and the volatiles removed in vacuo to give compound 63.2 as a yellow solid (320 mg, 92% yield, 93.1% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.31 (s, 3H), 1.47 (s, 9H), 1.62-1.92 (m, 2H), 1.94-2.15 (m, 1H), 2.36-2.54 (m, 1H), 2.69 (d, 1H), 2.76-2.85 (m, 4H), 2.89-2.99 (m, 1H), 3.05 (d, 2H), 3.51 (dd, 2H), 3.61-3.71 (m, 1H), 3.76-4.07 (m, 1H), 4.16-4.30 (m, 0.5H), 4.35-4.67 (m, 4H), 4.98-5.13 (m, 0.5H), 6.84-6.91 (m, 1H), 7.09-7.16 (m, 1H), 7.20-7.44 (m, 6H), 7.54-7.62 (m, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.737 min, [M+H]+ 667.4.
To a solution of acetic acid (9 mg, 0.15 mmol), EDCI (36 mg, 0.19 mmol) and HOAt (26 mg, 0.19 mmol) in DMF (1.5 mL) was added compound 63.2 (50 mg, 0.075 mmol) followed by DIEA (58 mg, 0.45 mmol) at 20° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 12 h, poured into water (15 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed by 0.1M hydrochloric acid (20 mL), saturated sodium bicarbonate (20 mL) and brine (2×20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration gave a yellow solid (54 mg), to which was added dichloromethane (2 mL) and TFA (0.2 mL) at 20° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 1 h and concentrated in vacuo to give a residue. The residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent
B: acetonitrile]; B %: 10-40%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, Example 145 was obtained as a white solid (25 mg, 49.50% yield, TFA salt, 99.1% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.23-1.37 (m, 3H), 1.41-1.80 (m, 3H), 2.03 (s, 1.5H), 2.09-2.26 (m, 2.5H), 2.80 (d, 3H), 3.02-3.15 (m, 3H), 3.36-3.57 (m, 3.5H), 3.83-4.07 (m, 1.5H), 4.26-4.38 (m, 2H), 4.42-4.86 (m, 4H), 6.88-6.94 (m, 1H), 7.13-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.31-7.55 (m, 6H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.516 min, [M+H]+ 609.1.
To a solution of compound 63.2 (50 mg, 0.075 mmol) in dichloromethane (3 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL) at 20° C. The mixture was stirred for 1 h, concentrated in vacuo, and the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Boston Prime C18 150×30 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 13-33%, 8 min). After lyophilisation, Example 146 was obtained as a white solid (27 mg, 44% yield, bis-TFA salt, 98.7% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.56-2.12 (m, 4H), 2.29-2.60 (m, 1H), 2.72 (d, 1H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.88-3.02 (m, 1H), 3.09 (d, 2H), 3.51 (dd, 2H), 3.60-3.86 (m, 1.5H), 4.26-4.45 (m, 2H), 4.48-4.70 (m, 1.5H), 4.89-5.33 (m, 2H), 6.90 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.35-7.59 (m, 6H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.389 min, [M+H]+ 567.4.
To a solution of compound 64.1 (0.4 g, 2.50 mmol) in THF (12 mL) was added 2M LDA (2.50 mL) at −78° C. and stirred at −78° C. for 30 min. Iodoethane (1.17 g, 7.49 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred at −78° C. for 1 h. The mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (15 mL) at 0° C. and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×15 mL). The organic layers were concentrated in vacuum and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=200:1˜10:1, to provide compound 64.2 as a yellow oil (0.4 g, 85% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 0.79 (t, 3H), 1.47-1.58 (m, 4H), 2.36-2.41 (m, 2H), 2.48-2.52 (m, 2H), 2.67 (td, 2H), 3.70 (s, 3H).
Compound 64.2 (0.4 g, 2.12 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was cooled in an ice bath to 0° C. mCPBA (0.92 mg, 4.25 mmol, 80%) was added and the mixture stirred at 0° C. for 30 min then at 25° C. for 1 h. The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous sodium sulfite (20 mL) and adjusted to pH7-8 with saturated solution sodium bicarbonate. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×20 mL). The organic layers were combined, concentrated in vacuum, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=200:1˜1:100, to provide compound 64.3 as a yellow oil (0.46 g, 98% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 0.84 (t, 3H), 1.63 (q, 2H), 2.02 (td, 2H), 2.49 (d, 2H), 2.93-2.97 (m, 2H), 3.04 (td, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H).
A solution of compound 64.3 (0.46 g, 2.09 mmol) and sodium hydroxide (835 mg, 21 mmol) in methanol (9 mL) and water (3 mL) was stirred at 50° C. for 16 h. The mixture was acidified with 1M hydrochloric acid to pH4-5 and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×15 mL). The organic layers were washed with brine (20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, compound 64.4 was obtained as a white solid (0.39 g, 1.89 mmol, 91% yield). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.91 (t, 3H), 1.66 (q, 2H), 1.96 (td, 2H), 2.50 (d, 2H), 2.97-3.03 (m, 2H), 3.12 (td, 2H).
To a solution of compound 64.4 (0.25 g, 1.21 mmol) and DMF (5.91 mg, 0.080 mmol) in dichloromethane (6 mL) was added thionyl chloride (577 mg, 4.85 mmol) and stirred at 25° C. for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuum, the residue dissolved in dichloromethane (2 mL), and added to a solution of Intermediate D (438 mg, 0.81 mmol) and triethylamine (163 mg, 1.62 mmol) in dichloromethane (6 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 15 h, diluted with ethyl acetate (15 mL) and washed with 1M hydrochloric acid (2×10 mL). The organic layers were concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=3:1˜1:100, to provide compound 64.5 as a yellow solid (0.38 g, 56% yield, 87% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.00 (t, 3H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.79-1.85 (m, 2H), 1.97 (t, 2H), 2.66 (d, 2H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 2.84-2.94 (m, 2H), 3.05 (dd, 2H), 3.47-3.57 (m, 4H), 4.11-4.13 (m, 2H), 4.50 (s, 2H), 4.95 (s, 2H), 6.88 (dd, 1H), 7.14 (dd, 1H), 7.20-7.47 (m, 6H), 7.58 (s, 1H), 8.04 (dd, 1H).
To a solution of compound 64.5 (75 mg, 0.10 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL) was added TFA (0.3 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h and concentrated under vacuum. Purification of the residue by prep-HPLC (column: Phenomenex Synergi C18 150×25 mm, 10 μm; mobile phase: [solvent A: water (0.1% TFA)—solvent B: acetonitrile]; B %: 10-40%, 10 min) and lyophilisation gave Example 147 as a white solid (48 mg, 62% yield, TFA salt, 100% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 0.78-0.96 (m, 3H), 1.80-1.86 (m, 2H), 2.01 (t, 2H), 2.62-2.66 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.96 (d, 2H), 3.11 (dd, 2H), 3.19-3.28 (m, 2H), 3.52 (dd, 2H), 4.36 (s, 2H), 4.83-4.93 (m, 2H), 6.91 (dd, 1H), 7.17 (d, 1H), 7.26 (d, 1H), 7.38 (d, 1H), 7.39-7.50 (m, 4H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 8.07 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.660 min, [M+H]+ 630.3.
To a solution of compound 65.1 (400 mg, 1.57 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added potassium carbonate (433 mg, 3.13 mmol) followed by iodomethane (445 mg, 3.13 mmol) at 20° C.
The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 12 h, poured into water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (20 mL) and brine (4×20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=50:1 to 10:1, to give compound 65.2 as a colourless oil (390 mg, 1.45 mmol, 92% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.47 (s, 9H), 1.63-1.68 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.78 (m, 2H), 1.79-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.96-2.04 (m, 2H), 2.77-2.88 (m, 1H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 4.14-4.36 (m, 2H).
To a solution of compound 65.2 (290 mg, 1.08 mmol) in THF (6 mL) was added 2M LDA (1.35 mL) at −70° C. The mixture was stirred at −70° C. for 1 h. Iodomethane (458 mg, 3.23 mmol) was added to the mixture at −70° C. The mixture was stirred at −70° C. for 30 min and allowed to warm to 20° C. with stirring over 12 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with brine (2×20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=1:0 to 10:1, to give compound 65.3 as a colourless oil (200 mg, 66% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.14 (s, 3H), 1.47 (s, 9H), 1.51-1.60 (m, 2H), 1.62-1.75 (m, 2H), 1.77-1.85 (m, 2H), 2.49 (d, 2H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 4.04-4.24 (m, 2H).
A solution of compound 65.3 (260 mg, 0.92 mmol) in 4M HCl/dioxane (10 mL) was stirred at 20° C. for 30 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuum to give compound 65.4 as a yellow solid (200 mg, 99% yield, HCl salt). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.23 (s, 3H), 1.79-2.05 (m, 6H), 2.71 (d, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.96-4.03 (m, 2H).
To a solution of compound 65.4 (200 mg, 0.91 mmol, HCl salt) in DMF (4 mL) was added triethylamine (276 mg, 2.73 mmol) and CbzOSu (272 mg, 1.09 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 12 h, poured into water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with 1M hydrochloric acid (20 mL) and brine (4×20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=30:1 to 5:1, to give compound 65.5 as a yellow oil (250 mg, 86% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.12 (s, 3H), 1.50-1.57 (m, 1H), 1.61-1.75 (m, 3H), 1.77-1.90 (m, 2H), 2.52 (d, 2H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 4.20-4.33 (m, 2H), 5.15 (s, 2H), 7.29-7.41 (m, 5H).
To a solution of compound 65.5 (250 mg, 0.79 mmol) in methanol (4.5 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide (126 mg, 3.15 mmol) in water (1.5 mL) at 20° C. The mixture was heated to 60° C. and stirred for 12 h. Then the mixture was heated to 70° C. and stirred for another 2 h. The reaction mixture was poured into water (20 mL) and washed with dichloromethane (20 mL). The aqueous phase was adjusted to pH4 with 1M hydrochloric acid and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×30 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed by brine (2×30 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, compound 65.6 was obtained as a yellow solid (130 mg, 54% yield). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.10 (s, 3H), 1.46-1.65 (m, 2H), 1.84 (s, 4H), 2.50 (d, 2H), 4.21 (d, 2H), 5.04-5.22 (m, 2H), 7.26-7.42 (m, 5H).
To a solution of compound 65.6 (100 mg, 0.33 mmol) and DMF (1.48 mg, 0.020 mmol) in dichloromethane (1.5 mL) was added thionyl chloride (242 mg, 2.03 mmol) at 20° C. The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 1 h, and the volatiles removed under vacuum. A solution of the residue in dichloromethane (1 mL) was added to a solution of Intermediate D (110 mg, 0.20 mmol) and triethylamine (92 mg, 0.91 mmol) in dichloromethane (1.5 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 4 h, poured into water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed by 1M hydrochloric acid (20 mL) and brine (2×20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=5:1 to 1:5, to give compound 66.1 as a white solid (70 mg, 39% yield, 93.2% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.26 (s, 3H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.58-1.85 (m, 4H), 2.00-2.14 (m, 2H), 2.51-2.69 (m, 2H), 2.77 (s, 3H), 3.06 (dd, 2H), 3.51 (dd, 2H), 3.96-4.24 (m, 3H), 4.27-4.61 (m, 3H), 4.87-4.95 (m, 2H), 5.04-5.22 (m, 2H), 6.88 (dd, 1H), 7.09-7.44 (m, 12H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 8.05 (d, 1H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 1.086 min, [M+H]+ 827.5.
To a solution of compound 66.1 (90 mg, 0.11 mmol) in methanol (6 mL) was added TFA (14 mg, 0.12 mmol). The mixture was degassed under vacuum and purged with nitrogen three times. 10% Pd/C (30 mg) was added. The suspension was degassed under vacuum and purged with hydrogen three times and stirred at 20° C. for 12 h under a hydrogen-filled balloon. Methanol (30 mL) was added, and the catalyst removed by filtration. Aqueous ammonium hydroxide (1 mL) was added and volatiles removed under vacuum to give compound 66.2 as a white solid (90 mg, crude). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.38-1.48 (m, 12H), 1.83-1.97 (m, 4H), 2.31-2.48 (m, 2H), 2.70-2.97 (m, 5H), 3.07 (d, 2H), 3.51 (dd, 2H), 3.87-4.02 (m, 2H), 4.03-4.18 (m, 1H), 4.32-4.41 (m, 0.5H), 4.45-4.60 (m, 2H), 4.65-4.74 (m, 0.5H), 4.87-5.00 (m, 2H), 6.88 (dd, 1H), 7.14 (d, 1H), 7.18-7.43 (m, 6H), 7.53-7.64 (m, 1H), 8.06 (d, 1H).
LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.837 min, [M+H]+ 693.5.
To a solution of acetic acid (25 mg, 0.41 mmol), EDCI (99 mg, 0.52 mmol), HOAt (70 mg, 0.52 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added compound 66.2 (80 mg, 0.10 mmol) and DIEA (134 mg, 1.03 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 2 h, poured into water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with 1M hydrochloric acid (20 mL) and brine (4×20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, compound 66.3 was obtained as a yellow gum (80 mg, 88% yield, 83.4% purity). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.906 min, [M+H]+ 735.5.
To a solution of compound 66.3 (80 mg, 0.091 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.4 mL) at 20° C. The mixture was stirred for 30 min, concentrated in vacuo, and the residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Luna C18 150×25 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.075% TFA)-MeCN]; B %: 10-40%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, Example 148 was obtained as a white solid (34 mg, 49% yield, TFA salt, 97.4% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.32 (s, 3H), 1.53-1.95 (m, 6H), 2.06 (s, 3H), 2.63 (d, 1H), 2.72-2.80 (m, 1H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.09 (dd, 2H), 3.52 (dd, 2H), 4.12-4.20 (m, 1H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.41-4.50 (m, 1H), 4.57-4.80 (m, 2H), 4.95-5.15 (m, 2H), 6.87-6.95 (m, 1H), 7.14-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.33-7.62 (m, 6H), 8.06 (dd, 1H). LC-MS Method 9: rt 2.437 min, [M+H]+ 635.3.
To a solution of compound 67.1 (0.2 g, 0.78 mmol) in THF (6 mL) was added 2M LDA (2 M, 0.78 mL) at −78° C., and the mixture stirred for 30 min. Methyl iodide (331 mg, 2.33 mmol) was added at −78° C. and stirring continued for 1 h. The reaction mixture was poured into water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The organic phases were combined, washed with 1M hydrochloric acid (20 mL) and brine (2×20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=200:1-10:1, to provide compound 67.2 as a colourless oil (210 mg, 99% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.19 (s, 3H), 1.39-1.49 (m, 10H), 1.52-1.81 (m, 3H), 2.06-2.22 (m, 2H), 3.19-3.26 (m, 2.5H), 3.50-3.56 (m, 1.5H), 3.68 (s, 3H).
A solution of compound 67.2 (0.21 g, 0.77 mmol) in 4M HCl/dioxane (3 mL) was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuum to provide compound 67.3 as a white solid (0.13 g, 81% yield, HCl salt). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.25 (s, 3H), 1.71-1.82 (m, 2H), 1.95-1.99 (m, 2H), 2.21-2.41 (m, 2H), 3.14-3.36 (m, 4H), 3.71 (s, 3H).
Acetic anhydride (155 mg, 1.52 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of compound 67.3 (0.13 g, 0.76 mmol) and triethylamine (154 mg, 1.52 mmol) in dichloromethane (4 mL) at 0° C. The mixture was warmed to 25° C., stirred for 2 h, diluted with water (5 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×10 mL). The organic layers were concentrated in vacuum to provide compound 67.4 as a yellow oil (0.14 g, 87% yield). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 MHz) δ 1.20 (d, 3H), 1.39-1.58 (m, 2H), 1.62-1.86 (m, 2H), 2.08 (d, 3H), 2.12-2.31 (m, 2H), 3.24-3.30 (m, 0.5H), 3.36-3.59 (m, 3H), 3.69 (d, 3H), 3.81-3.87 (m, 0.5).
To a solution of compound 67.4 (0.14 g, 0.66 mmol) in methanol (2 mL) and water (0.7 mL) was added sodium hydroxide (263 mg, 6.56 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 16 h, acidified to pH3-4 with 2M hydrochloric acid and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×10 mL). The organic layers were concentrated in vacuum to provide compound 67.5 as a white solid (90 mg, 69% yield). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.24 (d, 3H), 1.41-1.51 (m, 2H), 1.54-1.65 (m, 1H), 1.75-1.80 (m, 1H), 2.09 (d, 3H), 2.11-2.28 (m, 2H), 3.37-3.58 (m, 3H), 3.61-3.81 (m, 1H).
To a solution of compound 67.5 (0.07 g, 0.35 mmol) and DMF (1.71 mg, 0.023 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was added thionyl chloride (167 mg, 1.41 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 h and concentrated in vacuum. A solution of the residue in dichloromethane (1 mL) was added to a solution of compound 2.7 (76 mg, 0.23 mmol) and triethylamine (47 mg, 0.47 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 15 h, diluted with ethyl acetate (10 mL) and washed with 1M hydrochloric acid (2×10 mL). The organic layers were concentrated in vacuum, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with petroleum ether:ethyl acetate=3:1˜0:1, to provide compound 68.1 as a yellow oil (0.06 g, 32% yield, 63% purity). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.913 min, [M+H]+=504.4.
A solution of compound 68.1 (0.06 g, 0.075 mmol) and sodium hydroxide (30 mg, 0.75 mmol) in methanol (2 mL) and water (0.7 mL) was stirred at 50° C. for 16 h. The mixture was acidified to pH4˜5 with 1M hydrochloric acid and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×10 mL). The organic layers were concentrated in vacuum to provide compound 68.2 as a colourless oil (49 mg, 80% yield, 60% purity). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.866 min, [M+H]+=490.5.
To a solution of compound 68.2 (49 mg, 0.060 mmol), EDCI (15 mg, 0.078 mmol), HOAt (11 mg, 0.078 mmol) and DIEA (23 mg, 0.18 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added Intermediate C (15 mg, 0.060 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 3 h, diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×10 mL). The organic layers were concentrated in vacuum to give compound 68.3 as a yellow oil (50 mg, 74% yield, 97.9% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.24-1.70 (m, 3H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.81-1.88 (m, 6H), 2.08-2.11 (m, 3H), 2.34-2.52 (m, 1H), 2.79-2.82 (m, 3H), 2.96-3.23 (m, 5H), 3.35-3.65 (m, 4H), 3.74-4.47 (m, 3H), 4.92-4.98 (m, 1H), 6.82 (dd, 1H), 7.07 (d, 1H), 7.14-7.24 (m, 3H), 7.28-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.52-7.60 (m, 1H), 8.12 (dd, 1H), 8.70 (br. s, 1H). LC-MS Method 1: rt 0.934 min, [M+H]+=623.3.
To a solution of compound 68.3 (50 mg, 0.069 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.3 mL). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1.5 h, concentrated in vacuum, and the residue purified by prep-HPLC (column: Luna C18 150×25 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase: [water (0.075% TFA)-MeCN]; B %: 10-40%, 9 min). After lyophilisation, Example 149 was obtained as a white solid (8 mg, 15% yield, TFA salt, 97.9% purity). 1H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ 1.33 (d, 3H), 1.49-1.86 (m, 4H), 2.06 (d, 3H), 2.20-2.42 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 3.11 (d, 2H), 3.32-3.56 (m, 6H), 4.33 (q, 2H), 4.47-4.87 (m, 4H), 6.92 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.36-7.53 (m, 6H), 8.06 (d, 1H). LC-MS Method 6: rt 1.639 min, [M+H]+=623.3.
Biological Assays
The following assays can be used to measure the effects of the compounds of the present invention.
cAMP/Agonist-Antagonist Competition Assays in Cell Lines
Compounds were assessed for their ability to inhibit ligand-induced elevations of cAMP, using the Perkin Elmer LANCE cAMP assay using commercially-available cells expressing a specific receptor of interest using the following general procedure:
Compound Preparation
Compounds were prepared in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO—99.9% pure) (Sigma Aldrich, Cat #: D4540) added to powder stocks to produce a 20 mM solution (100% DMSO) that was sonicated at 37° C. for 10 minutes to fully dissolve the compounds. The 20 mM stocks were diluted further in DMSO to produce a 2 mM solution that was sonicated at 37° C. for 10 minutes. 2 mM stocks were dissolved in assay/stimulation buffer to produce a 400 μM solution that was sonicated at 37° C. for 10 minutes for all cAMP assays. All stocks were stored at −20° C. Then serial dilution (Dilution factor: 10) was performed to achieve the desire experimental concentrations.
Assay Protocol
Competition assays were performed according to the manufactures instructions using LANCE® TR-FRET cAMP assay kit (Perkin Elmer, Cat #: AD0264). Serial dilutions (3 μl/well) of the molecules were plated in a 384-well OptiPlate (Perkin Elmer, Cat #: 6007299) in duplicates. Appropriate controls (100% stimulation: Forskolin and 0% stimulation: Vehicle control) (6 μl/well) were included in each plate for data normalization. Following the compound addition, 6 μl of G-protein coupled receptor overexpressing cells/Alexa Fluor antibody solution (1:100 dilution) was added in each well at a desired density of 2500cells/well. The overexpressing cell lines were purchased from DiscoveRx, Birmingham, UK. After spinning the plate at 1000 rpm for 1 minute and vortexing briefly, the cells were pre-incubated with the compounds for 30 minutes at room temperature (covered). Then 3 μl of the equivalent peptide ligand (EC50 dose) was added to all the wells except vehicle and forskolin controls. The plate were then spun down at 1000 rpm for 1 minute and once finished they were vortexed briefly and covered. Cells were stimulated in the presence of the ligands for 15 minutes at room temperature. After stimulation 12 μl of detection mix (Europium-Chelate streptavidin/biotinylated cAMP tracer solution) was added to all wells and incubated for 60 minutes at room temperature. The plate was then read on the Enspire multimode Plate reader (Perkin Elmer), at; 320/340 nm excitation and 615/665 nm emission was recorded.
Assay/Stimulation Buffer (30 mL)—pH 7.4
60 μl IBMX (250 mM)—(Sigma Aldrich, Cat #: 15879)
Specific cAMP/Agonist-Antagonist Competition Assays
The following specific assays were run using the procedure above
AM2 Receptor Inhibition
The ability of a compound to inhibit the AM induced cAMP activation in AM2 receptor-expressing cells (1321N1 cells transfected with CALCRL+RAMP3, sourced from DiscoverX catalogue number 95-0169C6) was assessed using the protocol above.
The activity of compounds in this assay are set out in Table 4.
AM1 Receptor Inhibition
The ability of a compound to inhibit AM induced activation of AM1 receptor-expressing cells (CHO-K1 cells transfected with CALCRL+RAMP2, sourced from DiscoverX catalogue number 93-0270C2) was assessed using the general protocol above.
Compounds tested in this assay generally exhibited a pIC50 in the range of 5 to 5.7.
AMY3 Receptor Inhibition
The ability of a compound to inhibit AMY induced activation of AMY3R-expressing cells (1321N1 cells transfected with CALCR+RAMP-3 sourced from DiscoverX, catalogue number 95-0166C6) was assessed using the general protocol above.
Compounds tested in this assay generally exhibited a pIC50 in the range of 3.5 to 6.6.
Cell Viability Assays
Cell viability assays were performed according to the manufacturer's instructions using RealTime-Glo™ MT Cell Viability Assay kit (Promega, Cat #: G9712). These assays demonstrated the test compounds' (3 μM) ability to inhibit cell survival and growth by between 40% and 70%.
All cell lines used were purchased from ATCC Virginia, USA (Table 1). Cells were seeded at a desired density in complete growth media into white clear-bottom 96-well plates (Corning, Cat #: 3610). Plates were incubated for 15 mins at room temperature (to ensure even settling of the cells) before incubated overnight at 37° C. in 5% CO2. The next day the viability assay kit reagents (enzyme and substrate) were equilibrated in a 37° C. water bath alongside suboptimal growth media (assay buffer) for 10-15 mins. A reagent solution was then made containing 1:1000 of each reagent in the suboptimal growth media of each cell line (vortex well prior to use). The complete growth media was then removed from the wells and replaced with 100 μl of the reagent solution. Plates were then incubated at 37° C. in 5% CO2 for at least 1 hour before reading untreated baseline. Reagents were replaced every 3 days the wells were washed once with PBS and fresh reagents were added as above for longer duration of treatments. After reading the baseline, the wells were treated with the appropriate concentration of test molecules the plates were centrifuged at 110×g for 1 min to ensure wells with even compound distribution, then incubated at 37° C. in 5% CO2. Plates were treated once-daily (for 9 days) after luminescence measurements were taken using Enspire multimode Plate reader (Perkin Elmer).
In-Vivo Effects: Xenograft Mouse Model
The in-vivo efficacy of a compound can be assessed using the following xenograft mouse model
Tumour Inoculation
All cell lines used in the in-vivo experiments were purchased from ATCC Virginia, USA (Table 2). Cells were cultured in complete growth media in T500 TripleFlasks (Thermo Fisher, Cat #: 132913). When 80-90% confluency was reached, cells were detached from the flasks using TrypLE Express Enzyme dissociation buffer (Thermo Fisher, Cat #: 12605). Cells were counted using Countess II Automated Cell Counter and then were centrifuged at 110×g for 5 mins. The pellet was re-suspended in the appropriate volume of ice cold PBS (depending on the cell number). To ensure tumour inoculation, cells (500 μL) were mixed with 500 μL of ice cold matrigel (Corning, Cat #: 354234) using chilled pipette tips (pipette slowly to ensure uniform mixing and prevent air bubbles forming in matrigel). Matrigel/cell suspension and syringes were kept on ice before injection into mice. 100 μL of cell suspension (5×106 cells in 50% PBS+50% Matrigel) was injected subcutaneously into 27-week old female Balb/c nude mice for each experiment (10 treatment group and 10 vehicle control group).
Compound Preparation
Powder-form compounds were diluted in 100% DMSO (Sigma Aldrich, Cat #: D4540) according to the following formula:
The compounds were then sonicated at 37° C. for 10 mins. Then the appropriate volume of solvent (Table 3) was added to yield 6% DMSO/94% solvent solution according to the following formula:
The compounds were then sonicated at 37° C. for 10 mins.
In-Vivo Treatment with Test Compounds
Before treatment each compound vial was diluted with equal part solvent resulting in 4 mg/mL compound in 3% DMSO and then sonicated at 37° C. for 10 mins. Mice are suitably treated daily intraperitoneally with 100 μL of treatment (20 mg/kg) or vehicle control. Doses of e.g. 5 mg/kg or 10 mg/kg of test compound may also be used. Tumour size and mouse weights are measured once a week.
The compounds shown in Table 4 exhibited the following activity in the AM2 LANCE cAMP assay described above.
The compound SHF-1036, one of the compounds exemplified herein, was tested in the mouse xenograft model described above, wherein the mice were inoculated with CFPAC-1 cells (cells derived from a ductal adenocarcinoma (ex. ATCC)). The SHF-1036 test compound was administered to treatment mice groups intraperitoneally once-daily at doses of 5 mg/kg, 10 mg/kg and 20 mg/kg. The effect on % tumour volume growth compared to the control group after 21 days dosing of SHF-1036 is illustrated in
The effect of an AM2 receptor inhibitor compound SHF-1038 on the viability of Sézary cells was tested.
A suspension of HUT-78 Sézary cells were seeded in 48-well plates in DMEM with 2% fetal calf serum (2,500 cells/mL, 1 mL/well). Cells were treated daily with a compound of the invention (SHF-1038) at a final concentration of 3 μM (or vehicle-control) for 9 days. Fresh media (800 μL per well) was replaced gently every 3 days. Cells were counted at days 5, 7 and 9 using trypan blue exclusion method. 10 μL of cell suspension was added to 10 μL of trypan blue. This mixture was transferred to a disposable counting slide and counted using Countess II Automated Cell-Counter (Thermo Fisher). Cell viability for each treatment condition was normalised to vehicle-treated cells as 100% viable.
The test compound SHF-1038 reduced the cell viability by 68% after the 9 day treatment period.
| Number | Date | Country | Kind |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1818649.4 | Nov 2018 | GB | national |
| Filing Document | Filing Date | Country | Kind |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/GB2019/053241 | 11/15/2019 | WO |
